Manual de Servicio Sistema de Perfusion 9000

System 9000 Field Service Handbook
The CD version of the Field Service Handbook for the Terumo® Sarns™ Perfusion
System 9000 augments the print version. The CD version of the System 9000 Field
Service Handbook is packaged with Adobe Reader™.
Add the Navigation tools to the Reader Toolbar
• Position your pointer anywhere over the toolbar and right-click.
• The toolbar options box opens.
• Click to select the Navigation tools.

• If the Navigation tools appear as floating tools, drag the tools to the toolbar.
How to navigate the CD version of the System 9000 Field Service
Handbook
• Use the directional keys on your keyboard: up, down, left, right, page up,
and page down.
• Use the toolbar. See Help for more information.
• Use hyperlinks in Contents and throughout the handbook. The Hand tool
changes to a “pointing hand” when held over a hyperlink.
a
Use the Improved Search Feature
• Click the Search button, , to • Enter the word or phrase you want to
open the Search PDF dialog box. find and click Search. In this example,
the phrase "roller pump" was entered.
The search returns a list of "hits". Scroll
through the list to find the occurrence
you want.
• Click to select and jump to the occurrence. The list remains visible.
Reader™ is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated
b
Sarns™ Perfusion System 9000
Field Service Handbook

Printed in USA
©Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Corporation 2004
b
c
Contents
OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................................1
SYSTEM 9000 OVERVIEW AND IDENTIFICATION .........................................................................................................1
SMT and non-SMT Pumps .....................................................................................................................................1
COMPONENTS .............................................................................................................................................................2
ABOUT THE SYSTEM 9000 FIELD SERVICE HANDBOOK..............................................................................................4
CONTACT INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................................5
CAUTIONS ..................................................................................................................................................................5
SERVICE POLICY .........................................................................................................................................................5
MAINTENANCE.........................................................................................................................................................7
BASIC TOOLS ..............................................................................................................................................................7
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS ...................................................................................................................................8
SPARE PARTS FOR SOFTWARE VERSION 2.2X AND GREATER ...................................................................................10
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .........................................................................................................................................11
Enter preliminary information and beginning operator settings.........................................................................11
Inspect the system. ...............................................................................................................................................13
Measure and record the ground impedance, system leakage current, line voltage, and
ground resistance. ............................................................................................................................................13
Check battery backup. .........................................................................................................................................15
Check charging voltage and power supplies. ......................................................................................................16
Charging Voltage.............................................................................................................................................16
+5 VDC Power Supply ....................................................................................................................................16
± 12 VDC Power Control 2 Board Power Supplies and +12 VDC ISO Power Supply
(Color Displays Only)......................................................................................................................................16
± 12 VDC Power Control Board Power Supplies (Monochrome Displays Only) ...........................................17
System Inspection ................................................................................................................................................18
Replace the vent and air filters. .......................................................................................................................18
Replace the water trap filter.............................................................................................................................19
Check CPG delivery recording. .......................................................................................................................20
Check the pump, clamp, and auxiliary timers..................................................................................................20
Scroll through all screen switches. ..................................................................................................................20
Check the title screen and LEDs......................................................................................................................21
Check CDI™ 100 interface..................................................................................................................................21
Check temperature displays.................................................................................................................................22
Check level detection. ..........................................................................................................................................23
Verify correct pressure reading displays and alert/alarm sounds with software versions less
than 4.0. ...............................................................................................................................................................25
Verify correct pressure reading displays and alert/alarm sounds with software versions 4.0
and greater. .........................................................................................................................................................27
Check roller pumps..............................................................................................................................................29
Check Delphin II centrifugal pump. ....................................................................................................................33
Check centrifugal system. ....................................................................................................................................37
Check occluder. ...................................................................................................................................................39
Check air detection..............................................................................................................................................40
Check gas flow system. ........................................................................................................................................41
Verify the proper operation of the water module, if installed..............................................................................42
Final Inspection...................................................................................................................................................47
Page i
INSTALLING OPTIONS .........................................................................................................................................48
INSTALLING PULSATILE AND BLOOD CHEMISTRY OPTIONS .....................................................................................48
INSTALLING THE WATER MODULE ...........................................................................................................................49
SYSTEM COMPONENTS .......................................................................................................................................51
PRODUCT FEATURES ................................................................................................................................................51
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................................52
THEORY OF OPERATION ...........................................................................................................................................53
INSTALLATION KIT P/N 806495 ...............................................................................................................................55
ACCESSORIES KIT P/N 192428.................................................................................................................................56
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY .............................................................................................................................................59
FRONT TRAY ............................................................................................................................................................59
Air Bubble Detection ...........................................................................................................................................60
Air Bubble Detector Board..................................................................................................................................61
Level Detection ....................................................................................................................................................62
Level Detector Card ............................................................................................................................................63
Pressure Detection ..............................................................................................................................................64
Pressure Interface Board.....................................................................................................................................66
Temperature Sensing ...........................................................................................................................................66
Temperature Interface .........................................................................................................................................67
Temperature Probe Card.....................................................................................................................................67
Temperature/Serial Interface Board....................................................................................................................68
Right Fixed Panel Board .....................................................................................................................................71
Left Fixed Panel Board........................................................................................................................................72
Local Processor Board ........................................................................................................................................72
Occluder ..............................................................................................................................................................80
Occluder Interface Card......................................................................................................................................80
Digital Interface ..................................................................................................................................................81
Central Display Connector Board.......................................................................................................................83
Communications Connectors...............................................................................................................................85
Lamp Connector ..................................................................................................................................................88
Power Distribution Board ...................................................................................................................................88
Power Control Board (pre-dates Power Control 2 Board) .................................................................................92
Power Control 2 Board .......................................................................................................................................94
Blood Chemistry Interface Board ......................................................................................................................105
Battery ...............................................................................................................................................................108
Battery Charger.................................................................................................................................................109
Circuit Breakers ................................................................................................................................................110
REAR TRAY AND POWER SUPPLIES.........................................................................................................................111
POWER SUPPLIES ....................................................................................................................................................112
GAS BLENDING SYSTEM .........................................................................................................................................113
WATER MODULE ....................................................................................................................................................114
LINKS TO SCHEMATICS, DRAWINGS, AND PARTS LISTS .........................................................................................115
Chassis...............................................................................................................................................................115
Front Tray .........................................................................................................................................................115
Rear Tray...........................................................................................................................................................117
Gas Blender System ...........................................................................................................................................117
Water Module ....................................................................................................................................................117
Occluder ............................................................................................................................................................117
Lamp ..................................................................................................................................................................117
ADJUSTMENT AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES....................................................................................................118
Page ii
Chassis...............................................................................................................................................................118
Replacing the Air Filters................................................................................................................................118
Replacing the Power Control Board with the Power Control 2 Board ..........................................................119
Gas Blender System ...........................................................................................................................................120
Calibrating the gas system Flow Sensors version 2.21 or higher...................................................................120
Adjusting the gas system CO2 Flush Rate.....................................................................................................122
Replacing the gas system water trap filter. ....................................................................................................123
Replacing the gas system CO2 and O2 Inlet Filters ......................................................................................124
Replacing the gas system CO2, O2, and Air Check Valves ..........................................................................125
Replacing the gas system Flow Sensors. .......................................................................................................126
Replacing the Gas Blender ............................................................................................................................128
Replacing the CO2 Solenoid Valve Assembly ..............................................................................................129
Replacing the Gas Flow Needle Valve ..........................................................................................................131
Front Tray .........................................................................................................................................................132
Accessing the Fuse Panel...............................................................................................................................132
Replacing Power Supply Fuses......................................................................................................................133
Replacing Battery Fuses ................................................................................................................................134
Replacing the Battery Charger Fuse ..............................................................................................................135
Replacing the Battery on the CPU Board ......................................................................................................136
Replacing the Power Distribution Board .......................................................................................................139
Replacing the Main Circuit Breaker (On/Off Switch) on the Line Filter ......................................................140
Replacing the Central Display/Left and Right Fan Fuse (Power Control 2 Board).......................................141
Replacing Cards on the STD Bus in the Front Tray ......................................................................................142
Replacing earlier than 4.0 System Software in the Front Tray ......................................................................144
Replacing the Left Fixed Membrane Panel - Old Style Glued Down Only...................................................148
Replacing the Left Fixed Membrane Panel - New Style Held Down by Keps Nuts......................................150
Replacing the Right Fixed Membrane Panel - Old Style Glued Down Only.................................................151
Replacing the Right Fixed Membrane Panel - New Style Held Down by Keps Nuts ...................................152
Replacing the batteries...................................................................................................................................153
Calibrating the Pressure Board ......................................................................................................................156
Calibrating the Temperature Board ...............................................................................................................157
Water Module ....................................................................................................................................................158
Adjusting the Water Module Water Temperature..........................................................................................158
Replacing the Mixing Motor and Hot Water Seat .........................................................................................158
CENTRAL DISPLAY .............................................................................................................................................159
COLOR 3 CENTRAL DISPLAY PART NUMBERS ........................................................................................................159
CENTRAL DISPLAY VERSION IDENTIFICATION .......................................................................................................159
SPECIFICATIONS COLOR SCREEN P/N 152354V3 (78-8067-9058-6) (COLOR 3) ....................................................161
SPECIFICATIONS COLOR SCREEN P/N 152354V2 (78-8067-6615-6) (COLOR TUV) AND P/N
152354V1 (78-8067-4581-2) (COLOR 1) ...............................................................................................................175
Touch Controller Board ....................................................................................................................................182
Power Connect Board - P/N 806622 .................................................................................................................184
Color Selection Board .......................................................................................................................................188
Calibrating the Touch Screen ............................................................................................................................194
Replacing the Backlight Bulbs for Color 1 and Color TUV ..............................................................................196
Replacing the Backlight Bulbs for Color 3 ........................................................................................................198
ROLLER PUMP......................................................................................................................................................201
Roller Pumps (SMT and Non-SMT (Pre-TUV and TUV)) .................................................................................201
ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................................................................201
Page iii
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................................................202
PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION .........................................................................................................................................206
INTERFACE .............................................................................................................................................................207
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF SMT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS ...........................................................................207
THEORY OF OPERATION .........................................................................................................................................214
CALIBRATION .........................................................................................................................................................217
Calibrating the Pump Control Board - Non-SMT Pump ...................................................................................217
Calibrating the Pump CPU/Control Board - SMT Pump ..................................................................................219
Adjusting Roller-to-Roller - SMT and Non-SMT Pump.....................................................................................221
Replacing the Occlusion Adjustment Knob Bearing - SMT and Non-SMT Pump .............................................223
Replacing the Adjustment Nut Bearing - SMT and Non-SMT Pump .................................................................224
Replacing Roller Bearings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump ....................................................................................225
Replacing the Pump Drive Belt - SMT Pump ....................................................................................................227
Replacing the Pump Drive Belt - Non-SMT Pump ............................................................................................228
Replacing the Casting/Bearing Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump .............................................................230
Checking Casting Runout - SMT and Non-SMT Pump......................................................................................231
Checking Roller-to-Roller - SMT and Non-SMT Pump .....................................................................................233
Replacing the Dual Tachometer Board - SMT and Non-SMT Pump.................................................................235
Replacing the Front Plate Assembly (Main Cable) - SMT Pump ......................................................................236
Replacing Pump Membrane Panel - SMT Pump ...............................................................................................237
Replacing the Pump Membrane Panel - Non-SMT Pump .................................................................................238
Replacing the Pump Drive Motor - SMT Pump.................................................................................................240
Replacing the Pump Drive Motor - Non-SMT Pump.........................................................................................241
Disassembling the Roller Arm Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump...............................................................242
Removing the Roller Arm Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump ......................................................................243
Reaming the Roller Slide Bushings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump .......................................................................245
Replacing the Roller Slide Bushings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump .....................................................................246
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM ....................................................................................................................................249
OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................................................249
ELECTRICAL DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................................................250
MAJOR COMPONENTS .............................................................................................................................................252
Calibrating the Motor Control Board ...............................................................................................................265
PULSATILE PUMPING.........................................................................................................................................267
VENOUS LINE OCCLUDER ................................................................................................................................269
OPERATING PARAMETERS ......................................................................................................................................269
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................................................269
ELECTRICAL DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................................................271
INTERFACE .............................................................................................................................................................271
THEORY OF OPERATION .........................................................................................................................................271
Occluder Drive Board .......................................................................................................................................271
Calibrating the Occluder Drive Board ..............................................................................................................273
TROUBLESHOOTING ..........................................................................................................................................275
Page iv
SERVICE MESSAGES DURING STARTUP ..................................................................................................................275
Operator Settings RESET ..................................................................................................................................275
System Computer FAIL......................................................................................................................................275
Central Display Comm. FAIL............................................................................................................................275
Pump Comm. FAIL ............................................................................................................................................276
CCPro Comm. FAIL ..........................................................................................................................................276
CDI Comm. FAIL ..............................................................................................................................................276
Temp. Module 1 (or 2) FAIL..............................................................................................................................277
Pressure and Gas Comm. Fail...........................................................................................................................277
Pressure Module FAIL ......................................................................................................................................278
Comm. with Modules FAIL................................................................................................................................278
Pump Select Module FAIL.................................................................................................................................278
Level Detection Module FAIL............................................................................................................................279
Air Detection Module FAIL ...............................................................................................................................279
Occluder Module FAIL......................................................................................................................................279
Cannot Change ART or CPG Pump Now ..........................................................................................................280
Service Temperature Module.............................................................................................................................280
Service Air Detection Module............................................................................................................................281
Service Level Detection Module ........................................................................................................................281
POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................281
Batteries Will Not Charge .................................................................................................................................281
Batteries Will Not Power System as Specified ...................................................................................................283
Unit Always Powers Up on Battery ...................................................................................................................284
AC/DC 1, 2, or 3 LED Lit ..................................................................................................................................286
DC/DC Converter Ground to Chassis is Less Than 250 Megohm ....................................................................288
Leakage Current Is Greater Than 100 Microamps ...........................................................................................290
No Power to Pump #3 and the Lamp .................................................................................................................291
ROLLER PUMP - NON-SMT ....................................................................................................................................293
FAIL 1 Displayed (EPROM Test Fail) ..............................................................................................................307
FAIL 2 Displayed (RAM Test Fail)....................................................................................................................308
FAIL 3 Displayed...............................................................................................................................................308
Fail 4 Displayed (EEROM Test Fail) ................................................................................................................308
Fail 5 Displayed (Stop Test Fail) ......................................................................................................................308
Fail 6 Displayed ................................................................................................................................................308
RESET Displayed Continually...........................................................................................................................309
OVRSPD 1 Displayed ........................................................................................................................................309
PUMP JAM Displayed ......................................................................................................................................310
BELT SLIP Displayed........................................................................................................................................310
No Flow Display or Message Display ...............................................................................................................310
Noisy When Running in Forward or Reverse with Tubing ................................................................................311
Noisy When Running in Forward or Reverse without Tubing ...........................................................................311
Noisy in Reverse Only........................................................................................................................................312
Knocking Sound Heard When Unoccluding Tubing ..........................................................................................312
Occlusion Mechanism Hard To Turn ................................................................................................................312
Pump Head Will Not Turn .................................................................................................................................312
Pump Will Not Power Up ..................................................................................................................................313
Pump Will Not Switch into Forward or Reverse................................................................................................313
Pump Continues to Run with Cover Open .........................................................................................................314
ROLLER PUMP - SMT .............................................................................................................................................314
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP...............................................................................................................................................323
FAIL 1 Displayed (EPROM Test Fail) ..............................................................................................................323
Page v
FAIL 2 Displayed (RAM Test Fail)....................................................................................................................323
FAIL 3 Displayed (PAL Test Fail).....................................................................................................................323
FAIL 4 Displayed (EEROM Test Fail) ..............................................................................................................323
FAIL 5 Displayed...............................................................................................................................................323
FAIL 6 Displayed...............................................................................................................................................323
Motor Will Not Run ...........................................................................................................................................324
Motor Noisy .......................................................................................................................................................325
Cannot Reach Maximum Speed Under Load.....................................................................................................325
Pulse Mode Does Not Function .........................................................................................................................325
Motor Alert Displayed .......................................................................................................................................325
Overcurrent Alert Displayed .............................................................................................................................326
Underspeed Alert Displayed..............................................................................................................................326
Overspeed Alert Displayed ................................................................................................................................326
RESET Displayed Continually...........................................................................................................................326
Select Switch Does Not Function.......................................................................................................................327
Up Arrow Switch Does Not Function ................................................................................................................327
Down Arrow Switch Does Not Function............................................................................................................327
Flow Reading Always 0.00 L/min ......................................................................................................................328
- - - L/Min Message ...........................................................................................................................................328
Flow Alert Does Not Operate (MIN FLOW) .....................................................................................................328
Backflow Alarm Does Not Operate ...................................................................................................................328
BUBBLE DETECTOR ................................................................................................................................................330
Will Not Reset ....................................................................................................................................................330
False Alarm .......................................................................................................................................................330
LEVEL DETECTOR...................................................................................................................................................331
False Alarm/Alert ..............................................................................................................................................331
Will Not Reset ....................................................................................................................................................332
OCCLUDER SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................333
Occluder Display Blanking................................................................................................................................333
Manual Dial Will Not Move Plunger.................................................................................................................333
Open or Close Switch Does Not Function .........................................................................................................333
GAS SYSTEM ..........................................................................................................................................................334
Gas System Verification.....................................................................................................................................334
Displayed FiO2 Not Accurate ...........................................................................................................................335
Actual FiO2 Output Not Accurate .....................................................................................................................335
Displayed Gas Flowrate Not Accurate..............................................................................................................337
Gas Flow Will Not Stop .....................................................................................................................................337
CO2 Flush Will not Start ...................................................................................................................................337
Output Flow Unstable........................................................................................................................................339
Output Flow Unstable When Changing the FiO2..............................................................................................340
FiO2 Reading Unstable .....................................................................................................................................340
FiO2 Reading Unstable When Changing the Total Flow ..................................................................................341
FiO2 Will Not Reach 0.21 or 1.00 .....................................................................................................................341
PRESSURE SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................................343
Inaccurate Pressure Display .............................................................................................................................343
Pressure Will Not Zero ......................................................................................................................................343
WATER SYSTEM .....................................................................................................................................................344
General Troubleshooting Tips...........................................................................................................................344
Cannot Set Maximum Output Temperature to 39°C - 42°C ..............................................................................344
Output Temperature Hard To Control...............................................................................................................344
Hot Water Continues To Flow After Cold Water Is Shut Off.............................................................................345
Adjustment of One Knob Affects the Other Output by More Than 2°C .............................................................345
SYSTEM CLOCK ......................................................................................................................................................346
Page vi
System Clock Resets...........................................................................................................................................346
System Clock Cannot Be Set ..............................................................................................................................346
AUDIBLE ALERTS/ALARMS ....................................................................................................................................347
CENTRAL DISPLAY COLOR TEST ............................................................................................................................348
CENTRAL DISPLAY COLOR-1 AND COLOR-TUV ....................................................................................................349
CENTRAL DISPLAY COLOR-TUV............................................................................................................................352
CENTRAL DISPLAY COLOR-3..................................................................................................................................357
CHASSIS .................................................................................................................................................................361
LAMP ASSEMBLY BOARD .......................................................................................................................................362
SYSTEM DIAGRAMS............................................................................................................................................363
CIRCUIT BREAKER BOARD - P/N 146886 - FRONT TRAY .......................................................................................363
A/D CONVERSION CARD - P/N 140716 - FRONT TRAY ..........................................................................................365
DIGITAL INTERFACE D2 BOARD - P/N 149526 - FRONT TRAY ..............................................................................367
AIR DETECT INTERFACE D2 BOARD - P/N 149518 - FRONT TRAY ........................................................................369
TEMPERATURE INTERFACE BOARD - P/N 135247 - FRONT TRAY ..........................................................................371
LEVEL DETECTOR II ASSEMBLY - P/N 195258 - FRONT TRAY ..............................................................................373
PRESSURE INTERFACE BOARD - P/N 140960 - FRONT TRAY ..................................................................................375
COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTOR BOARD - P/N 805901 - FRONT TRAY ......................................................................377
CABLE ASSEMBLY HEAT SINK CHASSIS - P/N 806253 - FRONT TRAY...................................................................379
CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER DISTRIBUTION - P/N 806257 - FRONT TRAY................................................................381
CABLE ASSEMBLY BATTERY - P/N 806264 - FRONT TRAY....................................................................................383
CABLE ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BREAKER - P/N 806193 - FRONT TRAY .....................................................................385
CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER MOTHERBOARD/BUS - P/N 806194 - FRONT TRAY .....................................................387
CABLE ASSEMBLY PUMP CONNECTOR - P/N 212206 - FRONT TRAY .....................................................................389
CABLE ASSEMBLY MISCELLANEOUS - P/N 147951 - FRONT TRAY........................................................................391
CABLE ASSEMBLY PROGRAMMABLE I/O 40 PIN - P/N 806196 - FRONT TRAY ......................................................393
CABLE ASSEMBLY A/D 50 PIN - P/N 806198 - FRONT TRAY ................................................................................395
CABLE ASSEMBLY DISPLAY FRONT TRAY - P/N 148152 - FRONT TRAY ...............................................................397
CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER CONTROL/DISTRIBUTION - P/N 806201 - FRONT TRAY ...............................................399
CABLE ASSEMBLY RS-422 COMMUNICATION - P/N 805892 - FRONT TRAY..........................................................401
CABLE ASSEMBLY 9K COMMUNICATION PORT TO OPTO ISOLATOR - P/N 194749................................................403
CABLE ASSEMBLY RIBBON RS-422/CDI V50 - P/N 805902 - FRONT TRAY..........................................................405
CABLE ASSEMBLY RS-232 DISPLAY V50 - P/N 805893 - FRONT TRAY ................................................................407
CABLE ASSEMBLY RS-232/CDI V50 - P/N 805895 - FRONT TRAY.......................................................................409
CABLE ASSEMBLY RS-232-CCPRO V50 - P/N 805894 - FRONT TRAY..................................................................411
CABLE ASSEMBLY CPU JUMPER V50 - P/N 152653 - FRONT TRAY ......................................................................413
CPU/MEMORY BOARD SET V50 - FRONT TRAY - 1 OF 3 .......................................................................................415
CABLE ASSEMBLY BATTERY PD TO PC - P/N 149964 - FRONT TRAY...................................................................421
SCHEMATICS - COMMUNICATION ADAPTOR V50 ...................................................................................................423
CAPACITOR BOARD - P/N 806268 - REAR TRAY ....................................................................................................425
BLOCK DIAGRAM CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 3) ...................................................................................................427
MAIN COLOR CABLE - P/N 806759 - CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 3) - 1 OF 2 ........................................................429
MAIN COLOR CABLE - P/N 806759 - CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 3) - 2 OF 2 ........................................................431
POWER CONNECT BOARD CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 3) - P/N 806622 - CENTRAL DISPLAY ...............................433
BLOCK DIAGRAM - CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 1/COLOR TUV) ...........................................................................435
COLOR SELECTION BOARD - CENTRAL DISPLAY ....................................................................................................437
CABLE ASSEMBLY FAN - P/N 806761 - CENTRAL DISPLAY ...................................................................................439
CABLE ASSEMBLY RS-232 POWER - P/N 806762 - CENTRAL DISPLAY .................................................................441
CABLE ASSEMBLY INVERTER DISPLAY COLOR 3 - P/N 806642 - CENTRAL DISPLAY ............................................443
CABLE ASSEMBLY INTERN RIBBON COLOR 3 - P/N 806758 - CENTRAL DISPLAY .................................................445
Page vii
CONTROLLER BOARD - P/N 234270 - CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 3) ....................................................................447
DOS BOARD - CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 1/COLOR TUV) - P/N 78-8072-4302-3 ..............................................449
TOUCH CONTROLLER - CENTRAL DISPLAY (COLOR 1/COLOR TUV) - P/N 134164 ...............................................451
CENTRAL DISPLAY MONOCHROME BLOCK DIAGRAM ............................................................................................453
CABLE ASSEMBLY OCCLUDER POT - P/N 150578 - CHASSIS .................................................................................455
CABLE ASSEMBLY FANS/MISCELLANEOUS - P/N 806261 - CHASSIS .....................................................................457
CABLE ASSEMBLY MAIN POWER CHASSIS - P/N 806259 - CHASSIS ......................................................................459
CABLE ASSEMBLY GAS FLUSH LED - P/N 806208 - CHASSIS ...............................................................................461
CABLE ASSEMBLY GAS FLOW - P/N 147133 - CHASSIS .........................................................................................463
CABLE ASSEMBLY LEFT SIDE DISPLAY - P/N 806262 - CHASSIS ...........................................................................465
CABLE ASSEMBLY RIGHT SIDE DISPLAY - P/N 806260 - CHASSIS .........................................................................467
SMT PUMP DRIVE/POWER BOARD - P/N 149690 - ROLLER PUMP - 1 OF 2 ...........................................................469
SMT PUMP DRIVE/POWER BOARD - P/N 149690 - ROLLER PUMP - 2 OF 2 ...........................................................471
DUAL TACH BOARD - P/N 140695 - ROLLER PUMP ...............................................................................................473
PUMP CPU/CONTROL BOARD - P/N 145947 - ROLLER PUMP - 1 OF 2 ...................................................................475
PUMP CPU/CONTROL BOARD - P/N 145947 - ROLLER PUMP - 2 OF 2 ...................................................................477
PUMP DISPLAY BOARD - P/N 149681 - ROLLER PUMP - 1 OF 2..............................................................................479
PUMP DISPLAY BOARD - P/N 149681 - ROLLER PUMP - 2 OF 2..............................................................................481
CABLE ASSEMBLY POT/TACH/SWITCH - P/N 203238 - ROLLER PUMP ..................................................................483
CABLE ASSEMBLY PUMP - P/N 204484 - ROLLER PUMP ........................................................................................485
CABLE ASSEMBLY ADAPTOR 9000 PUMP TO TUV TRAY - P/N 146413 - ROLLER PUMP ......................................487
NON-SMT ROLLER PUMP WIRING DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................489
SMT ROLLER PUMP WIRING DIAGRAM .................................................................................................................491
SCHEMATICS - SMT PUMP DISPLAY BOARD ..........................................................................................................493
SCHEMATICS - SMT PUMP DRIVER/POWER BOARD ...............................................................................................495
SCHEMATICS - SMT PUMP CPU/CONTROLLER BOARD - 1 OF 2.............................................................................497
SCHEMATICS - SMT PUMP CPU/CONTROLLER BOARD - 2 OF 2.............................................................................499
POWER SUPPLY BOARD DELPHIN - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP .......................................................................................501
PUMP DISPLAY BOARD - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP .......................................................................................................503
FLOW BOARD DELPHIN 2 TIME OF FLIGHT - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP .........................................................................505
LOCAL PROCESSOR ROMLESS BOARD - P/N 148380 - CENTRIFUGAL ...................................................................507
MOTOR CONTROL BOARD EMC - P/N 211676 - CENTRIFUGAL ............................................................................509
CABLE ASSEMBLY COOLING FAN - P/N 806230 - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP.................................................................511
CABLE ASSEMBLY MOTOR TO MOTOR CONNECTION DELPHIN 2 - P/N 806297 - CENTRIFUGAL
PUMP ......................................................................................................................................................................513
CABLE ASSEMBLY MOTOR CONTROL/FLOW TIME OF FLIGHT - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP ............................................515
CABLE ASSEMBLY EMC - P/N 149631 - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP ..............................................................................517
CABLE ASSEMBLIES TIME OF FLIGHT - P/N 150201 - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP ...........................................................519
CABLE ASSEMBLY DRIVE MOTOR DELPHIN - CENTRIFUGAL PUMP DRIVE MOTOR ...............................................521
CABLE ASSEMBLY SPEED POT CENTRIFUGAL ........................................................................................................523
OCCLUDER DRIVE BOARD ......................................................................................................................................525
CABLE ASSEMBLY D/MTA 12C OCCLUDER ..........................................................................................................527
LAMP ASSEMBLY BOARD .......................................................................................................................................529
CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER - WATER MODULE .......................................................................................................531
FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATICS - OLDER SYSTEM - 1 OF 4 ............................................................................................533
FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATICS - OLDER SYSTEM - 2 OF 4 ............................................................................................535
FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATICS - OLDER SYSTEM - MONOCHROME SCREEN - 3 OF 4 ...................................................537
FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATICS - OLDER SYSTEM - NON-SMT ROLLER PUMP - 4 OF 4 ................................................539
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM....................................................................................................................................541
FRONT TRAY WIRING .............................................................................................................................................543
REAR TRAY WIRING ...............................................................................................................................................545
LEFT SIDE FIXED PANEL BOARD ............................................................................................................................547
SCHEMATICS - FIXED LEFT PANEL DISPLAY ..........................................................................................................549
Page viii
FIXED RIGHT PANEL BOARD ..................................................................................................................................551
SCHEMATICS - FIXED RIGHT PANEL DISPLAY - 1 OF 2 ...........................................................................................553
SCHEMATICS - FIXED RIGHT PANEL DISPLAY - 2 OF 2 ...........................................................................................555
MOTHERBOARD ......................................................................................................................................................557
LEFT MEMBRANE SWITCH ......................................................................................................................................559
RIGHT MEMBRANE SWITCH....................................................................................................................................561
SCHEMATICS - POWER CONTROL 2 BOARD - 1 OF 2 ...............................................................................................563
SCHEMATICS - POWER CONTROL 2 BOARD - 2 OF 2 ...............................................................................................565
POWER CONTROL 2 BOARD ....................................................................................................................................567
SCHEMATICS - POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD ........................................................................................................569
POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD ...............................................................................................................................571
GAS FLOW DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................................................573
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM - 1 OF 2 .............................................................................................................575
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM - 2 OF 2 .............................................................................................................577
WATER MODULE WIRING DIAGRAM ......................................................................................................................579
DRAWINGS AND PARTS LIST ...........................................................................................................................581
MAIN MACHINE ASSEMBLY 100 VOLT (P/N 164280) AND 115 VOLT (P/N 164300) - 1 OF 5................................581
MAIN MACHINE ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST 100 VOLT (P/N 164280) AND 115 VOLT (P/N 164300)..........................591
MAIN MACHINE ASSEMBLY 220/240 VOLT (P/N 164290) - 1 OF 6........................................................................595
MAIN MACHINE ASSEMBLY 220/240 VOLT (P/N 164290) - 6 OF 6 (MACHINE CONFIGURATION IN
FRANCE).................................................................................................................................................................605
MAIN MACHINE ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST 220/240 VOLT (P/N 164290)..................................................................607
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY - P/N 806232 - 1 OF 7............................................................................................................611
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST - P/N 806232......................................................................................................625
FRONT TRAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 806254 - 1 OF 4.....................................................................................................631
FRONT TRAY ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST - P/N 806254...............................................................................................639
CARD CAGE DRAWING - P/N 806534 - 1 OF 2........................................................................................................643
CARD CAGE DRAWING - P/N 806534 - 2 OF 2........................................................................................................645
CARD CAGE PARTS LIST - P/N 806534 ..................................................................................................................647
GAS FLOWMETER - P/N 147361 .............................................................................................................................649
GAS FLOWMETER PARTS LIST - P/N 147361..........................................................................................................651
BLENDER BRACKET KIT .........................................................................................................................................653
REAR TRAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 806250 - 1 OF 2 ......................................................................................................655
REAR TRAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 806250 - 2 OF 2 ......................................................................................................657
REAR TRAY ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST - P/N 806250.................................................................................................659
Page ix
SYSTEM OPTIONS DRAWING...................................................................................................................................661
SYSTEM OPTIONS PARTS LIST ................................................................................................................................663
CENTRAL DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 152354 (COLOR 3) - 1 OF 2..........................................................................665
CENTRAL DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 152354 (COLOR 3) - 2 OF 2..........................................................................667
CENTRAL DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 152354 (COLOR 3) - PARTS LIST .................................................................669
CENTRAL DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 78-8067-6615-6 (COLOR TUV) - 1 OF 4......................................................673
CENTRAL DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - P/N 78-8067-6615-6 (COLOR TUV) - 2 OF 4 ......................................................675
ULTRASONIC AIR SENSOR ......................................................................................................................................681
ULTRASONIC AIR SENSOR PARTS LIST ...................................................................................................................683
P/N 5773 Air Sensor 3/8 x 3/32 - Red ........................................................................................................683
P/N 5785 Air Sensor 1/4 x 1/16 - Black .....................................................................................................683
P/N 5791 Air Sensor 1/4 x 3/32 - Gold ......................................................................................................683
SMT ROLLER PUMP ASSEMBLY - P/N 16395 - 1 OF 2 ...........................................................................................685
SMT ROLLER PUMP ASSEMBLY - P/N 16395 - 2 OF 2............................................................................................687
SMT ROLLER PUMP ASSEMBLY - P/N 16395 - PARTS LIST ...................................................................................689
NON-SMT ROLLER PUMP ASSEMBLY (OLD STYLE) ..............................................................................................693
NON-SMT ROLLER PUMP ASSEMBLY (OLD STYLE) PARTS LIST ...........................................................................695
SMT ROLLER PUMP MEMBRANE PANEL AND BOARDS - EXPLODED VIEW ............................................................699
SMT ROLLER PUMP MEMBRANE PANEL AND BOARDS - EXPLODED VIEW PARTS LIST .........................................701
ROLLER PUMP GUTS ASSEMBLY - P/N 146739 - 1 OF 2 .........................................................................................703
ROLLER PUMP GUTS ASSEMBLY - P/N 146739 - 2 OF 2 .........................................................................................705
ROLLER PUMP GUTS ASSEMBLY - P/N 146739 - PARTS LIST ................................................................................707
TUBE CLAMP ASSEMBLY - P/N 146835 .................................................................................................................709
TUBE CLAMP ASSEMBLY - P/N 146835 - PARTS LIST ............................................................................................711
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM ASSEMBLY - P/N 6381 - 1 OF 3 .........................................................................................713
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM ASSEMBLY - P/N 6381 - PARTS LIST.................................................................................719
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM MEMBRANE PANEL ASSEMBLY - P/N 806572...................................................................723
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM DISPLAY/MEMBRANE PANEL ASSEMBLY - P/N 806752 - PARTS LIST .............................725
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY - P/N 164267 - 1 OF 2 .............................................................727
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY - P/N 164267 - 2 OF 2 .............................................................729
CENTRIFUGAL SYSTEM DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY - P/N 164267 - PARTS LIST.....................................................731
VENOUS LINE OCCLUDER ASSEMBLY - P/N 164560 - 1 OF 2 .................................................................................733
VENOUS LINE OCCLUDER ASSEMBLY - P/N 164560 - 2 OF 2 .................................................................................735
VENOUS LINE OCCLUDER ASSEMBLY - P/N 164560 - PARTS LIST ........................................................................737
OCCLUDER MODULE ASSEMBLY - P/N 144485......................................................................................................741
OCCLUDER MODULE ASSEMBLY - P/N 144485 - PARTS LIST ................................................................................743
LAMP ASSEMBLY - P/N 144493 .............................................................................................................................745
LAMP ASSEMBLY - P/N 144493 - PARTS LIST........................................................................................................747
WATER MODULE ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................749
WATER MODULE ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST ..............................................................................................................751
WATER MIXER SUBASSEMBLY - P/N 806598.........................................................................................................753
WATER MIXER SUBASSEMBLY - P/N 806598 - PARTS LIST ...................................................................................755
AIR SENSOR BRACKET - P/N 5793 .........................................................................................................................757
AIR SENSOR BRACKET - P/N 5793 - PARTS LIST....................................................................................................759
NON-REVERSE CRANK - P/N 141330 .....................................................................................................................761
NON-REVERSE CRANK - P/N 141330 - PARTS LIST ...............................................................................................763
Page x
Table of Adjust/Replace/Repair Procedures
Chassis/Front Tray/Rear Tray Procedures
• Chassis
• Replacing the Air Filters, see page 118
• Replacing the Power Control Board with the Power Control 2 Board, see
page 119
• Gas Blender System
• Calibrating the gas system Flow Sensors version 2.21 or higher, see page
120
• Adjusting the gas system CO2 Flush Rate, see page 122
• Replacing the gas system water trap filter, see page 123
• Replacing the gas system CO2 and O2 Inlet Filters, see page 124
• Replacing the gas system CO2, O2, and Air Check Valves, see page 125
• Replacing the gas system Flow Sensors, see page 126
• Replacing the Gas Blender, see page 128
• Replacing the CO2 Solenoid Valve Assembly, see page 129
• Replacing the Gas Flow Needle Valve, see page 131
• Front Tray
• Accessing the Fuse Panel, see page 132
• Replacing Power Supply Fuses, see page 133
• Replacing Battery Fuses, see page 134
• Replacing the Battery Charger Fuse, see page 135
• Replacing the Battery on the CPU Board, see page 136
• Replacing the Power Distribution Board, see page 139
• Replacing the Main Circuit Breaker (On/Off Switch) on the Line Filter, see
page 140
• Replacing the Central Display/Left and Right Fan Fuse (Power Control 2
Board), see page 141
• Replacing Cards on the STD Bus in the Front Tray, see page 142
• Replacing earlier than 4.0 System Software in the Front Tray, see page 144
• Replacing the Left Fixed Membrane Panel - Old Style Glued Down Only,
see page 148
• Replacing the Left Fixed Membrane Panel - New Style Held Down by Keps
Nuts, see page 150
• Replacing the Right Fixed Membrane Panel - Old Style Glued Down Only,
see page 151
• Replacing the Right Fixed Membrane Panel - New Style Held Down by
Keps Nuts, see page 152
• Replacing the batteries, see page 153
• Calibrating the Pressure Board, see page 156
• Calibrating the Temperature Board, see page 157
• Water Module
• Adjusting the Water Module Water Temperature, see page 158
Page xi
• Replacing the Mixing Motor and Hot Water Seat, see page 158.
Central Display Procedures
• Calibrating the Touch Screen, see page 194
• Replacing the Backlight Bulbs for Color 1 and Color TUV, see page 196
• Replacing the Backlight Bulbs for Color 3, see page 198
Roller Pump Procedures
• Calibrating the Pump Control Board - Non-SMT Pump, see page 217
• Calibrating the Pump CPU/Control Board - SMT Pump, see page 219
• Adjusting Roller-to-Roller - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 221
• Replacing the Occlusion Adjustment Knob Bearing - SMT and Non-SMT Pump,
see page 223
• Replacing the Adjustment Nut Bearing - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 224
• Replacing the Roller Bearings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 225
• Replacing the Pump Drive Belt - SMT Pump, see page 227
• Replacing the Pump Drive Belt - Non-SMT Pump, see page 228
• Replacing the Casting/Bearing Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page
230
• Checking Casting Runout - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 231
• Checking Roller-to-Roller - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 233
• Replacing the Dual Tachometer Board - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 235
• Replacing the Front Plate Assembly (Main Cable) - SMT Pump, see page 236
• Replacing the Pump Membrane Panel - SMT Pump, see page 237
• Replacing the Pump Membrane Panel - Non-SMT Pump, see page 238
• Replacing the Pump Drive Motor - SMT Pump, see page 240
• Replacing the Pump Drive Motor - Non-SMT Pump, see page 241
• Disassembling the Roller Arm Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 242
• Removing the Roller Arm Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 243
• Reaming the Roller Slide Bushings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 245
• Replacing the Roller Slide Bushings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump, see page 246
Centrifugal Pump Procedures
• Calibrating the Motor Control Board, see page 265
Venous Line Occluder Procedures
• Calibrating the Occluder Drive Board, see page 273
Page xii
Overview
Overview
System 9000 Overview and Identification
The Sarns™ Perfusion System 9000 has four or five pumps and a central display enclosed
in a console.
The System 9000 is designed for versatility and may be easily expanded with additional
software and equipment. The system will perform the following functions:
• Pump blood or cardioplegia solutions.
• Blend gases and control their flow rate to the oxygenator.
• Detect gross air bubbles in blood in the arterial line and stop the pump.
• Warn when the reservoir blood level reaches an operator-set minimum.
• Measure temperatures at six sites and pressures at three sites.
• Provide battery power.
• Display the aortic cross-clamp time and perfusion time.
• Send data to the Sarns™ CCPro Data™ Perfusion Software.
• Display blood chemistry data from a compatible blood chemistry monitor.
• With the appropriate modules installed, the system allows control of venous blood
flow, pulsatile pumping, and delivery of temperature and pressure controlled
water to oxygenator and cardioplegia heat exchangers.
SMT and non-SMT Pumps

Older model roller pumps (serial numbers < 10,000) are "universal roller pumps",
sometimes referred to as non-SMT pumps. Newer model roller pumps (serial numbers
≥ 10,000) are SMT pumps. SMT stands for surface mounted technology.
SMT and non-SMT pumps appear outwardly identical, but their design and construction
are different.
• Many parts are not interchangeable between SMT and non-SMT pumps.
• Non-SMT pumps use larger, discreet components on the boards requiring the
non-SMT pump drop-ins to have seven boards.
• SMT pumps utilize surface mounted technology on the boards requiring the SMT
pump drop-ins to have only four boards.
Warning: For safety reasons specific to the System 9000, the pump and power supply
serial numbers must match. Do not place an SMT pump drop-in into a power supply case
previously used for a non-SMT pump.
Page 1
Overview
Components
Item P/N Description Item P/N Description
1 164300 115 V, with color screen 22 197528 3/4 in (19,1 mm) wide collar
164290 220/240 V, with color 4406 Storage drawer
screen
164280 100 V, with color screen 4403 Push bar
2 6381 Centrifugal System 23 16553001 Pole bracket kit, rear of console
3 16395 Roller pump 24 16553101 Extended pole bracket kit, side of
console
4 164570 Pulse module 25 16553201 Corner pole bracket kit
5 164560 Venous line occluder 26 144493 Lamp, O2, Positionable (33 in length)
6 164575 Water mixing system 27 Ultrasonic air sensor (choose 1)
7 16433301 Reusable pressure 5773 3/8 in x 3/32 in (9,5 mm x 2,4 mm)
transducer Red
8 16066100 Pressure monitoring kit 5791 1/4 in x 3/32 in (6,4 mm x 2,4 mm)
(sterile, 10 per box) Gold
9 22300030 Pressure transducer holder 5785 1/4 in x 1/16 in (6,4 mm x 1,6 mm)
Black
10 195215 Alert Level Sensor II 28 144194 U.S. hose kit (3 hoses), also order 34,
transducer 35, or 36
11 195274 Alarm Level Sensor II 29 144186 Non-US. hose kit (3 hoses); local rep.
transducer needs to install local gas fittings
12 195240 Level Sensor II sensor 30 147361 Flowmeter
pads, gel included (60 per
box)
13 16434101 Instrument tray 31 133428 Wall plug, three prong (use 31 or 32)
14 16505801 Short mounting arm with 32 132601 Wall plug, twist lock (use 32 or 31)
5/8 in (1,6 cm) pole
15 16505901 Long mounting arm with 33 164595 Gas hose for 95% O2, 5% CO2
5/8 in (1,6 cm) pole
16 16553301 2 ft (0,6 m) pole Hose adaptor set (choose 1)
17 131115 3 ft (0,9 m) pole 34 144207 Hose adaptor set, NCG
18 16553401 4 ft (1,2 m) pole 35 144215 Hose adaptor set, D.I.S.S. hand
tightened
19 16431701 Telescoping pole with 36 144223 Hose adaptor set, Ohio Diamond
bottle rack
20 150244 Moveable solution rack 16425 Extension arm
21 134068 Pole collar 37 4404 Pole mounted writing surface
145040 Adjustable stool
Page 2
Overview
Standard equipment is shown shaded.
Page 3
Overview
About the System 9000 Field Service Handbook
Handbook Revisions
This revision of the System 9000 Field Service Handbook contains updated and additional
schematics, drawings, and parts lists. The sections providing technical information have
been expanded.
General Information
This handbook provides technical information about the System 9000. It is intended for
Certified Clinical Engineers, Biomedical Electrical Technicians, and those trained to service
Terumo® Cardiovascular Systems Corporation equipment. The information in this manual
is specific to this device and should not be used for any other equipment.
This handbook begins with an overview section containing information about system
identification, handbook revisions, and contact information.
The next section in the handbook provides a detailed inspection procedure for the 6-month
preventive maintenance visit.
The following sections provide technical information about the components and optional
product systems that may be included on the System 9000 and a troubleshooting section.
The next sections provide schematics, assembly drawings, and bills of material for
components and optional product systems.
Within the text, system names for buttons, tabs, and subtabs are bolded, such as: Press
START/STOP.
Page 4
Overview
Contact Information
Please address any questions about this handbook or servicing the System 9000 to an
authorized Terumo® Cardiovascular Systems Corporation service technician or to the
Terumo Service Center in Ann Arbor, Michigan.
Service Center
Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Corporation
6200 Jackson Road
Ann Arbor MI 48103
1-800-441-3220
Cautions
FEDERAL (U.S.A.) LAW RESTRICTS THIS DEVICE TO SALE, DISTRIBUTION, AND
USE BY OR ON THE ORDER OF A PHYSICIAN.
Proper surgical procedures and techniques are the responsibility of the medical
professional.
It is the operator’s responsibility to use, check, and maintain this device according to the
labels on the product, accompanying instruction manuals and handbooks, and any
revisions of the labeling or instructions that may be subsequently issued.
Read the Warnings and Cautions in the Operators Manual before servicing this equipment.
Service Policy
Only Terumo® Cardiovascular Systems Corporation certified service technicians are
authorized to service or repair this device. Only Terumo® Cardiovascular Systems
Corporation approved replacement parts may be used in this device. Terumo®
Cardiovascular Systems Corporation approved parts are only available through Terumo®
Cardiovascular Systems Corporation certified service technicians. Any service or repair by
an unauthorized service technician or use of unapproved parts will void your Terumo®
Cardiovascular System Product Warranty and may increase the risk of a product failure.
Contact Terumo® Cardiovascular Systems Corporation Service, your local Terumo®
company, or your authorized distributor for technical assistance and to arrange for service.
If the device is to be returned, instructions will be given for returning the device and a
Returned Goods (RG) number will be issued. For contaminated devices, request the
appropriate Product Return Safety Pack. Returned devices must be packaged with
adequate protection against shipping damage. Include a note describing the problem,
stating the RG number, and giving the name, address, and telephone number of a person
to contact for additional information.
Page 5
Overview
In the United States, contact the Terumo® Cardiovascular Systems Corporation Service
Center:
Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Corporation
6200 Jackson Road
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48103 U.S.A.
Telephone: 800-441-3220
Facsimile: 734-741-6449
Outside the United States, please contact your local Terumo® company, your authorized
distributor, or the Technical Support Department at Terumo® Cardiovascular Systems
Corporation.
Telephone: 734-663-4145
Facsimile: 734-741-6449
Page 6
Maintenance
Maintenance
Basic Tools
P/N Description
133161 Flowmeter, 1.0 to 10 L/min
133604 Dial Indicator Kit
141161 Deluxe Bushing Driver
141170 Cap Bearing Driver
141196 Adjustment Nut Puller
141217 Deluxe Roller Post Punch
141225 DX Roller Adjustment Tool
141241 Tachometer Fixture
141250 Custom to Deluxe Adapter
141268 Roller to Roller Mounting Bar
141276 DX Casting Runout Fixture
141292 Occlusion Knob Bearing Insertion Tool
141313 Belt Tension Gauge
144371 Centrifugal Pump Drive Motor Fixture
147301 Pressure Simulator FST 901-1
147521 Roller Bearing Insertion Tool
147686 47°C Temperature Probe
147694 25°C Temperature Probe
149235 Roller Torque Adaptor
149809 Bushing Press Mandrel
150480 Roller to Roller Mounting Bracket, modified
801377 Level Sensor II Test Reservoir Simulator
Page 7
Maintenance
Recommended Spare Parts
Part Number Recommended Spare Parts Description
132257 Filter Air (Gas Inlet)
132265 Lamp Bulb, Halogen
132273 Fuse 4 A 32 V, Central Display
132281 Fuse 3 A 250 V, Battery Charger Rectifier
132290 Fuse, Battery 60 A 300 V
132302 Fuse 8 A 250 V (Use in 100/115 V Models Only)
132311 Fuse 2.5 A 250 V (Use in 100/115 V Models Only)
132468 Caster 3 In Diameter, 5th Wheel
132513 Caster 6 In with Brake
132898 Gas Flowmeter (O2)
132901 Gas Flowmeter (Air)
132919 Gas Flowmeter (Total)
133161 Flowmeter, Ball Type 1-10 LPM
133217 Pin Large, Occluder Hinge (Beginning S/N 1089)
133428 Plug, Power Cord 115 VAC 3 Prong
135052 Fuse 1.25 A 250 V (Use in 220/240 V Models Only)
139686 Cover, Pumphead Assembly (Cover and Hinge)
140610 Local Processor Board
140628 Hinge, Pumphead Cover
140644 Filter Air (Ventilation System)
140652 Pump Control Board
140661 Pump Drive Board
140679 Pump Safety Board
140687 Power Distribution Board
140695 Pump Dual Tach Board
140708 Pump Supply board
140716 A/D Board
Page 8
Maintenance
140732 Pump Membrane Switch Panel
140804 Cable Adaptor, TUV Pump (Metal) to Pre-TUV Front Tray
140901 Fixed Panel Board Assembly, Right Side
140927 Occluder Drive Assembly Board
140935 ABD Sensor Cord
140943 Gas Blender (Sechrist) Modified for System 9000
140960 Pressure Interface Module
142113 Power Cord 115 V
143280 Caster 6 in without Brake
144400 Membrane Switch Panel Left V2
144418 Membrane Switch Panel Right V2
144451 Fixed Panel Board Assembly, Left Side (Occluder)
144485 Occluder Module Assembly
144493 Lamp, O2, Positionable, 33 in
145955 Battery, 12 V Lead Acid
146413 Cable Adaptor, Pre-TUV (Plastic) Front Tray to TUV Pump
146739 Pump Gut
146755 Dust Cover
146835 Tube Clamp Assembly
146886 Circuit Breaker Board
147141 End Cover, Occluder (New Style, beginning S/N 1089)
147310 Level Detector Module
147707 End Cover Assembly, Occluder (Cover and Latch)
149518 ABD Interface Module
149526 Digital Interface Module
149964 Power Control Board
152987 Power Control 2 Board
150551 Belt, Pump Drive
150818 Filler Panel (Front Tray Module Slot)
Page 9
Maintenance
152354 Central Display, Touchscreen V3
152653 Jumper (J3) for CPU (V 2.21M)
153091 Knob, Occluder Control
154000 Pin, 0.125 Diameter (For Latch)
156312 Pump Display board
158351 Parallel I/O Board
164560 Occluder Assembly (Includes Front Tray Module)
195215 Ultrasonic Level Sensor II Transducer Yellow
195240 Level Sensor II Pads (with Gel)
195258 Assembly Level Detector II
195274 Ultrasonic Level Sensor II Transducer Red
197528 Collar, Display Support
217390 Assembly Level Sensor II Gel Pad
805391 Flowmeter, Fitting Adapter 1/4 In Stainless
805535 Fuse 4 A 250 V (Use in 220/240 V Models (Only)
806268 Capacitor Board Assembly, TUV
807080 Filler, Display (Hole Plug)
807184 Power Cord 220/240 V
16433301 Pressure Transducer
Spare Parts for Software Version 2.2X and Greater

Part Number Part Description
132741 Quad Serial Communications Board ZT8841
132759 ZT8817 CPU Board (Single Board)
132767 ZT8825 Extended Memory Board
135247 Temperature Probe Module (Front Tray)
Page 10
Maintenance
Periodic Maintenance
Install any components scheduled for replacement. Record product information under
Parts Installed.
Scheduled replacement may include:
P/N Device Interval More Information
140644 Filter Media Air 6 months page 118
26-1006-6709-1 Filter 0.1 Micron Water Trap 6 months page 123
26-1007-8632-1 O2 Gas Filter 7 Micron 2 years page 124
26-1008-3402-2 CO2 Gas Filter 7 Micron 2 years page 124
145955 Battery 12 V 24 AH 2 years page 153
140943 Sechrist Blender 2 years page 128
144143 CPU Battery 2 years page 136
The Sechrist blender (140943) should be rebuilt every two years. Within the U.S.,
order a reconditioned mixer. Outside the U.S., contact the nearest Service Center for
reconditioning information.
Enter preliminary information and beginning operator settings.

1. Record the purpose of the service call: Preventive Maintenance,
Repair, Install, Remove, Update, Verification.
2. Record the identifying number for the system, pumps, and accessories.
• Open the front panel to reveal the front tray.
• Number the system and pumps: the system is No. 1, the pump
connected to the left-most receptacle is No. 2, the pump connected
to the second receptacle is No. 3, etc.
3. Record the part number and serial number for the system.
4. Record the part number and serial numbers for the roller pumps.
• The serial numbers are on external labels.
• For SMT roller pumps, the serial number is located on the rear of
the pump casting.
• For non-SMT roller pumps, rotate the plastic screw 1/4 turn to
release the latch, and then lift the pump from the Base to see the
label.
5. Record the part number and serial number for the centrifugal pump.
6. Record the part numbers and serial numbers for the air sensor,
occluder, and central display.
7. Power on the system.
8. Note the status messages of the power-on self-test on the title screen
of the central display. Troubleshoot any error messages before
proceeding with maintenance.
Page 11
Maintenance
9. Record the system software version displayed on the title screen of the
central display. With 4.0 software, the first number is system software,
and the second number is the central display software.
10. Record the system run hours from the display located on the left side of
the front tray.
11. On the title screen, press CUSTOMIZE, then press blank. The pumps
will cycle through their power-on self-tests. Record the software version
number and run hours from the pump controls.
• For roller pump software versions 2.3 and higher, the software
version number and run hours for the pumps display in the pump
message area every time power is applied to the pump.
• For roller pump software versions 2.1 and 2.2, the software version
number and run hours for the pumps display in the pump message
area when CUSTOMIZE and then blank are pressed on the title
screen of the central display; the first number displayed is software,
and the second number is run hours.
• For Delphin II centrifugal pumps, the first number displayed is local
processor software, the second number is VSP software, and the
third number is run hours.
• For time of flight centrifugal pumps, the first number displayed is
local processor software, the second number is flowmeter board
software, and the third number is run hours.
12. Record whether STOP CPG WITH ART is highlighted (or displayed
Yes) or not (or displayed No). Press STOP CPG WITH ART (or
Yes/No) to change the setting.
13. Record whether Blood Chemistry is CDI or Standard. Press
CDI/Standard to change the setting.
14. Starting with software 2.3 and 4.0, press Main Screen Current Case or
Main Screen New Case, respectively.
15. Press SETUP.
16. Note the time displayed. If the time is incorrect, press the time to
display the Up/Down arrows and change the display. Press the time
displayed again to clear the arrows.
17. Record whether the BSA (Patient) measurement is Boyd or Dubois.
Press BSA to change the setting.
18. Record whether the O2 BLEND is AIR or 95/5.
19. Record the FiO2 alert value. If you press FiO2, Up/Down arrows
appear which you can use to change the FiO2 setting. Press FiO2
again to clear the arrows.
20. Press LIMITS to open the Pressure area.
21. Record the ART pressure Alert and Alarm limits.
Page 12
Maintenance
22. Record the CPG pressure Alert and Alarm limits.
23. Press LIMITS to close the display.
24. Press AUX DATA to open the Temperature Labels area.
25. Record the three temperature labels for channels A, B, and C. Press a
label name to change the setting.
26. Press AUX DATA to close the display.
27. Press PULSE (if the pulsatile option is installed).
28. Record the Rate, Base, and Width.
29. For ART pump, on the front tray, on the digital interface card, note the
ART switch setting (1 through 5), and record the identifying number of
the pump in that receptacle position.
30. For the CPG pump, on the front tray, on the digital interface card, note
the CPG switch setting (1 through 5 and 0), and record the identifying
number of the pump in that receptacle position. A switch setting of 0
indicates that no pump is designated as CPG.
31. Press PULSE to close the display if the pulsatile option is installed.
32. Record the Tube Size/Flow Constant/RPM setting displayed on each
pump.
33. For non-time of flight centrifugal pumps, press the scroll button on the
pump control until the CAL number is displayed (CNNNNNNN), and
record the number. The CAL number displayed should match the tag on
the flow sensor. For time of flight centrifugal pumps, there is no CAL
number.
34. For centrifugal min flow alert, press the scroll button on the pump
control until the MIN FLOW number is displayed, and record the
number.
35. Record the level sensor switch position (1 - 4) on the level module in
the front tray.
36. Check that all transducer cables installed in the front tray are marked. If
not, mark them or draw a chart or diagram showing where each
transducer is connected.
Inspect the system.

Measure and record the ground impedance, system leakage current, line voltage, and ground
resistance.
1. Check ground impedance using a test fixture. The reading should be
≤ 0.2 ohms.
2. Measure and record the system leakage current in normal polarity.
Switch off the system. Reverse the polarity. Measure and record and
recheck and record the leakage current.
Page 13
Maintenance
3. Plug the power cord into the AC mains. Check for any abnormal
operation.
4. Extend the front tray.
• Mark all the cables connected to the front tray so they can be
reconnected in the proper positions.
• Disconnect all the cables from the front of the front tray. To
disconnect the pump and central display cables, push in on the
connector while turning the large outer ring counterclockwise.
• Remove the two stops (T27 Torx).
• Slowly pull the front tray out, being careful not to get hung up on
any cabling.
• Remove the component shield (T15 Torx) from the front tray.
5. Measure and record the line voltage. Verify the condition of the power
cord and strain relief.
6. Measure and record the ground resistance.
• Connect the negative lead of a digital voltmeter to the DC/DC
converter ground test point on the power control board (or power
control 2 board). Connect the positive lead to any metal point on the
chassis. The digital voltmeter reading must be 250 megohm or
greater (with power off, the reading should be stable; with power
on, the reading will fluctuate). If not, troubleshoot the system.
Page 14
Maintenance
Check battery backup.
Note: Replace the batteries every two years or whenever the batteries cannot be
fully recharged within 13 hours or whenever fully charged batteries will not power the
entire system for 60 minutes before lighting the bottom red DC power indicator. Place
a label on the machine indicating when the batteries were replaced. For more
information about replacing batteries, see page 153.
1. Power the system off.

2. With the front tray still extended, check and record the battery voltage
level measured at the power distribution board. Connect the negative
lead of the digital voltmeter to J2 and the positive lead to J19. When
fully charged, the voltage should be 26 VDC to 28.5 VDC. If not, let the
batteries charge or replace them.
3. Power the system on.
4. Install tubing in all the pumps and set to the proper occlusion.
5. Place the pumps in forward or reverse and turn the flowrate knob fully
clockwise.
6. Disconnect the power cord from the AC mains and check that the
following occur:
• On Battery message is displayed on the central display.
• All the pumps continue to operate.
• The main fan slows.
• The green LED above the battery symbol lights.
• The LED bar graph below the battery symbol lights to indicate the
amount of battery power available. Troubleshoot if only the red
LEDs light.
Let the system and pumps run for at least 10 minutes.
7. Reconnect the power cord to the AC mains and check that the following
occur:
• On Battery message disappears from the central display.
• All the pumps continue to operate.
• The main fan gains speed.
• The green LED above the battery symbol is not lit.
• A single LED below the battery symbol lights, indicating battery
status. For more information about battery charger LEDs, see
page 109.
Page 15
Maintenance
Check charging voltage and power supplies.
Charging Voltage
1. With the front tray still extended, check and record the charging voltage
measured at the power distribution board.
• Remove the large 60 amp fuse.
• Plug the power cord into the wall outlet and set the power switch to
ON.
• Connect the negative lead of the digital voltmeter to J2 and the
positive lead to J19.
• Record the initial charging voltage.
• Adjust R3 as required until the digital voltmeter reads 27.6 VDC
± 0.05 VDC. Record the voltage after adjustment.
• Power the system off and reinstall the 60 A fuse.
• Troubleshoot if the voltage cannot be adjusted to specification.
+5 VDC Power Supply

2. Check the +5 VDC power supply voltage at the motherboard.
• Connect the positive lead of the digital voltmeter to pin 4 (red wire)
of J29, and the negative lead to pin 5 (black wire) of J29. The
voltage should be 5.00 VDC ± 0.07 VDC.
• If not, replace the 5 volt DC/DC converter.
3. Note whether the system uses an old style power control board or a
new style power control 2 board. If you have an old style power control
board, skip steps 4 and 5.
± 12 VDC Power Control 2 Board Power Supplies and +12 VDC ISO Power Supply
(Color Displays Only)
4. Check the +12 VDC power supply to the central display. On the power
control 2 board, using the points ISO GND and +12 ISO, the positive
voltage should be 12 VDC ± 0.12 VDC. If not, replace +12 V DC/DC
converter.
5. Check the ± 12 VDC power supplies at the test points on the power
control 2 board. The positive voltage should be +12 VDC ± 0.12 VDC. If
not, replace the power control 2 board converter. The negative voltage
should be -12 VDC ± 0.12 VDC. If not, replace the power control 2
board.
Page 16
Maintenance
± 12 VDC Power Control Board Power Supplies (Monochrome Displays Only)
Note: If the system has a monochrome central display, disconnect the

central display from the system at the front tray before testing ± 12 VDC
power supplies.
6. Check the ± 12 VDC power supplies at the test points on the power
control board. The positive voltage should be +12 VDC ± 0.12 VDC. If
not, replace the +12 V DC/DC converter. The negative voltage should
be -12 VDC ± 0.12 VDC. If not, replace the old style power control
board with a new style power control 2 board. For more information,
see page 119.
7. Set the power switch to OFF.

8. Reassemble the machine. Close the front tray being careful not to pinch
any ribbon cables. Reinstall the front stops.
Page 17
Maintenance
System Inspection
Replace the vent and air filters.
1. Remove the six screws that secure the air filter assembly.
2. Remove the old filter from the assembly.
3. Install the new filter and reassemble the machine.
Page 18
Maintenance
Replace the water trap filter.
1. Squeeze and remove the retaining springs on the metal cage and
remove the cage.
2. Press the relief valve on the bottom of the polycarbonate bowl to drain
any water.
3. Loosen the 5/8 in nut by quarter-turn. Rotate the filter assembly
upward.
4. Unscrew the polycarbonate bowl (turn counterclockwise) and remove
the O-ring.
5. Unscrew the black filter retainer.
6. Remove the old filter from the filter retainer.
7. Clean and dry all surfaces.
8. Install the new filter on the filter retainer.
9. Reinstall the filter retainer, O-ring, and polycarbonate bowl.
10. Reinstall the metal cage and retaining springs.
11. Rotate the assembly to its original position and tighten the 5/8 in nut.
Page 19
Maintenance
Check CPG delivery recording.
1. Press CARDIOPLEGIA on the main screen.
2. Select a pump (1 to 5) as the cardioplegia pump by turning the CPG
switch on the digital interface board. The pump number selected will be
displayed at the top of the cardioplegia screen and CPG will appear on
the pump message display.
3. Select a tube size for the CPG pump.
4. Press both Forward switches to start the pump; set the speed to
50 RPM.
5. Press START RECORDING DELIVERY on the cardioplegia screen.
The amount of CPG delivered will display in cc.
6. Press STOP RECORDING DELIVERY. The Time since last delivery
clock will appear.
7. Press START RECORDING DELIVERY. The cc amount resets to zero
briefly and then begins to increase. The TOTAL VOLUME increases as
the sum of the former and current delivery.
8. After verifying the recording of cardioplegia delivery, stop the CPG
pump.
Check the pump, clamp, and auxiliary timers.

1. Start the pump, clamp, and auxiliary timers.
2. Note operation of the timers.
3. Troubleshoot if necessary.
4. Record your findings.
Scroll through all screen switches.

1. Verify proper operation of all screen switches.
2. Troubleshoot if necessary.
3. Record your findings.
Page 20
Maintenance
Check the title screen and LEDs.
1. Note screen resolution, correct color display, and overall appearance.
2. Note console LEDs: check resolution, correct color display, and overall
appearance.
3. Note pump LEDs; check resolution, correct color display, and overall
appearance.
4. Troubleshoot and resolve any problems.
Check CDI™ 100 interface.

1. Verify the RS-232 cable is connected from port A on the front tray to the
CDI™ Extracorporeal Hematocrit/Oxygen Saturation Monitoring
System 100.
2. Turn the CDI™ monitor on and press Setup. Use the Adjust button
and Up/Down arrow to set the following:
• Arterial PH = 1
• Arterial PCO2 = time of day
• Arterial PO2 = 4800
• Arterial BE/HCO3 = 0.1
• Venous PH = 1
• Venous PCO2 = 0 (English), 1 (French), 2 (German), 3 (Spanish),
or 4 (Italian).
• Venous PO2 = 0
• Venous SVO2 = barometric pressure
3. Press Operate. Ensure that the Standard Reference Sensors (SRSs)
are installed properly.
4. The values displayed on the monitor should be displayed on the central
display. A display of 999 indicates an overrange value; a display of - - -
indicates an underrange value.
5. Troubleshoot if communications cannot be established or the displayed
values do not match.
Page 21
Maintenance
CDI™ Extracorporeal Blood Gas Monitoring System 400.
2. Power on the CDI™ monitor.
3. Verify the values displayed on the CDI™ monitor match the values
displayed on the central display. A display of 999 indicates an
overrange value; a display of - - - indicates an underrange value.

CDI™ Blood Parameter Monitoring System 500.
2. Verify the values displayed on the CDI™ monitor match the values
displayed on the central display. A display of 999 indicates an
overrange value; a display of - - - indicates an underrange value.
Note: Use port B for flow calculation connections.
Check temperature displays.
Warning: Use only the specified probes to ensure that temperature and pressure
monitoring function properly.
1. Install a calibrated temperature probe into each temperature jack.

Record which probe is used. The displayed temperature must be
± 0.3°C of the calibrated probe, and each temperature must be within
± 0.1°C of each other. If not, calibrate the temperature board. For more
information, see page 157.
2. Install a calibrated 43.1°C to 45°C probe into each temperature jack.

Verify the Temperature > 43°C message is displayed on the main
screen and the alert sounds.
3. Install a calibrated 25°C probe into each temperature jack. Verify the
temperature is 25.0°C ± 0.3°C.
Page 22
Maintenance
Check level detection.
Caution: Do not drop the level sensors as shock may damage the sensor.
1. Attach the alarm and alert sensors to a test fixture.

2. Note the original position of the switch and then rotate the switch on the
level detector module to position 1 for Alert/Alarm.
3. Turn on the level detector.
4. Disconnect the alert sensor cable from the level detector module. Verify
the Level Alert Sensor Disconnected message appears on the main
screen, and the yellow LED on the right fixed panel lights to indicate the
alert sensor is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
5. Fill the fixture with water until the water level is above both sensors.
6. Press the level detection ON switch.
7. Press the FORWARD or REVERSE switches on the arterial and
cardioplegia pumps. Turn the speed knobs on both pumps to mid-
range.
8. Tilt the container until the water level is below the yellow alert sensor
only. Verify the Check Blood Level message appears on the main
screen, the single-tone alert sounds, and the alert LED on the right
fixed panel lights. Verify the pumps continue to run.
9. Tilt the container until the water level is above both sensors. Verify the
Check Blood Level messages disappears from the main screen, the
alert stops sounding, and the alert LED on the right fixed panel goes
out.
10. Tilt the container until the water level is below the red alarm sensor.
Verify the Low Blood Level message appears on the main screen, the
dual-tone alarm sounds, the alarm LED on the right fixed panel lights,
and the pump(s) stop. Verify that you can not start the arterial and
cardioplegia pumps.
11. Tilt the container until the water level is above both sensors. Press the
level detection RESET switch. Verify the Low Blood Level message
disappears from the main screen and the alarm stops sounding.
12. Restart the pumps.
13. Rotate the switch on the level detector module to position 2 for alarm
only.
14. Tilt the container until the water level is below the red alarm sensor.
Verify the Low Blood Level message appears on the main screen, the
dual-tone alarm sounds, the alarm LED on the right fixed panel lights,
and the pump(s) stop. Verify that you cannot start the arterial and
cardioplegia pumps.
Page 23
Maintenance
15. Tilt the container until the water level is above both sensors. Press the
level detection RESET switch. Verify the Low Blood Level message
disappears from the main screen and the alarm stops sounding.
16. Restart the pumps.
17. Rotate the switch on the level detector module to position 4 for alert
only.
Note: Position 4 is only functional on machines with version 2.21M or
higher system software. Position 3 is not functional on any machine.
18. Tilt the container until the water level is below the yellow alert sensor
only. Verify the Check Blood Level message appears on the main
screen, the single-tone alert sounds, and the alert LED on the right
fixed panel lights. Verify the pumps continue to run.
19. Tilt the container until the water level is above both sensors. Verify the
Check Blood Level message disappears from the main screen, the alert
stops sounding, and the alert LED on the right fixed panel goes out.
20. Stop the pump(s) and press the level detection OFF switch.
21. The test fixture has a thin wall and a thick wall. Reverse the level
sensors and retest using steps 12 through 19.
22. Rotate the switch on the level detector module to its original position.
Page 24
Maintenance
Verify correct pressure reading displays and alert/alarm sounds with
software versions less than 4.0.
Warning: Pressure transducer cables without transducers attached must be

disconnected from the console. Cables without transducers act as antennae for
electromagnetic interference and may stop the pump.
Test alert and alarm levels and displays for Arterial, Cardioplegia, and Auxiliary
pressures. There are six tests for each pressure type, three with positive test fixture
settings and three with negative test fixture settings.
Make sure the test fixture is at 0 (zero) before pressing Setup to avoid erroneous
readings.
Test Fixture Central Test Fixture Central

at - Display at + Display
± 10 mmHg ± 10 mmHg
Arterial 20 20 20 20
Arterial 100 --- 100 100
Cardioplegia 20 20 20 20
Cardioplegia 100 --- 100 100
Auxiliary 20 20 20 20
Auxiliary 100 --- 100 100
*For Auxiliary pressures, verify the correct pressure reading is displayed.

1. *Press SETUP on the main screen.
2. *Install the pressure board test fixture in the appropriate receptacle for
the pressure type (Arterial, Cardioplegia, or Auxiliary) on the pressure
module. Set the test fixture to 0 (zero). Complete the following steps for
each mmHg value, for both - and + settings, for each pressure type.
3. *Press ZERO on the setup screen and press the pressure type. The
display should go to reverse video and the pressure display should
show 0 mmHg. If not, calibrate the pressure board. For more
Page 25
Maintenance
4. *Press LIMITS on the setup screen, press the displayed alert number,
and press the Up/Down arrows until the alert value is 190. Press the
displayed alert number (190 mmHg). Press LIMITS on the setup
screen, press the displayed alarm number, and press the Up/Down
arrows until the alarm value is 290. Press the displayed alarm number
(290 mmHg). On units with system software versions less than 2.3M,
only the alert value is entered.
5. *Turn the test fixture knob to each setting. The pressure displayed on
the central display must be ± 10 mmHg of the test fixture setting. For
- test fixture values of 100 mmHg, the central display will display three
dashes (- - -) to indicate overrange. If not, calibrate the pressure board.
For more information, see page 156.
6. Press the Forward or Reverse switches on the appropriate pump(s). (A
cardioplegia pump may be customized to stop with an arterial pump.)
Turn the speed knobs on the pumps to mid-range.
7. Set the test fixture to 200 mmHg. Verify the single-tone alert sounds,
the pressure message appears on the central display, and the
appropriate pump(s) continue to run. If not, replace the pressure board.
8. Set the test fixture to 300 mmHg. Verify the dual-tone alarm sounds, the
pressure message appears on the central display and the appropriate
pump(s) stops. When the dual tone sound is present, you can not start
the arterial and cardioplegia pumps. If not, replace the pressure board.
9. Set the test fixture to 200 mmHg. Verify the dual-tone alarm stops and
the single-tone alert repeats. Restart the pump(s).
10. *Remove the test fixture from the receptacle. Verify the pressure
display changes to dashes (- - -).
11. Continue testing until each test fixture setting has been tested for each
pressure type.
Page 26
Maintenance
Verify correct pressure reading displays and alert/alarm sounds with
software versions 4.0 and greater.
Warning: Pressure transducer cables without transducers attached must be

disconnected from the console. Cables without transducers act as antennae for
electromagnetic interference and may stop the pump.
Test alert and alarm levels and displays for Arterial, Cardioplegia, and Auxiliary
pressures. There are six tests for each pressure type, three with positive test fixture
settings and three with negative test fixture settings.
Make sure the test fixture is at 0 (zero) before pressing Setup to avoid erroneous
readings.
Test Fixture Central Test Fixture Central

at - Display at + Display
± 10 mmHg ± 10 mmHg
Arterial 100 --- 100 100
Cardioplegia 100 --- 100 100
Auxiliary 100 --- 100 100

1. *Press SETUP on the main screen.
2. *Install the pressure board test fixture in the appropriate receptacle for
the pressure type (Arterial, Cardioplegia, or Auxiliary) on the pressure
module. Set the test fixture to 0 (zero). Complete the following steps for
each mmHg value, for both - and + settings, for each pressure type.
3. *Press ZERO on the setup screen and press the pressure type. The
pressure type should become highlighted and the pressure display
should show 0 mmHg. If not, calibrate the pressure board. For more
Page 27
Maintenance
4. *Press LIMITS on the setup screen, press the displayed alert number,
and press the Up/Down arrows until the alert value is 190. Press the
displayed alert number (190 mmHg). Press LIMITS on the setup
screen, press the displayed alarm number, and press the Up/Down
arrows until the alarm value is 290. Press the displayed alarm number
(290 mmHg).
5. Verify the following colors appear on the screen:
Color Location
Light Gray Arterial Line text on main screen
White Flow value on main screen
Light Red Alarms text on setup screen
Light Blue Alert and alarm pressure values on setup screen
Black Overall background of any screen
Dark Red Background for arterial values on main screen
Dark Blue Background for venous values on main screen
Green Background for gas values on main screen
Dark Yellow Not confirmed messages on main screen
6. *Turn the test fixture knob to each setting. The pressure displayed on
the central display must be ± 10 mmHg of the test fixture setting. For
- test fixture values of 100 mmHg, the central display will display three
dashes (- - -) to indicate overrange. If not, calibrate the pressure board.
7. Press the Forward or Reverse switches on the appropriate pump(s). (A
cardioplegia pump may be customized to stop with an arterial pump.)
Turn the speed knobs on the pumps to mid-range.
8. Set the test fixture to 200 mmHg. Verify the single-tone alert sounds,
the pressure message appears on the central display, and the
appropriate pump(s) continue to run. If not, replace the pressure board.
9. Set the test fixture to 300 mmHg. Verify the dual-tone alarm sounds, the
pressure message appears on the central display and the appropriate
pump(s) stops. When the dual tone sound is present, you can not start
the arterial and cardioplegia pumps. If not, replace the pressure board.
10. Set the test fixture to 200 mmHg. Verify the dual-tone alarm stops and
the single-tone alert repeats. Restart the pump(s).
11. *Remove the test fixture from the receptacle. Verify the pressure
display changes to dashes (- - -).
12. Continue testing until each test fixture setting has been tested for each
pressure type.
13. To test the not confirmed message and border:
Page 28
Maintenance
• Press Limits on the setup screen. Press the arterial alert button
and press the Up/Down arrows until a new value appears on the
button. Then exit from the screen without confirming the value.
• Verify the message Set-up value not confirmed appears, a border
appears around the Setup button, and both are dark yellow in color.
• Return to the setup screen, select the desired value and confirm it
by pressing the alert button; verify the not confirmed indicators
disappear.
Check roller pumps.

1. Place each pump in the Stop mode and press the scroll switch. Verify
that the message display shows the following in sequence: 1/4, 3/8, 1/2,
5/8, 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, S4:1, S2:1, S1:1, RPM, and Fxxx.
2. Turn the machine power switch to OFF, wait 10 seconds, and turn it
ON. Verify that the message display on each pump shows the following
in sequence: Reset (each pump relay clicks once), tube size or RPM,
6 to 10 second delay, software version, run hours, FAIL 1, FAIL 2,
FAIL 3, FAIL 4, FAIL 5, FAIL 6. and then back to tube size or RPM.
Record the software version and run hours for each pump. Note any fail
messages that remain on the pumps and troubleshoot.
• For roller pump software versions 2.3 and higher, the software
version number and run hours for the pumps display in the pump
message area every time power is applied to the pump.
• For roller pump software versions 2.1 and 2.2, the software version
number and run hours for the pumps display in the pump message
area when CUSTOMIZE and then the blank button is pressed on
the title screen of the central display; the first number displayed is
software, and the second number is run hours.
Page 29
Maintenance
3. Perform the following tests for each pump.
• Install the emergency hand crank into the pump head.
• Turn the flowrate knob fully counterclockwise.
• Place the pump in reverse by pressing both Reverse switches for
4 seconds.
• Set the pump speed to 25 RPM.
• Hold the hand crank until a pump jam occurs. The pump will stop
and PUMP JAM will appear in the message display. In the case of
the arterial pump, an alarm will sound and the ARTERIAL PUMP
JAM message will appear on the main screen.
• Remove the hand crank and press the Forward or Reverse
switches to clear the pump jam condition.
• Install the appropriate size tubing in the pump.
• Set the proper occlusion for the pump.
• Run the pump in forward and reverse. Note any unusual noises and
troubleshoot if necessary.
• When removing the tubing, be careful not to touch or move the
occlusion knob.
4. Check the pump ART and CPG designations and displays.
• Select each pump as arterial by rotating the ART switch on the
digital interface card. Verify that when each pump is selected, its
message display shows ART.
• Select each pump as cardioplegia by rotating the CPG switch on
the digital interface card. Verify that when each pump is selected,
its message display shows CPG. A centrifugal pump cannot be
selected as cardioplegia.
• Select one pump as both ART and CPG. Verify that the CHANGE
PUMP SELECT: ART= CPG message will appear on the main
screen.
• Return the ART and CPG switches on the digital interface board to
their original settings.
Page 30
Maintenance
5. Check the pulse mode (if installed) for the arterial pump.
• Press PULSE on the main screen. Set the RATE to 60 bpm, the
WIDTH to 50%, and the BASE to 50%.
• Press the Forward switches on the pump and turn the flowrate
knob fully clockwise (maximum speed). Press the Automatic
switches. The message display will ramp down from 100 to 50. The
pump will run at maximum speed for 0.5 seconds and then half-
speed for 0.5 seconds.
• Set the BASE to 0%. The pump will run at maximum speed for
0.5 seconds and then stop for 0.5 seconds.
• Return the RATE, BASE, and WIDTH to their original settings.
• Press the Manual switch to stop the pump.
6. Check the shoulder screws.
• Set the machine power switch to OFF.
• Set the torque screwdriver to 17 in-lbs.
• Verify that all four shoulder screws on each pump are torqued to
17 in-lbs.
7. Check the roller-to-roller. For more information, see page 233.
8. Check the casting.
• Check the casting runout. For more information, see page 231.
• Inspect the casting for any nicks or scratches in the tubing path. As
a guide, the casting should be replaced if a nick or scratch is deep
enough to catch a fingernail.
9. Check the rollers and roller bearings.
• Spin each roller with your fingers. Each should spin freely. If not,
replace the roller bearings. For more information, see page 225.
• Inspect each roller for any nicks or scratches in the tubing path. As
a guide, the roller should be replaced if a nick or scratch is deep
enough to catch a fingernail.
10. Check the casting bearing. Use a hand crank to spin the roller
assembly. It should spin freely and smoothly. If any unusual noises are
heard, troubleshoot.
Page 31
Maintenance
11. Check the tube guide rollers (new brown style).
• Remove all the tube guide rollers.
• Apply a thin coat of grease to each screw.
• Reinstall the greased screws and rollers. Torque the roller screws
to 7 in-lbs. Clean off any excess grease.
• Spin each tube guide roller with your fingers. Each roller should
spin smoothly. If not, remove the roller and check for a groove worn
into the roller post where the tube guide screw shoulder touches the
post.
• If a groove is visible, file it smooth. Reinstall the roller and screw.
• Try to spin the roller again. If it is still hard to spin, replace the tube
guide and/or the screw.
• Torque all guide roller screws to 7 in-lbs.
12. Check the tube guide rollers (old black style).
• Remove all the tube guide rollers.
• Apply a thin coat of grease to each screw.
• Reinstall the greased screws and rollers. Torque the roller screws
to 7 in-lbs. Clean off any excess grease.
• Spin each roller with your fingers. Each roller should spin smoothly.
If not, remove the roller and check for a groove worn into the roller
post where the tube guide screw shoulder touches the post.
• If a groove is visible, file it smooth. Reinstall the roller and screw.
• Try to spin the roller again. If it is still hard to spin, replace the tube
guide and/or the screw.
• Torque all guide roller screws to 7 in-lbs.
13. Check the occlusion mechanism.
• Apply a thin coat of grease to the lip of the occlusion mechanism.
• Turn the mechanism back and forth. It should turn smoothly and
easily. If not, troubleshoot.
• Verify that the four screws securing the gauge ring to the lip are
tight.
14. Check the tube clamp mechanisms.
• Remove both tube clamp mechanisms.
• Verify that the screws holding the tubing inserts are tight and that all
pins are secure.
• Slide the tube clamp mechanisms back onto the black dovetails. It
should require some force to do this. If not, replace the dovetail.
15. Turn the machine power switch to ON.
Page 32
Maintenance
16. Check overspeed.
• Insert a hand crank into the pump. Turn the flowrate knob fully
counterclockwise.
• Press the Forward switches on the pump.
• Use the hand crank to rotate the pump counterclockwise at 20 RPM
to 25 RPM. The message display will show OVERSPEED 3 and the
pump stops. In the case of the arterial pump, the alarm will sound
and the ARTERIAL PUMP OVERSPEED message will appear on
the main screen.
• Remove the hand crank. Press the Forward switches to clear the
OVERSPEED 3 condition.
17. Check the cover interlock.
• Set the pump flow rate to maximum speed.
• Lift the pump cover approximately 1.5 in (3,81 cm). The pump
should stop rotating. If not, troubleshoot.
• Press both Forward switches to restart the pump. Then apply a
slight clockwise pressure to the flowrate knob. The maximum speed
should be 250 RPM ± 2 RPM (use a digital tachometer to verify the
RPM reading). If not, calibrate the pump control board. For more
information, see page 217 for non-SMT pumps or see page 219 for
SMT pumps.
Check Delphin II centrifugal pump.

1. Connect the motor and flow sensor to the pump.
2. Check the pump connector for damage.
3. Check the startup sequence.
• Set the power switch to ON. Verify that the message display shows
the following in sequence: Reset (relay clicks once), 6-10 second
delay, software versions, run hours, FAIL 1, FAIL 2, FAIL 3, FAIL 4,
FAIL 5, FAIL 6, and back to 0000.
• Troubleshoot any fail message that remain displayed.
4. After the startup sequence, press the Scroll switch three times. Verify
that the message display shows the following in sequence: MNFL
number, calibration number, and 0000.
5. Check speed control.
• Press both Forward switches.
• Rotate the speed knob clockwise to increase the speed.
Troubleshoot any unusual noises.
• Verify that the speed knob turns smoothly throughout its range.
Page 33
Maintenance
6. Check the motor disconnected alert.
• Select the centrifugal pump as arterial by rotating the ART switch
on the digital interface board.
• Press the Stop switch on the pump and disconnect the motor.
• Press both Forward switches and turn the speed knob to the
1200 RPM setting. The pump message display will alternately flash
0000 and MOTOR. The alert will sound and the CHECK ARTERIAL
PUMP MOTOR message will appear on the main screen.
• Press the Stop switch. Reconnect the motor and press the
Forward switches to clear the alert message.
7. Check motor speed.
• Remove any disposable from the drive motor. Press the Forward
switches and turn the speed knob fully clockwise for maximum
speed. Verify the reading on the display is 3600 RPM ± 100 RPM. If
not, calibrate the motor control board. For more information, see
page 265.
• Press the Stop switch. Connect the drive motor tach fixture to the
drive motor, then hold a digital tachometer to the fixture. Press the
Forward switches and turn the speed knob clockwise until the
display indicates 3000 RPM. The tachometer should indicate a
reading of 3000 RPM ± 100 RPM. Troubleshoot if the reading is out
of specification.
8. Check motor control.
• Press the Stop switch. Turn the speed knob to the 1200 RPM
setting.
• Turn the centrifugal pump circuit breaker OFF and back ON. Press
both Forward switches immediately. The motor will start while
Reset is displayed. If not, replace the motor control board.
• Press the Stop switch.
9. Check the minimum flow alert.
• Press the Select switch until MNFL x.x is displayed.
• Press the Up/Down arrows to change the minimum flow value to
1.5. Press the Select switch to store the new value.
• Press both Forward switches. Turn the speed knob to slowly
increase the motor speed. When a speed of 1000 RPM or greater is
reached, the following will occur: the pump message display will
alternately flash the motor speed and MIN FLOW. The alert will
sound and the BELOW ARTERIAL MINIMUM FLOW message will
appear on the main screen.
• Turn the speed knob fully counterclockwise. Verify that the
message display shows 0000. Press the Stop switch.
Page 34
Maintenance
10. Check the calibration number selection.
• Press the Select switch twice to display the calibration number.
Press the Up or Down arrow once. An asterisk will replace the C,
and the first three digits and the last digit will blink. Press the
Up/Down arrows to scroll the first three digits through all the values
from 020 to 300. Set the first three digits to 112; the last digit will
change automatically.
• Press the Select switch once. The last four digits will blink. Use the
Up/Down arrows to scroll the first three blinking digits through all
the values from 270 to 670. Set these three digits to 345; the last
digit will change automatically to 6.
• Press the Select switch once to store the value. Turn the
centrifugal pump circuit breaker OFF and back ON. After the startup
sequence, press the Select switch to verify that the MNFL value is
1.5 and the calibration number is C1123456.
• Enter the calibration number located on the blue tag attached to the
sensor.
11. Install a 3 ft test loop (without cornstarch).
• Connect one end of a 3 ft loop of tubing to a disposable pump and
fill them with water.
• Connect the other end of the tubing to the disposable pump without
introducing air as air will affect the test.
• Connect the disposable pump to the drive motor.
12. Check the maximum speed with load. Turn the speed knob fully
clockwise (maximum speed). Verify that the speed shown in the
message display is between 2800 and 3300 RPM. If not, troubleshoot
the pump.
13. Check the pulse mode.
• Press PULSE on the main screen. Set the Baseline to 50%.
• Press both Forward switches and set the speed to 2400 RPM.
• Press both Pulse switches. The message display ramps down from
100 to 50. The pump will pulse once per second, at 2400 RPM for
0.5 seconds and 1200 RPM for 0.5 seconds.
• Press the Manual switch. Verify that the pump stops pulsing and
continues to run at 2400 RPM ± 20 RPM.
14. Check the flow.
• Set the pump speed to 2000 RPM ± 20 RPM. Close the tube clamp
until the flow reading is 4.0 L/min ± 0.2 L/min.
• Gently tap on the flow sensor. The flow reading should not change
more than 0.1 L/min. If it does, troubleshoot the pump.
Page 35
Maintenance
15. Check both the alert and alarm.
• Check the Check Flow alert.
Increase the pump speed to 1600 RPM ± 20 RPM and
adjust the clamp to get a flow of over 3.0 L/min.
Decrease the pump speed to 1400 RPM ± 20 RPM. The
message display will alternately flash the chosen motor
speed and CK FLOW. The alert will sound and the CHECK
ARTERIAL PUMP FLOW message will appear on the main
screen.
Increase the pump speed to 1600 RPM ± 20 RPM and the
Check Flow alert should stop.
Press Stop and then turn the speed knob to minimum.
Start the pump and increase the speed to 1100 RPM
± 20 RPM. Adjust the clamp to obtain a flow of
approximately 3.0 L/min. Turn the speed knob quickly down
to 200 RPM ± 50 RPM. The message display will
alternately flash the chosen RPM reading and CK FLOW
for approximately 5 seconds. The alert will sound and the
CHECK ARTERIAL PUMP FLOW message will appear on
the main screen.
• Check the Backflow alarm.
Install the flow sensor around the tubing with the arrow in
the direction of the flow. Start the pump and increase the
pump speed to 2000 RPM. Adjust the clamp for a flow of
approximately 3.0 L/min.
Remove the flow sensor and reinstall it with the arrow
pointing in the direction opposite the flow. The message
display will alternately flash 2000 RPM and !BACKFLW.
The alarm will sound and the !ARTERIAL PUMP
BACKFLOW message will appear on the main screen.
16. Check the minimum flow.
• Set the pump speed to 0000 RPM. Completely clamp off the tubing.
• Slowly increase the pump speed to over 1000 RPM.
• The message display will alternately flash the motor speed and MIN
FLOW.
• The alert will sound and the BELOW ARTERIAL MINIMUM FLOW
message will appear on the main screen.
• Unclamp the tubing and the alert will stop sounding.
Page 36
Maintenance
Check centrifugal system.
1. Connect the motor and flow sensor to the pump.
2. Check the pump connector for damage.
3. Check the startup sequence.
• Set the power switch to ON. Verify that the message display shows
the following in sequence: Reset (relay clicks once), 6-10 second
delay, software versions, run hours, FAIL 1, FAIL 2, FAIL 3, FAIL 4,
FAIL 5, FAIL 6, and back to 0000.
• Troubleshoot any fail messages that remain displayed.
4. After the startup sequence, press the Scroll switch three times. Verify
that the message display shows the following in sequence: MNFL
number, signal strength, and 0000.
5. Check speed control.
• Press both Forward switches.
• Rotate the speed knob clockwise to increase the speed.
Troubleshoot any unusual noises.
• Verify that the speed knob turns smoothly throughout its range.
6. Check the motor disconnected alert.
• Select the centrifugal pump as arterial by rotating the ART switch
on the digital interface board.
• Press the Stop switch on the pump and disconnect the motor.
• Press both Forward switches and turn the speed knob to the
1200 RPM setting. The pump message display will alternately flash
0000 and MOTOR. The alert will sound and the CHECK ARTERIAL
PUMP MOTOR message will appear on the main screen.
• Press the Stop switch. Reconnect the motor and press the
Forward switches to clear the alert message.
7. Check motor speed.
• Remove any disposable from the drive motor. Press the Forward
switches and turn the speed knob fully clockwise for maximum
speed. Verify the reading on the display is 3600 RPM ± 100 RPM. If
not, calibrate the motor control board. For more information, see
page 265.
• Press the Stop switch. Connect the drive motor tach fixture to the
drive motor, then hold a digital tachometer to the fixture. Press the
Forward switches and turn the speed knob clockwise until the
display indicates 3000 RPM. The tachometer should indicate a
reading of 3000 RPM ± 100 RPM. Troubleshoot if the reading is out
of specification.
Page 37
Maintenance
8. Check motor control.
• Press the Stop switch. Turn the speed knob to the 1200 RPM
setting.
• Turn the centrifugal pump circuit breaker OFF and back ON. Press
both Forward switches immediately. The motor will start while
Reset is displayed. If not, replace the motor control board.
• Press the Stop switch.
9. Check the minimum flow alert.
• Press the Select switch until MNFL x.x is displayed.
• Press the Up/Down arrows to change the minimum flow value to
1.5. Press the Select switch to store the new value.
• Press both Forward switches. Turn the speed knob to slowly
increase the motor speed. When a speed of 1000 RPM or greater is
reached, the following will occur: the pump message display will
alternately flash the motor speed and MIN FLOW. The alert will
sound and the BELOW ARTERIAL MINIMUM FLOW message will
appear on the main screen.
• Turn the speed knob fully counterclockwise. Verify that the
message display shows 0000. Press the Stop switch.
10. Install a 3 ft test loop (without cornstarch).
• Connect one end of a 3 ft loop of tubing to a disposable pump and
fill them with water.
• Connect the other end of the tubing to the disposable pump without
introducing air as air will affect the test.
• Connect the disposable pump to the drive motor.
11. Check the maximum speed with load. Turn the speed knob fully
clockwise (maximum speed). Verify that the speed shown in the
message display is between 2800 and 3300 RPM. If not, troubleshoot
the pump.
12. Check the pulse mode.
• Press PULSE on the main screen. Set the Baseline to 50%.
• Press both Forward switches and set the speed to 2400 RPM.
• Press both Pulse switches. The message display ramps down from
100 to 50. The pump will pulse once per second, at 2400 RPM for
0.5 seconds and 1200 RPM for 0.5 seconds.
• Press the Manual switch. Verify that the pump stops pulsing and
continues to run at 2400 RPM ± 20 RPM.
Page 38
Maintenance
13. Check the flow.
• Set the pump speed to 2000 RPM ± 20 RPM. Close the tube clamp
until the flow reading is 4.0 L/min ± 0.2 L/min.
• Gently tap on the flow sensor. The flow reading should not change
more than 0.4 L/min. If it does, troubleshoot the pump.
14. Check the Backflow alarm.
• Install the flow sensor around the tubing with the arrow in the
direction of the flow. Start the pump and increase the pump speed
to 2000 RPM. Adjust the clamp for a flow of approximately 3.0
L/min.
• Remove the flow sensor and reinstall it with the arrow pointing in
the direction opposite the flow. The message display will alternately
flash 2000 RPM and !BACKFLW. The alarm will sound and the
!ARTERIAL PUMP BACKFLOW message will appear on the main
screen.
15. Check the signal strength.
• With the water filled tubing installed and the flow sensor attached,
press the Select switch twice to display the signal strength. Record
this value.
• If the displayed signal strength is less than 50%, troubleshoot the
problem.
16. Check the minimum flow.
• Set the pump speed to 0000 RPM. Completely clamp off the tubing.
• Slowly increase the pump speed to over 1000 RPM.
• The message display will alternately flash the motor speed and MIN
FLOW.
• The alert will sound and the BELOW ARTERIAL MINIMUM FLOW
message will appear on the main screen.
• Unclamp the tubing and the alert will stop sounding.
Check occluder.
1. Install tubing in the occluder.
2. Press the Open switch on the left fixed panel, then press the Close
switch. When fully closed, the occluder will display 0, and the VENOUS
LINE OCCLUDED message will appear on the main screen.
3. Press the Open switch. The number on the occluder display will
increase rapidly to 99, and the VENOUS LINE OCCLUDED message
will disappear from the main screen.
Note: After the occluder has been calibrated, the plunger can be
adjusted only once by pressing the Open switch.
Page 39
Maintenance
4. Press the Close switch. Fill the tube with water. With a 1 m head of
water above the occluder, no water should pass through the tube. If it
does, calibrate the occluder drive board. For more information, see
page 273.
5. Verify the manual control knob opens and closes the occluder.
Check air detection.

Use tubing:
• for Ultrasonic Air Sensors, 1-2 ft (0,3 m - 0,6m)
• for p/n 5773, 3/8 in x 3/32 in (9,5 mm x 2,4 mm), red
• for p/n 5791, 1/4 in x 3/32 in (6,4 mm x 2,4 mm), gold
• for p/n 5785, 1/4 in x 1/16 in (6,4 mm x 1,6 mm), black
Inspecting Ultrasonic Air Sensors
Note: Do not use gel with the ultrasonic air sensor.
1. Prepare a 1 ft - 2 ft length of water-filled tubing. Make sure to trap a
bubble at least 1 in (2,54 cm) in length. This represents a bubble
significantly larger than 0.5 ml.
2. Clamp the ultrasonic air sensor onto the tubing. Do not position the
sensor upside down, with the cover toward the floor, as bubbles may go
undetected. The tubing must be the appropriate diameter for the
sensor:
• 3/8 in x 3/32 in (9,5 mm x 2,4 mm) for red air sensor.
• 1/4 in x 3/32 in (6,4 mm x 2,4 mm) for gold air sensor.
• 1/4 in x 1/16 in (6,4 mm x 1,6 mm) for black air sensor.
3. Tilt the tubing and air sensor to force any bubbles from the sensor area.
Ensure the tubing is fluid filled at the air sensor and no air bubbles are
present in this area.
4. Press and hold the air detection RESET switch on the right fixed panel,
until the red LED is no longer illuminated.
5. Press the air detection ON switch.
6. Press the Forward switch on the arterial and cardioplegia pumps, and
turn the speed knobs to mid-range. The arterial and cardioplegia pumps
are designated by the pump select module.
7. Tilt the ultrasonic air sensor to force the air bubble (0.5 ml or larger) to
pass through the sensor.
8. Verify the arterial pump stops; the cardioplegia pump stops if it has
been customized to stop with the arterial pump; the Air Detected
message appears on the main screen, and the alarm sounds.
9. Tilt the air sensor to force the air bubble out of the sensor area. Press
and hold the RESET switch on the right fixed panel until the red LED is
no longer lit. Verify all messages and alarms stop. Restart the pumps.
Press the air detector OFF switch.
Page 40
Maintenance
Check gas flow system.
Warning: Use medical grade gases and empty the water trap as liquid
water or other contaminants in the gas supplies will cause malfunction of
the system.
Always use an oxygen analyzer to verify oxygen content.
Provide inlet gases at a pressure of 50 psi ± 10 psi (345 kPa ± 69 kPa).

Observe the FiO2 display for variation as extreme variation indicates an
inadequate gas supply.
Caution: The oxygen and air supplies must both be connected (or
disconnected) to prevent unequal pressure from damaging the gas
blender.
1. Use the gas pressure test fixture to verify that the inlet gases are 50 psi
± 10 psi, and that the gases are within ± 10 psi of each other.
2. Connect the gas hoses to the console. Connect a 1.0 to 10.0 L/min
flowmeter to the output.
3. Adjust the flow rate from 0.2 L/min to 9.9 L/min. Verify that the flow rate
displayed on the main screen is the same as on the flowmeter. If not,
troubleshoot.
4. Set the flow rate above 9.9 L/min. The flow rate displayed on the main
screen will change to 999 for overrange.
5. Adjust the FiO2 control knob from 0.21 to 1.00. Use an oxygen analyzer
at the output to verify that the displayed FiO2 is ± 3% of the actual
output FiO2. If not, troubleshoot.
6. Set the flow rate to 2 L/min. Set the FiO2 control knob to 0.60. Vary the
flow rate from 2 L/min to 7 L/min. The displayed FiO2 will not change
more than ± 20%. If it does, replace the blender. For more information,
see page 128.
7. Set the flow rate to 4 L/min. Vary the FiO2 from 0.21 to 1.00. The total
flow will not change more than ± 20%. If it does, replace the blender.
8. Press SETUP on the main screen. Set the FiO2 ALERT to 0.40. Adjust
the FiO2 control knob to below 0.40. The alert will sound and the LOW
FIO2 message will appear.
9. Set the FiO2 BLEND to 95-5. Vary the FiO2 control knob and verify that
the FiO2 range is from 0.95 to 1.00 and the FiCO2 range is from 0.050
to 0.000.
10. Set the flow rate to greater than 0.2 L/min. Press the CO2 Flush Start
switch on the left fixed panel. The LED will light briefly and then go out.
Page 41
Maintenance
11. Set the flow rate to less than 0.2 L/min. Press the CO2 Flush Start
switch on the left fixed panel. The LED will remain lit for 3 minutes
± 12 seconds. (The 3 minute timer is only on machines with system
software version 2.21M or lower; version 2.3M has a 15 minute timer.)
12. Connect CO2 to the CO2 input and verify that the flush rate is from
2 L/min to 10 /min. Adjust the CO2 Flush Rate to meet the customer's
needs. For more information, see page 122.
13. With the CO2 flush on, rotate the gas flowrate knob counterclockwise.
The flush should stop when any other gas is flowing.
Verify the proper operation of the water module, if installed.
Note: Use Inspection Report 802559 to record your findings.

1. Inspect each component and record:
• hot and cold water source pressures
• hot and cold water source temperatures
2. Verify that the System 9000 is connected to a mains power source, that
the circuit breaker is set to ON, and that the water module is connected
to the chassis power supply.
3. Verify hose connections:
• Red hose to hot water inlet
• Black hose to cold water inlet
• Drain hose to floor drain
Page 42
Maintenance
4. Check the arterial channel for leaks.
• Install water module test fixture on the arterial outlet.
• Connect drain hose to test fixture and aim towards floor drain.
• Turn arterial (ART) mixing valve knob counterclockwise until the
valve is about halfway open.
• Check for leaks.
• Occlude the drain hose to stop flow, and check for leaks.
• Unocclude the drain hose.
5. Check the arterial channel for pressure.
Note: For water modules with a serial number of 2000 or below, the
gauges on the control panel measure INLET pressure. Check the INLET
gauges for accuracy on these units.
• Check gauges for accuracy.
For the INLET gauges, record the inlet pressure reading
from the arterial pressure gauge on the control panel of the
water module, and compare the value with the reading from
the source pressure gauge. Readings should match.
For the OUTLET gauges, occlude the drain hose and
observe that the pressure rises and stabilizes; record the
reading from the test fixture gauge, and compare the value
of the test fixture reading with the reading from the arterial
pressure gauge on the control panel of the water module.
Readings should match.
• Check maximum outlet pressure.
Note: Maximum outlet pressure should not exceed the pressure
rating for the oxygenators being used.
Occlude the drain hose and observe that the pressure rises
and stabilizes.
Record the reading from the test fixture gauge.
Verify that the pressure reading remains stable.
Unocclude the drain hose.
6. Check arterial channel for temperature.
Note: Temperature will be displayed on the System 9000 auxiliary
temperature display.
• Connect the temperature probe to the test fixture.
• Connect the temperature probe from the test fixture to the arterial
temperature receptacle on the front tray.
Page 43
Maintenance
• Check Max Hot Temperature:
Turn ART mixing knob valve fully counterclockwise to
OPEN.
Run fully open until water gets hot and temperature
stabilizes.
Record the temperature displayed on the Auxiliary
temperature display area as Max Hot.
Turn ART mixing valve knob fully clockwise to CLOSED.
• Check Min Cold Temperature:
Turn ART mixing valve knob slightly counterclockwise to
initiate flow of cold water.
Run cold water until temperature stabilizes.
temperature display area as Min Cold. Temperature should
be within 6°C of source temperature.
• Check Max Cooling Switch:
Set ART mixing valve knob to maintain Minimum Cold
temperature. Verify that the temperature reading is stable.
Activate the arterial Max Cooling switch. The temperature
should drop and stabilize within 2°C of the cold water
source temperature.
• Check operation over a range of temperatures.
Turn ART mixing valve knob counterclockwise until
temperature reaches 20°C. Verify that the temperature
reading is stable.
reading is stable.
reading is stable.
Turn ART mixing valve knob fully counterclockwise.
Temperature should not exceed 43°C. Note actual
customer setting in Comment section.
• Check arterial channel for loss of cold water.
Disconnect the cold water hose from the water module cold
water inlet. Observe water flow into the drain. The flow
should stop in about 5 to 10 seconds.
Reconnect cold water hose to inlet. Water flow should
resume.
7. Turn the ART mixing valve knob fully clockwise to CLOSED.
8. Disconnect test fixture temperature probe from arterial receptacle.
9. Disconnect water test fixture from arterial outlet.
Page 44
Maintenance
10. Check cardioplegia channel for leaks.
• Install water module test fixture on cardioplegia outlet.
• Connect drain hose to test fixture and aim towards floor drain.
• Turn cardioplegia (CPG) mixing valve knob counterclockwise until
the valve is about halfway open.
• Check for leaks.
• Occlude drain hose to stop flow and check for leaks.
• Unocclude the drain hose.
11. Check the cardioplegia channel for pressure.
Note: For water modules with a serial number of 2000 or below, the
gauges on the control panel measure INLET pressure. Check the
INLET gauges for accuracy on these units.
• Check gauges for accuracy.
For INLET gauges, record the inlet pressure reading from
the cardioplegia pressure gauge on the control panel of the
water module, and compare the value with the reading from
the source pressure gauge. Readings should match.
For OUTLET gauges, occlude the drain hose and observe
that the pressure rises and stabilizes; record the reading
from the test fixture gauge, and compare the value of the
test fixture reading with the reading from the cardioplegia
pressure gauge on the control panel of the water module.
Readings should match.
• Check maximum outlet pressure.
Note: Maximum outlet pressure should not exceed the pressure
rating for the oxygenators being used.
Occlude the drain hose and observe that the pressure rises
and stabilizes.
Record the reading from the test fixture gauge.
Verify that the pressure reading remains stable.
Unocclude the drain hose.
12. Check the cardioplegia channel for temperature.
Note: Temperature will be displayed on the System 9000 auxiliary
temperature display area.
Page 45
Maintenance
• Connect the temperature probe to the test fixture.
• Connect the temperature probe from the test fixture to the
cardioplegia temperature receptacle on the front tray.
• Check Max Hot Temperature:
Turn the CPG mixing knob valve fully counterclockwise to
OPEN.
Run fully open until water gets hot and temperature
stabilizes.
temperature display area as Max Hot.
• Check Min Cold Temperature:
Turn the CPG mixing valve knob slightly counterclockwise
to initiate flow of cold water.
Run cold water until the temperature stabilizes.
temperature display area as Min Cold. The Temperature
should be within 6°C of source temperature.
• Check Max Cooling Switch:
Set CPG mixing valve knob to maintain Minimum Cold
temperature. Verify that the temperature reading is stable.
Activate the cardioplegia Max Cooling switch. The
temperature should drop and stabilize within 2°C of the cold
water source temperature.
• Check operation over a range of temperatures:
Turn CPG mixing valve knob counterclockwise until
reading is stable.
reading is stable.
reading is stable.
Turn CPG mixing valve knob fully counterclockwise. The
Temperature should not exceed 43°C. Note actual
customer setting in comment section.
• Check cardioplegia channel for loss of cold water.
Disconnect the cold water hose from the water module cold
water inlet. Observe water flow into the drain. The flow
should stop in about 5 seconds to 10 seconds.
Reconnect the cold water hose to the inlet. Water flow
should resume.
13. Turn the CPG mixing valve knob fully clockwise to CLOSED.
Page 46
Maintenance
14. Disconnect the test fixture temperature probe from the cardioplegia
receptacle.
15. Disconnect the drain hose from the test fixture.
16. Disconnect the water test fixture from the cardioplegia outlet.
17. Set the main circuit breaker to OFF, if appropriate.
18. Visually inspect water connections, drain hose connection, and note any
additional service needed.
Final Inspection
1. Re-enter all the operator settings that were recorded in the preliminary
inspection.
2. Turn all pump flowrate knobs fully counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect the gases from the system. Turn the gas flowrate knob fully
clockwise.
any cabling.
5. Measure and record the ground resistance.
converter ground test point on the power control board or power
control 2 board. Connect the positive lead to any metal point on the
on, the reading will fluctuate). If not, troubleshoot the system.
6. Slide the front tray back into the console. Secure the front tray.
Reconnect all cables to the front tray. Leave all circuit breakers on the
front tray turned ON. Ensure that all cables are clear of the wheels and
tied down.
7. Measure the system leakage current in normal polarity. Switch off the
system. Reverse the polarity. Measure and record the leakage current.
8. Note on the inspection report any additional service that needs to be
performed.
9. Place the inspection label on the unit.
Page 47
Maintenance
Installing Options
Installing Pulsatile and Blood Chemistry Options
Note: Starting with software version 2.3, the Blood Chemistry feature is standard
while the Pulsatile Flow feature is optional.
Note: Obtain the machine ID number and option number(s) from the Terumo Service
Center prior to performing this procedure.
1. Set the system to Diagnostic Mode.
• Using static precautions, remove the digital interface board from
slot #11.
• Remove the black module cover.
• Set switch #8 to the closed position.
• Install the board in slot #11.
• Set the power switch to ON. After the system completes a normal
startup, the service diagnostics screen appears on the central
display.
2. Press System Options Screen.

3. Enter the four-digit machine ID number, then press Enter.
4. Enter the four-digit option number, then press Enter.
5. Press the OFF button to the left of the desired option (OFF changes to
ON), then press Enter.
Page 48
Maintenance
7. Using static precautions, remove the digital interface card from slot #11.
8. Remove the black module cover.
9. Set switch #8 to the open position.
10. Replace the black module cover.
11. Install the card in slot #11.
12. Follow the inspection procedure for roller pump, centrifugal pump, or
blood chemistry in the Periodic Maintenance section. For more
Installing the Water Module

1. Set the power switch to OFF and unplug the power cord.
Note: To ensure that all brackets and accessories are reinstalled in the
correct positions, draw a picture showing where everything is mounted
on the rear of the machine.
2. Remove all items mounted to the rear panel. Remove the gas hoses
and all loose objects in the storage well. Remove all the pumps.
3. Tip the unit on its back onto a 10 cm to 15 cm platform.
4. Note the corner on which each caster is mounted. Remove the four
casters.
Page 49
Maintenance
5. Attach the water module to the system, and then attach the casters to
the water module. Be certain to install the casters in their original
positions. Attach the corner plates to the water module.
6. Stand the unit on its wheels.
7. Connect the ART temperature probe to the water module. String the
cable through the J channel to the front of the system and connect it to
jack B on temperature module #2.
8. Connect the CPG temperature probe to the water module. String the
cable through the J channel to the front of the system and connect it to
jack C on temperature module #2.
9. Install all poles and accessories in their original positions.
10. Plug in the power cord and set the power switch to ON.
11. Press MAIN SCREEN and the AUX DATA. Set temperature label B to
MAIN WATER and temperature label C to CARDIOPLEG WATER.
12. Follow the inspection procedure for the water module in the Periodic
Maintenance section. For more information, see page 11.
Page 50
System Components
System Components
P/N 195215 Ultrasonic Level Sensor II Yellow
P/N 195274 Ultrasonic Level Sensor II Red
P/N 195240 Level Sensor II Pads 60 Pk
P/N 141330 Non-Reverse Crank Deluxe
P/N 164278 Flow Sensor Gel, 6 Oz.
P/N 16433301 Pressure Transducer
P/N 16395 Roller Pump
P/N 164560 Venous Line Occluder
P/N 806495 Installation Kit
P/N 192428 Accessories Kit
Product Features
The System 9000 has five pumps and a central display enclosed in a console.
(A) Each pump has a separate control and display panel, and a safety cover over
the roller assembly.
(B) The central display, with both displays and touch controls, is typically mounted
on a pole.
(C) The console exterior panel contains the controls and displays for gases, the
line occluder, the air bubble and level detectors, and the battery.
(D) The console interior panel contains the pump selection controls, circuit
breakers, cable connections, and the volume control for the audio alarm.
Accessories mount around the back and sides of the console.
Page 51
System Components
The Sarns™ Perfusion System 9000 is designed for versatility and may be easily
expanded with additional software and equipment. The system will perform the
following functions:
• Pump blood or cardioplegia solutions.
• Blend gases and control their flow rate to the oxygenator.
• Detect gross air bubbles in blood in the arterial line and stop the pump.
• Warn when the reservoir blood level reaches an operator-set minimum.
• Measure temperatures at six sites and pressures at three sites.
• Provide battery power.
• Display the aortic cross-clamp time and perfusion time.
• Send data to the Sarns™ CCPro Data™ Perfusion Software.
• Display blood chemistry data from a compatible blood chemistry monitor.
• With the appropriate modules installed, the system allows control of venous
blood flow, pulsatile pumping, and delivery of temperature and pressure
controlled water to oxygenator and cardioplegia heat exchangers.
Functional Description
The Sarns™ Perfusion System 9000 allows each pump to be operated independently
or as a system with information appearing on the central display. The central display
may be mounted in a variety of positions according to the user's preference.
Either a roller or centrifugal pump may be designated for arterial pumping only.
Designating a pump as arterial allows the safety features, such as the air bubble
detector or the level detector, to stop the arterial pump. With pulsatile control, the
designated arterial pump produces an asynchronous pulsatile flow according to the
speeds, rate, and width time set by the operator.
Designating a roller pump for cardioplegia delivery allows pressure limitation and
measurement of the cardioplegia volume delivered. The system may be set so that
the safety systems stop the cardioplegia pump whenever they stop an arterial pump.
Two open channels beneath the console allow cables to be routed to the front of the
console for attaching connectors to the temperature and pressure transducers, an air
bubble sensor, reservoir level sensors, the console lamp, a line occluder, an external
computer, and a blood chemistry monitor.
The system can blend medical grades of air (or 95% O2 and 5% CO2) with 100% O2
to accommodate membrane or bubble oxygenators. It displays the blend and allows
adjustment of the gas flow rates. The CO2 flush rate is preset at 2.5 L/min but may be
adjusted by a trained technician.
With an air sensor around the arterial line, the system can detect gross air bubbles in
blood in the arterial line, indicate a warning, and stop the arterial pump. With level
detector sensors on a rigid reservoir, the system can sense low fluid levels, indicate a
low level alert or a low level alarm, and stop the arterial pump.
Page 52
System Components
The system monitors temperatures of the patient or extracorporeal circuit when a
temperature probe is attached to the appropriate system connector. Three connectors
are predetermined for arterial, venous, or cardioplegia temperature monitoring; three
auxiliary connectors allow the operator to select their use. The temperature readings
appear on the central display.
The system monitors three pressures: arterial line, cardioplegia line, and an auxiliary
pressure. The operator may set pressure limits for the arterial and cardioplegia pumps
which will signal an alert or trigger an alarm and stop these pumps. The system will
not monitor pressure during pulsatile flow due to extreme pressure variations.
With the line occluder installed, the operator can adjust, rapidly or gradually, the blood
flow in the venous line.
With a compatible blood chemistry monitor connected, the system displays blood
chemistry information. With the Sarns™ CCPro Data™ Perfusion Software attached,
data from the system may be stored and printed.
With water mixing installed, hot and cold water from a wall supply is mixed for use
with cardioplegia and arterial heat exchangers. The system limits the outlet water to a
preset pressure, activates an alert if the temperature exceeds 43°C, and may
decrease the outlet flow if there is significant decrease in the cold water supply.
The lamp will illuminate the oxygenator, even when using battery power. All of the
wheels swivel and two lock to securely position the console.
The stainless steel, plastic, and membrane surfaces are easily cleaned. Gaskets
around the pumps and an internal plate protect the electronics from any spilled fluids.
Individual safety covers protect each roller assembly.
The system has many safety features in addition to those already mentioned. The
pumps are designed to increase speed gradually, never suddenly. Safety indicators
warn the operator when a power supply has failed or the battery is discharging.
Separate circuit breakers provide overload protection for the occluder motor, light,
battery, the fan, and the five pumps. An auxiliary AD-DC power supply is available to
supplement either of two main AC-DC power supplies if necessary. The battery pack
is constantly being charged when the system is in operation; if an AC power failure
occurs, the battery pack will automatically supply power to the system with all the
control and display information retained. In case of an electronic failure, the central
displays may be lost, but the gas blending controls, the pumps, air bubble detector,
level detector, and occluder will function.
Theory of Operation
Each pump has a circuit breaker to provide overcurrent protection, and a safety circuit
to sense overspeed and stop the pump. The digital and alphanumeric displays of the
pump are controlled by the pump's microprocessor. Any pump may be designated for
arterial use, allowing safety systems to stop this pump.
The operator sets a number of parameters which the microprocessor based system
uses to adjust the pump speed and to interpret pressures, temperatures, and flow
rates. With pulsatile control, the system will vary the arterial pump speed over time.
The system will interrupt the pump or display messages if pressures, temperatures,
flow rates, or other alarm parameters are exceeded.
Page 53
System Components
For temperature monitoring, a thermistor located at the tip of each telethermometer
probe senses external temperature. When there is a shift in the external temperature,
the electrical resistance of the thermistor changes accordingly. This resistance
change is measured by the temperature probe module and transmitted for display.
For pressure monitoring, the transducer senses pressure and converts the pressure
signal to an electrical signal; changes in the electrical signal are measured by the
pressure module and transmitted for display. The peristaltic action of a roller pump
imparts a pressure waveform into the system; the magnitude of this waveform
depends on the tube size, monitoring site, pump flow rate, components (including
cannulation) used, line lengths, etc. To minimize the effects of this waveform,
pressure channels are sampled several times per second and the average of nine
samples is displayed. Pressure limit alerts are based on the last average reading.
Pressure limit alarms are based on any two consecutive samples.
The ultrasonic air sensor emits an ultrasonic signal through the tubing to detect gross
air bubbles in clear fluid or blood. With no air, most of the transmitted signal passes
through the fluid. If the ultrasonic beam is interrupted by air, the controls trigger
alarms that stop the blood pump.
For gas flow, the inlet pressure of the air (or 95-5) and oxygen are balanced; then
these gases are blended by a manually adjusted proportioning valve. Total gas flow is
controlled by a manually adjusted needle valve. Three electronic mass flowmeters
measure the actual flow before blending and the total flow of blended gas. The values
for total flow and FiO2 are calculated by the central computer from the flowmeter
signals and then transmitted to the central display. FiCO2 is calculated and displayed
when using 95-5.
For level detection, an ultrasonic sensor is coupled to the outside of the reservoir with
an ultrasonic gel. A signal is transmitted through the wall of the reservoir. If fluid is
present, most of the transmitted signal is dissipated through the fluid and a small
signal returns to the sensor. A large returning signal indicates the presence of air,
either inside the reservoir or between the sensor and the reservoir wall. Because the
ultrasonic sensor functions regardless of the hematocrit, level detection may be tested
during setup of the system.
For the line occluder, the distance the occluder mechanism extends is converted into
a percentage of flow for fluid in the line.
For centrifugal pumping, the module controls and provides power to the drive motor,
which then turns the pump impeller. The spinning impeller of the pump imparts rotary
motion to the incoming blood, containing and directing the blood through the outflow
port. Inordinately high outflow resistances, such as clamping the outflow tubing, are
not accompanied by high pump pressure increases.
The flowmeter system measures volume flow with time of flight ultrasound technology.
The tube is positioned between four transducers that alternately generate and receive
ultrasonic signals. Acoustic differences in the time the signal travels from one
transducer to another through the fluid are detected as phase shifts The integrated
difference between two upstream and downstream transit times is related to volume
flow.
Page 54
System Components
For water mixing, a valve manually mixes the water and a thermostatic element
compensates for small changes in the inlet supply. Pressure regulators limit the
outflow pressure.
Emergency Power
Two 12 volt, sealed lead-acid batteries will power the entire system for 60 minutes, or
power the arterial pump and safety systems for 120 minutes.
Dimensions
Console Pump Central Display
Height 25.3 in (64,3 cm) 8 in (20,3 cm) 10.5 in (26,7 cm)
Width 45.3 in (115,1 cm) 8.75 in (22,2 cm) 14.1 in (35,8 cm)
Depth 24.0 in (61,0 cm) 14 in (35,6 cm) 3.2 in (8,1 cm)
System 9000 Physical Description

Weight is approximately 31 lbs (14,1 kg) for each roller pump; 15 lbs (6,8 kg) for each
centrifugal pump; total system is 470 lbs (213 kg). Additional 60 lbs (27,2 kg) with
water mixer.
Telescoping Pole is 1.3 in (3,3 cm) in diameter and 6 ft - 7 ft in height.
The Water Mixer adds 4 in (10,2 cm) to the height of the system.
The pump head diameter is 6 in (15,2 cm).
Installation Kit P/N 806495

The installation kit contains the following items, including the accessories kit:
Qty. P/N Installation Kit Description
2 805975 POLE BRACKET CORNER MACH
2 16431701 TELESCOPING POLE
4 146827 BRACKET EXT POLE MOUNT MACH
0 806570 ANGLE BRACKET POLE MTG
1 146755 DUST COVER
1 192428 ACCESSORIES KIT
1 4405 4405 UTILITY TRAY
0 148259 WRITING SURFACE
1 144493 POSITIONABLE LAMP ASBY
1 805974 FILLER DISPLAY ACCESS HOLE
0 150244 MOVEABLE SOLUTION RACK
1 154659 GLARE SHIELD DISPLAY SYS V2
Page 55
System Components
Qty. P/N Installation Kit Description
1 16553401 4' POLE
1 149315 OPERATORS MANUAL ASBY 9K SOFTWARE V4.0
1 147416 MOUNTING ARM CENT DISPLAY
Accessories Kit P/N 192428

The accessories kit is included in the installation kit.
Qty. P/N Accessories Kit Description
1 807103 TOOL BOX PLASTIC 2 TRAYS
1 807350 PLASTIC BOX A203
3 807080 HEYCO DOME PLUG 1.5"
4 146982 BRACKET CABLE SUPPORT
16 805043 SET SCR 3/8-16X1/2 SKT HD SS
1 197528 SHAFT COLLAR 1.375 ID, 2.12 OD
1 806249 LABEL CO2 FLUSH RATE
1 804686 3/8 BALL DRIVER, L STYLE KEY
6 806441 RETAINER 1/2 INCH OPENINGS
2 806459 RETAINER 1 INCH OPENINGS
1 132265 BULB HALOGEN 24V 20W
4 806615 TUBING INSERT 7/16 MOLDED
4 805957 TUBE INSERT 4:1 .188RX.125R
4 805983 TUBE HOLDER INSERT
20 805035 4-40 X 5/16 FLAT HD SS
4 805858 6-32 X 5/16 FLAT HD SS SCREW
1 807084 WRENCH 5/16 HEX BALL END
1 132361 BALL DRIVER 3/16 INCH
38 805046 1/4-20 X 7/8 SHCS STAINLESS
56 807105 FSTNR SNAP-IN .19-.20 HOLE
Page 56
System Components
Qty. P/N Accessories Kit Description
1 132468 CASTER 3 INCH DIA WHEEL
1 133065 ALLEN WRENCH 1/8
10 147125 CINCHSTRAP SCOTCHMATE 9.5LG
4 805281 1/4-20 X 3/16 SET SCREW SS
1 148937 CAP ASBY RED PUMP KNOB
1 148945 CAP ASBY BLUE PUMP KNOB
1 148953 CAP ASBY YELLOW PUMP KNOB
1 148961 CAP ASBY GRAY PUMP KNOB
1 149446 CAP ASBY GREEN PUMP KNOB
1 147361 ASSEMBLY GAS FLOWMETER
1 230949 CAP ASBY PURPLE PUMP KNOB
4 146691 TUBE INSERT 2:1 .188R X .151R
5 132521 LATCH 1/4TRN .182-.271GRIP
Page 57
System Components
This page intentionally left blank.
Page 58
Chassis Assembly
Chassis Assembly
P/N 806232 Chassis Assembly
P/N 806254 Electronic Front Tray
P/N 806250 Assembly Rear Tray
P/N 806263 Cable Assembly EMI Ground
P/N 806208 Cable Assembly Gas Flush LED
P/N 147133 Cable Assembly Gas Flow
P/N 806262 Cable Assembly Left Side Display
P/N 806259 Cable Assembly Main Power Chassis
P/N 806261 Cable Assembly Miscellaneous
P/N 150578 Cable Assembly Occluder Pot
P/N 806260 Cable Assembly Right Side Display
The chassis assembly provides the connection points for various devices used as
part of the System 9000 and houses the components and power supplies that
provide power and communications.
The major subassemblies include the front tray and the rear tray. The central display
is mounted on a pole and is connected by cable to the chassis
Front Tray
P/N 195258 Assembly Level Detector II
P/N 806534 Assembly Card Cage Standard Blkpln TUV
P/N 140716 Assembly A/D Conversion Card
P/N 132759 Computer Single Board 8817 V50
P/N 132767 Memory Board ZT8825 V50
P/N 135247 PC Card Temperature Interface ZT
P/N 140960 PC Card Pressure Interface TUV
P/N 149518 PC Card Air Detect Interface D2
P/N 146886 Circuit Breaker Board
P/N 805901 PC Card Communications Adaptor V50
P/N 149526 PC Card Digital Interface D2
P/N 147951 Cable Assembly Miscellaneous
P/N 806198 Cable Assembly A/D 50 Pin
P/N 806264 Cable Assembly Battery TUV
P/N 149964 Cable Assembly Battery PD TO PC TUV
P/N 806193 Cable Assembly Circuit Breaker
P/N 152653 Cable Assembly CPU Jumper V50
P/N 148152 Cable Assembly Display Front Tray TUV
P/N 806253 Cable Assembly Heat Sink Chassis TUV
P/N 806257 Cable Assembly Power Distribution TUV
Page 59
Chassis Assembly
P/N 806194 Cable Assembly Power Mother/Bus
P/N 806201 Cable Assembly Power Control/Distribution 26
P/N 806196 Cable Assembly Programmable I/O 40 Pin
P/N 212206 Cable Assembly Pump Connector
P/N 805902 Cable Assembly RS-422/CDI V50
P/N 805895 Cable Assembly RS-232-CDI V50
P/N 805893 Cable Assembly RS-232-Display V50
P/N 805894 Cable Assembly RS-232-CCPro Data™ V50
P/N 805892 Cable Assembly RS-422 Communication V50
circuit
breaker
board
146886
air detector occluder

temperature board 149518 interface 144485
interface
card cage 135247
level detector digital interface
pressure interface board 195258 149526
140960
Air Bubble Detection

Air Detection
P/N 5785 (Black)
1/4 x 1/16 Air Sensor requires clear, flexible PVC tubing of 1/4 in (6,4 mm) I.D. x
1/16 in (1,6 mm) wall. The 1/4 x 1/16 Air Sensor detects bubbles of 0.3 ml or larger at
flow rates up to 3 L/min in clear fluid or blood.
Page 60
Chassis Assembly
P/N 5791 (Gold)
1/4 x 3/32 Air Sensor requires clear, flexible PVC tubing of 1/4 in (6,4 mm) I.D. x
3/32 in (2,4 mm) wall. The 1/4 x 3/32 Air Sensor detects bubbles of 0.3 ml or larger at
flow rates up to 3 L/min in clear fluid or blood
P/N 5773 (Red)
3/8 Air Sensor requires clear, flexible PVC tubing of 3/8 in (9,5 mm) I.D. x 3/32 in
(2,4 mm) wall. The 3/8 Air Sensor detects bubbles of 1 ml or larger at flow rates up to
6 L/min in clear fluid or blood.
An audible and visual alarm occurs within 2 seconds after an air emboli is detected.
An alarm conditions occurs when the air sensor is disconnected. A pump stop
command is sent to the arterial pump via the pump stop line and via an RS-422 stop
command to the pump. The air detection system will remain in an alarm condition
with the arterial pump stopped until the alarm condition is corrected and the air
detection system is manually reset. The air detection system provides alarm signals
and pump stops independently of the main computer.
When the air detection system is OFF, a status message appears on the central
display.
At the time of power up, the air detection system is OFF. The system must be
manually reset for it to operate.
Air Bubble Detector Board

The air bubble detector board is mounted in an interface module. It accepts input
from an air sensor head for detecting air bubbles in the blood line. It produces a
pulsed and a steady alarm signal when air is detected, and provides data to the CPU
about the alarm state and whether the detector is enabled. It also reads the front
panel membrane switches for the air bubble detector functions and provides the
signals to control the LED indicators.
The board is double sided with a 56-pin gold plated edge connector pattern at one
end and a 6-pin LEMO connector at the other end.
The board is mounted to a metal chassis and covered with a protective plastic cover.
The chassis provides a connector panel perpendicular to the circuit board. The
assembly of board, chassis, and cover constitute the air bubble detector module. The
air bubble detector module plugs into the interface bus motherboard and must reside
in slot 9.
The operating conditions for the board are:
• Power, Vcc +5 VDC ± 0.25 DC @ 100 mA
• Power, Analog ± 12.00 VDC ± 0.60 VDC @ 75 mA
• Operating Temperature 0°C to +70°C
• Storage Temperature -55°C to +85°C
• Non-condensing relative humidity 5% to 75%
Page 61
Chassis Assembly
The board is mounted in an interface module chassis. The edge connector engages
electrically with the motherboard which supplies +5 V and +12 V power, and provides
a data path to the CPU, latched and pulsed air bubble alarm signals, and membrane
switch, and LED indicator signals for the front panel. An air sensor cable plugs
directly into J1, a 6-pin LEMO connector on this board.
The ultrasonic air sensor emits an ultrasonic signal through the tubing to detect gross
air bubbles in clear fluid or blood. With no air, most of the transmitted signal passes
through the fluid. If the ultrasonic beam is interrupted by air, the controls trigger
alarms that stop the blood pump.
Level Detection
Level Detection
Requirements
Level detection requires that the fluid level in the reservoir be within ± 0.2 in
(0,5 cm) from the horizontal center line of the level sensor pad.
Level detection functions only with clear plastic hard-shell reservoirs of
polycarbonate with a wall thickness of 0.07 in - 0.15 in (1,8 - 3,8 mm).
Internal configuration of the oxygenator or reservoir, or positioning of the
oxygenator, will not affect the sensor function, as long as any internal
structures are more than 1 cm away from the transducer face.
The level detector is insensitive to normal changes in external lighting and
mechanical vibration.
The level detector functions properly with water, priming solutions, or blood
of any hematocrit. It is insensitive to foam or internal blood film, detecting
them both as air.
The level detector is insensitive to fluid temperature changes in the range of
10°C to 40°C.
Performance
Alert and alarm signals do not activate when sensing water, priming
solutions, or blood of any hematocrit. Alert and alarm signals do activate
when detecting air, foam, and internal blood film.
The level system checks for an alert or alarm condition at least ten times
per second.
The user may select either alarm only mode, alert/alarm mode, or alert only
mode on the level detector module of the front tray. This selection can take
place at any time.
The alert and alarm signal when the fluid level is within ± 0.2 in (± 0,5 cm) of
the center of the respective sensor mount.
An alert condition occurs when the alert sensor is not attached to the
reservoir while the level detector is in alarm/alert or alert only mode. An
alarm condition occurs when the alarm sensor is unplugged or unattached
while in either the alarm mode or the alarm/alert mode.
Page 62
Chassis Assembly
An alert or alarm LED appears on the front panel and an audio signal
sounds within 1 second of a low level alert or alarm condition occurring. A
display on the main screen occurs within 2 seconds.
The designated arterial pump stops within 2 seconds after an alarm
condition occurs. The volume of blood pumped after an alarm condition
occurs is dependent on the arterial pump flow rate. When the flow rate is
6 L/min, the arterial pump will deliver less than 200 ml after a low level
condition occurs.
The system will remain in an alarm condition with the arterial pump stopped
until the alarm condition is corrected and the level system is manually reset,
or until the level system is switched OFF.
The level detection system provides LED and audible alerts and alarms and
the arterial pump stops independently of the main computer.
When the level system is OFF, a message is displayed on the central
display screen. The system is able to be switched OFF at any time. When
the System 9000 is powered up, the level detection system is OFF.
When the level system is OFF, all level indicator LEDs indicate blood level
and sensor status, regardless of mode selection. However, the arterial
pump will not stop and no messages will appear on the central display.
While the level detection module is disconnected or malfunctioning, a status
message is displayed on the central display screen.
Level Detector Card

The level detector card is mounted in an interface module. Its purpose is to monitor
the level of blood in a reservoir and alarm if the level becomes dangerously low.
The level detector card sends electrical ultrasonic bursts to one or two transducers
which are acoustically coupled to the reservoir, and receives the return signals,
analyzing the return delay to determine whether an air interface is present near each
transducer. The ultrasonic transducers are connected directly to this card via
shielded cables. The results are available to the system CPU through the data bus of
the motherboard.
The level detector card is a printed circuit board, double-sided, with a 56-pin gold
plated edge connector. The card is mounted to a metal chassis and covered with a
protective plastic cover. The chassis provides a connector panel perpendicular to the
circuit board. The assembly of board, chassis, and cover constitute the level detector
module.
The level detector card is plugged into the interface bus motherboard. This card must
reside in slot 10. At the front of the card module, two connectors are provided for
direct connection to ultrasonic transducers. These are 3-pin shielded LEMO∗
connectors. At the front of the module is one four-position rotary switch.
∗
Lemo USA Inc., Rohnert Park, CA, USA.
Page 63
Chassis Assembly
The operating parameters include:
Power +5 VDC ± 5% @ 1 A maximum
+12 VDC ± 5% @ 100 mA maximum
-12 VDC ± 5% @ 100 mA maximum
Operating Temperature 0°C to +70°C
Storage Temperature -40°C to +125°C
Non-condensing relative humidity 5% to 75%
The edge connector of the level detector card engages electrically with the
motherboard, which supplies +5 V, +12 V, and -12 V power, and provides a data
path to the main CPU through an 8-bit data port, pulsed Alert and Alarm signals for
driving the audio alarm, a safety STOP signal, and membrane switch and LED
indicator signals for the front panel. A level transducer cable plugs directly into J1, a
3-pin LEMO connector on this card, which is the Alarm channel input. Another level
transducer cable may be plugged directly into J2, also a 3-pin LEMO connector on
this card, which is the Alert channel input.
The four position rotary switch configures the module for one of three modes of
operation:
• Alarm and Alert ultrasonic transducers are attached
• Alarm ultrasonic transducer only is attached
• Alert ultrasonic transducer only is attached
This board contains its own watchdog circuit to monitor the operation of the
microprocessor and resets it if a failure is detected. Such failures include getting
stuck in a loop or running through unused memory space.
When a reset signal is received, the software on this board performs self-diagnostics
for memory test, checksum of firmware, and a test of ultrasonic circuits.
Pressure Detection
Pressure Monitoring
Requirements
Terumo Pressure Transducers P/N 16433301 are specified because they
have a detection range of -50 mmHg to 999 mmHg; they may be used with
any disposable diaphragm dome which is compatible with the Becton
Dickinson P23 XL. If equivalent pressure probes are used and the pressure
peaks exceed the probe detection capability, all pressure displays will be
inaccurate and the pressure limit warnings will have a restricted range.
Alternative probes must meet AAMI standards for physiologic pressure
probes and will require an adapter cable from Fogg Systems Co, Aurora
CO.
Page 64
Chassis Assembly
Performance
Monitors pressures of -50 mmHg to 990 mmHg (-5,9 kPa to 132 kPa).
Display accuracy at -50 mmHg to 100 mmHg is ± 5 mmHg and resolution is
5 mmHg.
Display accuracy at 100 mmHg to 500 mmHg is ± 10 mmHg and resolution
is 10 mmHg.
Display accuracy at 500 mmHg to 990 mmHg is ± 20 mmHg and resolution
is 10 mmHg.
Under dynamic conditions, display accuracy at -50 mmHg to 990 mmHg is
± 40 mmHg with a dynamic variation of 150 mmHg maximum, resolution is
the same as for the above static pressure ranges.
Note: Monitoring in units of kPa is not available with system software 4.0.
Display Messages
The following status indicators can be displayed in any pressure value area
of the central display:
--- Dashes indicate that the transducer is calibrated but
disconnected or the pressure measured is under the
display range of -50 mmHg.
999 999 indicates that the pressure measured is greater
than 990 mmHg.
CAL CAL indicates that the transducer has not been
calibrated for the session.
BLANKS BLANKS indicate that the pressure module is
disconnected or malfunctioning.
Alerts/Alarms
An alert sounds and a message displays on the central display within 4
seconds after the current pressure, average of 20 samples, exceeds the set
alert limit value by at least one display increment.
When the pressure alarm limit is reached or exceeded in three consecutive
samples, the alarm sounds, the pump stop signal is sent, and a message is
displayed on the central display.
Alert and Alarm limits can be set for the arterial and cardioplegia channels,
but not for the auxiliary channel.
The pressure alert and alarm limits are preserved for the next session. A
disabled alarm setting is not saved for the next session.
Page 65
Chassis Assembly
Pressure Interface Board
The pressure interface board is mounted in an interface module. It provides input
conditioning and amplification of the input signals from up to three pressure
transducers. The pressure transducers are connected directly to this board via
shielded cables. The output of each channel goes to the A/D board via the
motherboard and a ribbon cable. The pressure interface board also provides
excitation voltage to the transducers.
The pressure interface board is a printed circuit board, double-sided, with a 56-pin
gold plated edge connector. The board is mounted to a metal chassis and covered
with a protective plastic cover. The chassis provides a connector panel perpendicular
to the circuit board. The assembly of board, chassis, and cover constitute the
pressure interface module.
The pressure interface board is plugged into slot 4 of the interface bus motherboard.
At the front of the module, three connectors are provided for direct connection to
pressure transducers. These are 5-pin LEMO connectors.
The pressure interface board is implemented with discrete analog circuitry including
analog amplifiers and a voltage regulator. The power requirements are ± 12 VDC and
analog ground. The power is taken from the interface bus.
Operating Conditions
Power ± 12 VDC ± 0.75 VDC @ 100 mA (1.2 W)
Non-condensing relative 5% to 75%
humidity
Interface
The edge connector engages electrically with the motherboard which supplies ± 12 V
power and carries the amplified pressure signals and a reference voltage to the A/D
board.
Pressure transducer cables plug directly into J1, J2, and J3, shielded 5-pin LEMO
connectors.
Calibration
The trim pot (R5) is used to calibrate the output voltage of the voltage regulator.
Adjust the screw on the pot clockwise to increase the output voltage and turn the
screw counterclockwise to decrease the output voltage.
Temperature Sensing
Temperature Monitoring
Requirements
Use YSI (Yellow Springs Instruments) 400 series, with the exception of
model 416, temperature probes or an equivalent probe so indicated by the
Page 66
Chassis Assembly
manufacturer.
Performance
Between 0.0°C - 50°C, monitors with ± 0.3°C display accuracy and 0.1°C
resolution.
Display Messages
The following status indicators can be displayed in any temperature value
area on the central display:
--- Dashes indicate that the probe is fully
disconnected or the temperature measured
is less than 0.0°C.
999 999 indicates that the fluid temperature is
greater than 50.0°C or the probe is partially
disconnected.
BLANKS BLANKS indicate that the temperature probe
module is disconnected or malfunctioning.
Alerts
When an indicated temperature of 43°C or greater is detected for any

channel, an alert message is displayed on the central display.
Temperature Interface
The temperature interface provides the means for the main computer to monitor up to
three temperatures (the fourth channel is used for self-checking). Analog-to-digital
conversion is done on the temperature card and has 12-bit accuracy. The interface to
the main computer consists of a bus transceiver and control circuitry on the interface
bus. The main computer sends a request to the temperature interface to measure a
temperature. After a conversion period, the main computer will read values
representing the measured temperature from the temperature interface.
The operating parameters of the temperature interface are:
Power, Vcc +5.00 VDC ± 0.25 VDC @ 400 mA
Temperature Probe Card

The temperature probe card is mounted in an interface module. The board is a
microprocessor-based device which makes precise temperature measurements from
three YSI 400 series isolated probes, performs linearization, and sends the ASCII-
coded results to the main processor, upon request by that processor.
Page 67
Chassis Assembly
The module has an isolated power supply to electrically isolate the external
temperature probes from the rest of the system. The three probes of a module are
not isolated from one another, since they share a common isolated ground; they are
isolated from the probes of another module.
The card is mounted to a metal chassis and covered with a protective plastic cover.
The chassis provides a connector panel perpendicular to the circuit board. The
assembly of board, chassis, and cover constitute the temperature probe module. The
temperature probe module plugs into the interface bus motherboard and must reside
in slot 1 or 2.
The temperature probe module requires a single +5 VDC supply voltage from the
main unit. The +5 V powers an isolated power supply on the board, from which is
generated +5 V (regulated), and -5 V (unregulated). The current required by the
board is approximately 100 milliamps.
Temperature/Serial Interface Board

The temperature/serial interface board plugs into the STD bus main computer. The
interface card allows the main computer to communicate with the microprocessors in
the temperature probe interfaces and other computers for data export using serial
transmission. The interface card also provides the watchdog and reset circuitry for
the central computer system.
Two ribbon cable connectors, one 20-pin and one 26-pin, are located at the card
edge opposite the STD bus edge connector. The 20-pin connector connects with a
ribbon cable to the temperature probe interface cards through the interface bus
motherboard. The temperature probe interfaces reside in the interface card rack. The
26-pin connector connects with a ribbon cable to a standard RS-232 connector.
Jumper headers on the board allow configuration of the RS-232C port for DTE or
DCE.
The temperature/serial interface board uses the +5 VDC, +12 VDC, and -12 VDC
power supply from the STD bus. Logic power and ground are supplied to the
temperature probe modules through the 20-pin ribbon cable.
The operating conditions of the temperature/serial interface board are:
Power, Vcc + 5.00 VDC ± 0.25 VDC @ 800 mA
Power, Aux V+ +12.00 VDC ± 0.50 VDC @ 100 mA
Power, Aux V- -12.00 VDC ± 0.50 VDC @ 100 mA
Page 68
Chassis Assembly
Interface
The RS-232C serial port is brought out through a 26-pin ribbon cable
connector, designated J1 on the serial interface card. This ribbon cable will
have a standard 26-pin ribbon connector at one end, and a crimp-on DB-25
connector at the other end. Jumper headers allow configuration of the RS-
232C serial port for either DTE or DCE.
The connector pins for the DTE configuration are listed below.
Ribbon DB-25 Signal Description

Pin No. Pin No.
3 2 TD - Transmitted Data output
5 3 RD - Received Data input
7 4 RTS - Request to Send output
9 5 CTS - Clear to Send input
11 6 DSR - Data Set Ready input
13 7 Signal ground
14 20 DTR - Data Terminal Ready output
The connector pins for the DCE configuration are listed below. Note that
input and output are defined with respect to the serial interface card.
Ribbon DB-25 Signal Description

Pin No. Pin No.
3 2 TD - Transmitted Data input
5 3 RD - Received Data output
7 4 RTS - Request to Send input
9 5 CTS - Clear to Send output
11 6 DSR - Data Set Ready output
Page 69
Chassis Assembly
Jumper block J3 is used to configure the RS-232C serial connector for DTE
or DCE operation. By installing jumpers J3-1 through J3-6 in the A-B
position, the connector will be configured for DTE. By installing jumpers J3-
1 through J3-6 in the B-C position, the connector will be configured for
DCE. Jumper J3-7 is not normally connected. The jumper pins will
accommodate wire wraps to configure special non-standard connections.
A ribbon cable connects the temperature/serial interface board to the
temperature probe interfaces via the interface motherboard. The connector
on the temperature/serial interface board is designated connector J2 and
the connector on the interface motherboard is J3. The pinout of J2 is
defined below:
Pin Signal
1-4 Not used, not connected
5 Transmit data output , ch. 3
6 Current loop source output, ch. 3
7 Receive data input, ch. 3
8 Current loop source input, ch. 3
9 Transmit data output, ch. 2

13 Transmit data output, ch. 1

17-18 TCM power output, logic ground
19-20 TCM power output, + 5 VDC
Page 70
Chassis Assembly
Jumper J4 is used to configure the card address, and enable/disable the
watchdog timer. Jumper positions J4-1 through J4-5 select address bits A3
through A7 respectively. Installing a jumper in the A-B position sets the
address bit to zero. Removing the jumper sets the address bit to one. The
following table indicates the jumper functions.
Jumper Function
J4-1 Address bit A3 (installed =0, removed =1)
J4-2 Address bit A4

J4-3 Address bit A5
J4-4 Address bit A6
J4-5 Address bit A7
J4-6 Watchdog enable
The I/O address to which the card will respond is configured using J4-1
through J4-5.
Installing J4-6 will enable the watchdog timer which resets the system after
11 seconds ± 4 seconds, if not updated. Removing jumper J4-6 will disable
the watchdog so that the system is not reset.
Right Fixed Panel Board

The right fixed panel board holds thirteen LED indicators of various colors for the air
bubble detector, level detector, and power supply/battery/charger subsystems. The
board also has circuitry to interpret battery voltage as a bar graph display with green,
yellow, and red zones. Membrane switches for the air bubble detector and level
detector systems are routed through this board.
The board consists of a double-sided printed circuit board which mounts behind the
fixed control panel area. Besides LED indicators and other devices, the board has a
voltage regulator with a heat sink.
The board requires a supply of +24 nominal (18 to 36) VDC @ 40 to 200 mA.
Power is derived from the system battery, since it must continue operating if AC
power fails and is responsible for displaying battery condition. Indicators other than
those for battery functions are driven from sources on other boards.
The operating conditions include:
Page 71
Chassis Assembly
The board is connected to the interface motherboard through J1, a 20-pin ribbon
cable connector. It connects to the power control board through J2, also a 20-pin
ribbon cable connector. The right fixed membrane switch panel connects to J3.
Left Fixed Panel Board

The left fixed panel board holds two LED indicators and a two-digit LED display for
the occluder system. The membrane switch signals for the occluder and gas flush
systems are routed through this board which provides some noise and debounce
filtering.
The board consists of a double-sided printed circuit board that mounts behind the
fixed control panel area. A clearance hole is in the board for the encoder attached to
the occluder positioning knob.
The board requires a supply of +5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC @ 200 mA.

The operating conditions include:
The board is connected to the interface motherboard through J1, a 26-pin ribbon
cable connector. The left fixed membrane switch panel connects to J2 on this board.
The two-phase encoder for the occluder positioning knob connects to J3. The GAS
FLUSH ON indicator LED is not mounted on a board; it mounts directly to the control
panel. It connects to J4 of this board.
Local Processor Board

The local processor board is a four-layer printed circuit board. Two half-circle shaped
cutouts allow it to be assembled into the occluder interface module. The local
processor board has one 50-pin female pc-board-to-pc-board interface connector
(P1) and two 3-pin MTA∗ headers (J1 and J2). Some of the integrated circuit chips
found on the local processor board include a microprocessor, RAM, ROM, A/D
conversion, and a voltage reference.
The local processor board requires +5 V at 1.5 amperes.
Noncondensing relative humidity 5% to 75%
∗
This is an AMP brand product by Tyco Electronics, Harrisburg, PA,
USA.
Page 72
Chassis Assembly
Interface
The local processor board has the following digital interfaces through the 50-pin
female pc-board-to-pc-board interface connector (P1):
• Digital input lines connecting the local processor to the rest of the System
9000 handle signals input to the local processor only.
• Digital output lines connecting the local processor to the rest of the System
9000 handle signals output from the local processor only.
• One of the ports on the local processor's microprocessor is extended to an
external bi-directional interface connection by a bi-directional octal bus
driver.
• The local processor has two interrupt inputs which are buffered and sent to
the microprocessor's external interrupt inputs.
• The local processor has two analog inputs which are fed into a multiplexing
analog to digital converter.
The RS-422 connector is J1.
The RS-422 monitor connector is J2.
Theory of Operation
The local processor software is monitored by a watchdog circuit. In the event that the
watchdog detects a software failure, it will reset the processor. The processor
triggers the watchdog every 500 ms (maximum). The processor also functions as a
power-up reset and a power supply monitor. The processor will reset on each power-
up and when the voltage falls below 4.5 V, but before the voltage reaches 4.25 V.
The typical voltage trip point will be 4.37 V. The reset will continue until the voltage
level returns to an acceptable range.
The local processor reset may also be initiated by pulling both TP1 and TP2 to
ground simultaneously.
For the sake of safety and reliability, it is necessary that on reset all latched local
processor outputs be set to a defined state. In most cases, this will be the low or
inactive state. However, some local processor outputs will be reset to an active high
or inactive high state to meet the needs of external circuitry.
The local processor can be tested by attaching a specially modified connector to the
I/O connector of the local processor board. This will connect the local processor's
outputs to its inputs and thus allow diagnostic software in the local processor to
exercise the hardware on the board. The local processor will be signaled by the
connector that it is to run diagnostics. This signal is made by holding pin I15 of the
I/O connector to ground. Ordinarily I15 will be pulled high. The RS-422 lines will be
available for the transmission and reception of commands.
The local processor will exercise the D/A converter on the blood pump motor control
board for calibration purposes. This will consist of sending all 0s or all 1s to the D/A
when functioning in a blood pump and computer control is OFF. The local processor
will determine whether to send all 0s or all 1s by reading pin I14 of the I/O connector.
If I14 is high, the processor will send 1s; if it is low, the processor will send 0s.
Page 73
Chassis Assembly
In an effort to provide the service technician with the most usable test environment,
test points are attached to pins I14 and I15. This will enable the technician to
manipulate those inputs with jumpers if necessary.
Main Connector (P1) Function Description
Blood Pump Lines
Pin Name Pin Function Name Blood Pump Lines Description

No.
A10 1 Motor Tach 0 V to +5 V signal from pump motor
indicates pump speed in RPM (0 V =
0 RPM, +5 V = full speed)
AGND 2 Analog GND Analog ground for reference of analog
signals.
AI1 3 Demand Pot. 0 V to +5 V from front panel motor
speed pot.
NC 4 -- Not connected
NRST 5 RST∗ Active Low Reset line
DGND 6 Digital GND Digital (Logic) Ground
O7 7 Motor STOP* Motor STOP command from local

processor; active low signal;
**INVERTED on local processor
board.
O6 8 Data Strobe* Active low strobe for 8-bit data

transfers to external boards. 8-bit data
will be valid for at least 1 µs before
and after the falling and rising edges,
respectively. **INVERTED on local
processor board.
O5 9 Decoder Enable This Active High signal will be used to

enable the decoder on the blood pump
electronics. This decoder decodes
lines CS2, CS1, and CS0 below. The
address of a device should be
asserted on the CS lines before
Decoder Enable is asserted active and
should be held asserted until after the
decoder is disabled.
O4 10 EEROM CS Chip select line for off-board EEROM.

Active high.
O3 11 EEROM CLK Clock for off-board EEROM.
∗
Active Low
Page 74
Chassis Assembly
No.
O2 12 CS 2 These three lines are an encoded chip
O1 13 CS 1 select for the devices on the external
boards. The lines use positive logic
O0 14 CS 0 levels. The codes are as follows:
0: Alpha Display ALE
1: LED Most Significant Digit
2: LED Middle Digit
3: LED Least Significant Digit
4: Alpha display Four Left Characters
5: Alpha display Four Right Characters
6: Unspecified
7: Motor Control DAC
PWR 15 +5 V +5 V power
DGND 16 Digital GND Digital (Logic) ground
I15 17 Res. for testing Reserved for testing
I13 19 EEROM Data Read This line is used, along with the other
EEROM signals, for reading data from
the EEROM located on an external
board. The data from the EEROM is
actually shifted across this line.
I12 20 ID2 Bit 2 of processor ID number, Active

High.

High.

High.
I9 23 Sense Overspeed This signal will be asserted high by an

external board when it acknowledges
the receipt of a Safety Test∗ signal.
Then when Safety Test* goes high,
this signal goes low.
I8 24 Sense Stop This signal will be asserted high by an

external board when it acknowledges
the receipt of a Motor STOP*
command during the power-up safety
test.
∗
Active Low
Page 75
Chassis Assembly
No.
DGND 26 Digital GND Digital (logic) ground
I7 27 Down∗ Input to local processor from front

panel down button. Active low.
I6 28 Up* Input to local processor from front
panel up button. Active low.
I5 29 SEL* Input to local processor from front

panel SEL button. Active low.
I4 30 OVERCURRENT* Input to local processor from motor
control circuitry indicates that motor
has stopped because of overcurrent or
pump jam. Active low.
I3 31 OVERSPEED* Input to local processor from motor
has stopped because of overspeed
condition. Active low.
I2 32 COMPUTER Input to local processor from external
CTRL.* board indicates whether the pump is
under computer control. Low =
computer control ON.
I1 33 FORWARD* Input to local processor from motor
control circuitry indicates that motor is
on and rotating in the forward
direction. Active low.
I0 34 STOPPED* Input to local processor from motor
has stopped. Active low.
INT1 36 Opto Tach 1 Channel 1 from the optical tachometer

of the pump head. This line will be
connected to the INT1* input of the
microprocessor.
INT0 37 Opto Tach 0 Channel 0 from the optical tachometer

of the pump head. This line will be
connected to the INT0* input of the
microprocessor.
COMM1 38 RS-422 B (-) The active low output and input of the
local processor RS-422 transceiver.
∗
Active Low
Page 76
Chassis Assembly
No.
COMM0 39 RS-422 A (+) The active high output and input of the
local processor RS-422 transceiver.

IO7 41 Bi-dir.port Bit 7 of the bi-directional port

O9 49 Safety Latch Rst∗ Output from local processor to reset

the OVERSPEED*/OVERCURRENT*
latches, indicating that the local
processor has read those latches.
Active low.
board.
O8 50 Safety Test* Output from local processor to activate

a test of the OVERSPEED* stop
circuit. Active low.
board.
Occluder Lines
Pin Name Pin Function Name Occluder Lines Description

No.
AI0 1 Linear Pot. 0 V to +5 V signal from potentiometer
monitoring the anvil position.
AGND 2 Analog GND Analog ground for reference of analog

signals.
AI1 3 __ Not used
NC 4 __ Not connected
∗
Active Low
Page 77
Chassis Assembly
No.
NRST 5 RST∗ Active Low Reset line
O7 7 __ Not Used
INVERTED on local processor board.
O6 8 LED Data Strobe Active high strobe for 8-bit data

transfer to two-digit LED display
8-bit data will be valid for at least
1 microsecond before and after the
rising and falling edges, respectively
**INVERTED on local processor board
O5 9 Comp. Ctrl. Off Active low signal activates discrete

LED* front panel LED
O4 10 Comp. Ctrl. On Active low signal activates discrete

LED* front panel LED
O3 11 __ Not used
O2 12 Motor Drive Enable Active high signal enables stepper

motor
O1 13 Motor Drive 1 Stepper motor drive signal number 1
O0 14 Motor Drive 0 Stepper motor drive signal number 0


I13 19 __ Not used
I12 20 ID 2 Bit 2 of processor ID number

Active high

Active high

Active high
I9 23 __ Not used
∗
Active Low
Page 78
Chassis Assembly
No.
I8 24 __ Not used
I7 27 __ Not used
I6 28 __ Not used
I5 29 __ Not used
I4 30 __ Not used
I3 31 Comp. Ctrl. OFF∗ Input to local processor from front

panel Computer Control OFF switch.
Active low.
I2 32 Comp. Ctrl. ON* Input to local processor from front

panel Computer Control ON switch.
Active low.
I1 33 CLOSE* Input to local processor from front
panel CLOSE switch.
Active low.
I0 34 OPEN* Input to local processor from front

panel OPEN switch.
Active low.
INT1 36 Shaft Enc. 1 Channel 1 from the shaft encoder of

the front panel knob for anvil position
control.
This line will be connected to the
INT1* input of the microprocessor.
INT0 37 Shaft Enc. 0 Channel 0 from the shaft encoder of
the front panel knob for anvil position
control.
This line will be connected to the
INT0* input of the microprocessor.
COMM1 38 RS-422 B (-) The active low output and input of the
local processor RS-422 transceiver
COMM0 39 RS-422 A (+) The active high output and input of the
local processor RS-422 transceiver
∗
Active Low
Page 79
Chassis Assembly
No.
IO7 41 Bi-dir. port Bit 7 of the bi-directional port
O9 49 __ Not used
INVERTED on local processor board
O8 50 __ Not used
INVERTED on local processor board
Occluder
Line Occluder
Minimum tubing size is 1/4 in (6,4 mm) I.D. x 1/16 in (1,6 mm) wall.
Maximum tubing size is 1/2 in (12,7 mm) I.D. x 3/32 in (2,4 mm) wall.
Performance
Display range of 0% - 99%.
Display accuracy is ± 12% of maximum possible flow with blood at 20°C -
40°C and a vertical height of 20 in - 36 in (50,8 - 91,4 cm) from the fluid
level in the venous reservoir to the patient.
Accuracy requires proper zeroing and no back pressure.
Displays the approximate percent of flow for 3/8 in to 1/2 in (9,5 to 12,7 mm)
I.D. tubing only; displays a reference number only for other tubing sizes.
Occluder Interface Card

The occluder interface card is mounted in the occluder interface module. It provides
support for the functions of the local processor board used in the occluder
subsystem, by providing an interconnect to the interface motherboard, opto-isolation
of motor control signals, and latching of display data. It also provides mechanical
mounting support for the local processor board.
The occluder interface card is a printed circuit board, double-sided, with a 56-pin
Page 80
Chassis Assembly
gold-plated edge connector. The card is mounted to a metal chassis and covered
with a protective plastic cover. The chassis provides a connector panel perpendicular
to the circuit board.
A local processor board is mounted to the occluder interface board and
communicates with it via a 50-pin connector. The assembly of occluder interface
board, local processor board, chassis, and cover constitute the occluder interface
module.
The occluder interface card is plugged into the interface bus motherboard in slot 12.
At the front of the card module, one 15-pin subminiature D-style connector is
provided for direct connection to the occluder device.
The occluder interface card is implemented TTL logic, and discrete opto-isolator
components. The power requirements are +5 V and logic ground, and +24 VDC and
its corresponding ground (isolated from logic ground). The power is taken from the
interface bus.
Power, Vcc +5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC @ 1.0 A
Occluder drive power +24 VDC @ 2.0 A
Interface
The occluder interface board is mounted in an occluder interface module chassis,
together with a local processor board. The module must be installed in slot 12 of the
interface module section.
The occluder interface board connects to its local processor through J1, a 50-pin
header.
The edge connector (P42) engages electrically with the motherboard, which supplies
+5 VDC and +24 VDC power, and provides a data path to the main CPU, and
membrane switch, shaft encoder, and LED indicator signals of the front panel.
The cable of an occluder plugs into a 15-pin subminiature-D connector (J2) on the
front of the occluder interface board.
Digital Interface
The digital interface card is mounted in an interface module. It has three knobs for
user settings: alarm loudness, arterial pump selection, and cardioplegia pump
selection.
Page 81
Chassis Assembly
The alarm loudness switch has three positions for low, medium, and high loudness.
The arterial pump selection switch has five positions to select which of the five pumps
will have the special status of arterial pump. The pump designated as the arterial
pump gets a safety STOP signal hardwired from such safety devices as the air
bubble detector and the level detector.
The cardioplegia pump selection switch has six positions to select which of the five
pumps (other than the arterial pump) will act as the cardioplegia pump. The sixth
position is for none.
The digital interface card also has modulation, warble, and drive circuits for the audio
alarm. The audio alarm will be sounded through hardwired control any time a bubble
detector or level detector is activated. In addition, the computer may cause the audio
alarm to sound in reaction to a software driven alert or alarm. The alarm is also
sounded, under software control, as part of the power-up self-test sequence.
The digital interface card has an eight-position DIP switch for mode selection, which
can be read by the main CPU. It also contains the logic for driving the gas flush
solenoid, and handles inputs to the main CPU for gas differential pressure and
battery status. It also has an LED indicator to indicate CPU Service Required.
The digital interface card is a four-layered printed circuit board with a 56-pin gold
plated edge connector. The card is mounted to a metal chassis and covered with a
protective plastic cover. The chassis provides a control panel perpendicular to the
circuit board. The assembly of board, chassis, and cover constitute the digital
interface module.
The digital interface card is plugged into the interface bus motherboard. This card
must reside in slot 11 in the console. At the front of the card module are three rotary
switches and an LED indicator.
The power requirements are + 5 V and logic ground, and +12 VDC and analog
ground. The power is taken from the interface bus.
Page 82
Chassis Assembly
The operating conditions are:
Power, VCC + 5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC @ 800 mA
Power, Analog + 12 VDC ± 0.75 VDC @ 200 mA
Central Display Connector Board

One central display connector board is located in each display system. It serves four
functions:
• Distributes +12 V power; converts and distributes +5 V power to the
following subassemblies:
• Flat Panel Display
• Display Power converter
• Graphics Controller
• Touch Screen Controller
• Cooling Fan
• Distributes RS-232 signals from the main CPU to and from the graphics
controller and touch screen controller.
• Is the mounting platform to attach and support the above-listed
subassemblies and the cooling fan.
• Allows the mixing and matching of different connector types found on the
above-listed subassemblies.
The board is a double-sided printed circuit board with four cutouts to facilitate air flow
around the electronics during operation. Two low profile, +12 V to +5 V DC/DC
converters are the major components on the board. The display power converter,
graphics controller, and touch screen controller subassemblies are attached to the
component side of the connector board. The fan is mounted to the component side.
The flat panel display is mounted to the non-component side of the board.
The board uses a +12 V DC supplied by the console. The following electronics
subassemblies are plugged into the board and use +12 V power:
• Flat Panel Display
• Display Power Converter
• Graphics Controller
• Touch Screen Controller
• Cooling Fan
Page 83
Chassis Assembly
These electronic subassemblies will draw +12 V DC current from the system in the
following manner:
• 1.3 A ± 0.1 A Idle with cursor and/or minimum test
• 2.5 A ± 0.1 A Idle with 100% of pixels lighted
• 2.9 A ± 0.1 A Transition (changing) with 50% or more pixels lighted
Each of the DC/DC converters provides the 5% DC logic power, up to 1 ampere, in
the following manner:
• Converter #1 delivers 650 mA ± 25 mA @ +5 VDC ± 1% to the graphics
controller and uses 450 mA ± 10 mA @ +12 VDC power.
• Converter #2 delivers 450 mA ± 25 mA @ +5 VDC ± 1% to the display
panel and the display power converter and uses 280 mA ± 10 mA @
+12 VDC power.
The board has one six-pin MTA (J4) to bring in +12 VDC power from the console.
The +12 V power is brought up on four wires inside the central display power and
communications cable; two for power and two for 12 V (analog) ground.
The board also has one three-pin MTA (J3) to bring in and send out RS-232
communications signals to and from the main CPU in the console. RS-232 signals
are brought up on a three-wire bundle (twisted triple) inside the central display power
and communications cable. There is one line each for Transmit, Receive, and Signal
Ground.
Page 84
Chassis Assembly
The central display connector board facilitates the following connector and cable
interfacing:
Connector Electronics Cable Assembly Use(s)

Assembly
J2 (5 pin) P0: graphics 4 wire MTA +5 V, +12 V
control
J6 (3 pin) P1: touch screen 2 wire MTA +12 V

control
J8 (4 pin) fan 2 wire MTA +12 V
J9 (5 pin) display power 3 wire MTA +5 V, +12 V

converter
J10 (10 pin) P8: graphics 10-pin ribbon Video out

control
J11 (20 pin) J1: flat panel 20-pin ribbon Video in
display
J5 (6 pin) P2: graphics 6 wire MTA RS-232 CHA

control
J1 (6 pin) P3: graphics 6 wire MTA RS-232 CHB
control
J7 (3 pin) P2: touch screen 2 wire MTA RS-232 CHB

control
Communications Connectors
The connector adaptor board serves three functions:
• Exchange connector types and sizes between the four-channel serial
interface board for the RS-422/485 pump communications interface, and
the pseudo RS-232 interface for the blood chemistry interface
• Maintain the RS-232 connector pin assignments to the 25-pin D-type
connector on the front tray used by the blood chemistry interface
• Bring +12 V DC from the four-channel serial interface board to the blood
chemistry interface
The communication adaptor board is a double-sided printed circuit board with one
26-pin and two 14-pin ribbon connector headers and two MTA style headers. A
voltage regulator, one TTL/CMOS to RS-232 voltage level conversion IC, one
inverter IC and two diodes comprise the active components. A ferrite bead is
installed on each signal line to protect the 9000 against ESD and other EMI.
Page 85
Chassis Assembly
The electrical power supplies are:
• +12 VDC ± 0.045 VDC @ 100 mA max. (from the serial interface board, J4
pin 6)
• ± 9.0 VDC @ 2.0 mA typical (created internally by U1, for RS-232 output)
• +5.0 VDC ± 0.025 VDC typical (regulated, created on-board by Q1)
The +12 VDC supply from the four-channel serial interface board J4 pin 6 has a 1 A
absolute maximum current limit. This supply is fused (F1) at 500 mA on the
communication adaptor board.
The operating parameters are:
There are two separate interfaces implemented on the board: the pump
communications (RS-422/485) interface and the blood chemistry interface.
The pump communications full duplex interface passes straight through and involves
no active components; the board is used for connector type and connector pinout
exchange.
P103 (14-pin ribbon header): From Four-Channel Serial Card Connector J2
Connector RS-422/485 Signal Name Comments

Pin
1 SDA (Send Data A)
14 RDA (Receive Data A) Connected to pin 1 on board
2 SDB
13 RDB Connected to pin 2 on board
P105 (4-pin MTA header): To pump communications cable
Connector RS-422/485 Signal Name Comments

Pin
1 No Connection (NC)
2 SDA, RDA Full duplex interface
3 SDB, RDB Full duplex interface
4 NC
Page 86
Chassis Assembly
The blood chemistry interface transmits a pseudo RS-232 voltage swing of +0.2 VDC
(logic 1) to +12 VDC (logic 0) to the communication adaptor board. This signal is
clipped and transformed to a standard RS-232 (± 9 VDC voltage swing) by the
circuitry on the board. The +12 VDC needed by the blood chemistry interface output
circuitry is supplied by the console serial interface board from connector J4 pin 6.
P106 (26-pin ribbon header): From 25-pin D-connector on front tray
Connector Signal Name Comments

Pin
3 Transmit Not Used with CDI Interface
5 Receive CDI or RS-232 signal levels
7 RTS RS-232 Signal Level
9 CTS RS-232 Signal Level
10 +12 VDC Drives blood chemistry interface

circuitry
11 DSR RS-232 Signal Level
13 12 V, Signal RTN
14 DTR RS-232 Signal Level
P104 (14-pin ribbon header): To four-channel serial card connector J4
Connector Signal Name Comments

Pin
5 Transmit Not used with blood chemistry
interface
3 Receive CDI or RS-232 signal levels
9 RTS RS-232 Signal Level
7 CTS RS-232 Signal Level
6 +12 VDC Current limited by the serial card
14 DSR RS-232 Signal Level
13 12 V, Signal RTN Returns tied together on the

serial card
11 DTR RS-232 Signal Level
Page 87
Chassis Assembly
Jumper J1 Pin Numbers Signal on the Receive Line is:

1 and 2 Non-Inverted (default setting)
2 and 3 Inverted
When troubleshooting signals to the 25-pin D-style connector on the front tray, from
the ribbon header P106 on the communication adaptor board, the pinout order is
exchanged by the connectors themselves; ribbon is every other pin and the D-
connector has a serial numbering scheme.
The CDI™ Blood Gas Monitoring System transmits its data to the System 9000
console through an optically isolated interface, using an open collector of an opto-
coupler. To preserve the isolation, the console (or any other receiving device) must
provide a Vcc of +12 V to the opto-coupler receiver side.
Lamp Connector
The lamp assembly board is designed to limit 24 VDC to the lamp assembly when
the applied input regulator voltage is in excess of approximately 25.2 V (24 VDC -
specified output voltage plus 1.2 VDC - minimum load regulated threshold).
The board has current limiting capabilities embedded in the regulator. The circuit
protects against short circuit, output power overload, over-voltage, and thermal shut-
down.
The board has maximum input voltage of 59 VDC, maximum output current of 3 A,
and typical power consumption of 24 watts.
If a field service technician detects no output voltage, the board should be replaced.
Power Distribution Board

The power distribution board contains the circuitry and connectors for distributing a
basic +24 V power (either from AC mains or from battery) to devices though the
circuit breakers. These devices include: pumps, auxiliary outlets, central and auxiliary
fans, DC/DC converters, and occluder. A spare connector is also included to power a
spare device (through the spare circuit breaker). The board also contains battery
charger circuitry, change status monitor circuitry, and the relays that switch power
supplies in the event of one failing.
The board is mounted to a metal plate on top of the interface card cage. The board
features a fuse (F1), four relays, numerous connectors including two terminal blocks,
and three voltage regulators on heat sinks.
Page 88
Chassis Assembly
The operating conditions of the power system are as follows:
Power in PS 1, 2, and 3 +20 VDC to +35 VDC @ 0 A to 20 A
Power in battery charger 33 VDC to 45 VDC @ 0 A to 3 A
transformer
Battery power in 20 VDC to 27 VDC @ 0 A to 50 A
Battery charging out 27.2 VDC to 27.6 VDC @ < 402 mA (floating mode)
(Battery voltage is 2.2 A to 3.0 A @ < 27.2 VDC (max current mode)
prevented from exceeding
30 V during charging by
an overvoltage shutoff
circuit.)
humidity
Page 89
Chassis Assembly
The power distribution board is mounted atop the interface card cage on the front tray
assembly. The connectors on the board are as follows:
Pin No. Description

J1 From capacitor board
J2 to negative battery terminal (terminal block)
J3 to circuit breaker board
J4 from circuit breaker board (return)
J5 to occluder
J6 spare
J11 - J7 to pumps, 1-5, respectively
J12 to auxiliary fan
J13 central fan
J14 auxiliary outlets
J15 +12 V DC/DC converter
J16 +5 V DC/DC converter
J17 to main circuit breaker
J18 to power regulator
J19 to positive battery terminal (terminal block)
J20 from battery charger transformer
J21 to power control board (26-pin ribbon cable)
J22 test points
Power from the power supplies comes into the power distribution board and is routed
to relays K1 and K2. Relay K1 is used to switch between PS1 and PS3. K2 is used to
switch between PS2 and PS3. PS1 usually powers pumps #1 and #2, DC/DC
converters, and battery backup power. PS2 usually supplies pumps #4 and #5,
central and auxiliary fans, occluder, and spare. When K1 or K2 switch, PS3 takes
over the loads of the other power supply and its original loads, while pump #3, the
occluder, lamp, and auxiliary outlets are dropped out. These relays are switched
when one of the main power supplies fail.
K3 and K4 are used to switch between the power supplies and the battery. These
relays are switched whenever there is a loss of AC power.
The relay-controlling circuitry is located on the power control board.
Page 90
Chassis Assembly
Battery backup power is the power to the main computer, displays, and the
energizing coils of K1-K4. This power does not get interrupted when power is
switched between power supplies or from the power supplies to battery. The power
to the other devices are powered through the relays. When a relay switches, there is
a glitch of power to those devices powered by the relay. This is the time it takes the
relay to flip its contacts.
Battery backup power is normally supplied by PS1 through relay K1, and power diode
D6. When K1 has switched, PS3 provides the power to the backup supply. This
supply voltage is labeled Vps. The battery can also supply battery backup power
through J17, Q3, and D5. J17 goes to the main circuit breaker and acts like the ON
switch to the switched power battery. Vps is monitored by control circuitry on the
power control board. When Vps drops below 20 V, the control circuit turns on the
power FET (Q3) and the battery then powers the backup power supply.
The battery charger transformer AC voltage is rectified on the power distribution
board by power diodes D11 and D12. The voltage is rectified between 33 VDC -
45 VDC and is filtered by capacitors C7 and C8. Two capacitors are needed because
of the large surge currents. A 3 A fuse (F1) is placed after the capacitors to protect
the circuits supplied by this node. This node powers the battery charger control
circuit through a resistor programmable voltage regulator. This node powers another
resistor programmable voltage regulator. This power regulator charges the battery
through relay K5. This regulator is self-current limiting to between 2.2 A and 3 A.
The battery charger is a three-stage charger. Its three states are float, constant
voltage (low charge rate), and constant current (high charge rate). The modes are
determined by the amount of current flowing into the battery from the battery charger
and the voltage of the power regulator.
Float mode is when the battery charger current is less than 402 mA. The power
regulator is set to 27.2 V - 27.6 V during this mode. The amount of battery charger
current is detected by a 0.2 ohm resistor (R13), placed across the battery common
and the battery charger common. The voltage drop across this resistor is directly
proportional to the current and is amplified by U6. This amplified voltage is compared
by the float detect comparator (U5, pins 8, 9, and 14) to a 2.5 V reference voltage.
The reference voltage is provided by U3. If the voltage across R13 is below
approximately 80 mV, the float detector comparator output will be high. This state is
ANDed with the LED'S OFF signal through gate U2, pins 12 and 13. If the LED'S
OFF signal is high, the output of U2, pin 11 will be high and the transistor (U1, pins
12-14) will turn on causing the float LED to light. It also causes another transistor
(U1, pins 1-3) to turn on, which programs the output of the power regulator to be
27.2 V - 27.6 V. When the power regulator is supplying its maximum current to the
battery, this output voltage will drop to the level of the discharged battery. When this
occurs, the voltage of the regulator will be less than 27.2 V, and the current will be
2.2 A to 3 A.
Constant current mode is when the voltage drops below 26.3 V (± 3%). This state is
detected by the constant current detect comparator (U5, pins 2, 4, and 5). The output
of the power regulator is divided by R15 (10.0 kOhm) and R16 (1.05 kOhm), and this
voltage is compared with the 2.5 V reference. When the output of the comparator is
high and the LED'S OFF signal is high, the output of the AND gate (U2, pin 4) will be
high and will turn on the constant current LED.
Page 91
Chassis Assembly
Constant voltage mode is when the battery charger current is more than 80 mV and
the output of the regulator is above 27.2 V. Therefore, it occurs when the float detect
comparator and the constant current detect comparator outputs are both low. When
this situation occurs, the output of the NOR gate (U4, pin 10) goes high. This output
is also ANDed with the LED'S OFF signal (U2, pins 1 and 2). If the LED'S OFF signal
is also high, the transistor (U1, pins 8-10) turn on and the constant voltage LED turns
on.
Extended periods of time with a battery charger voltage greater than 32 V can
damage the battery.
During normal operation, each of the power supplies provides 20 VDC to 35 VDC.
The battery charger transformer supplies 33 VDC to 45 VDC after being full-wave
rectified on the power distribution board.
The battery operates at 20-27 V during battery operation. A charge voltage of 13.6 V
to 13.8 V per battery is required for float and 14.4 V to 15.0 V per battery during
recharge.
The commons of power supplies PS1, PS2, and PS3, and the battery common are
tied together on the power distribution board. This is the only location that these
commons are tied together. The common of the battery charger transformer is
separated from the power supply common by a 0.2 ohm resistor on the power
distribution board.
Power Control Board (pre-dates Power Control 2 Board)

The power control board consists of the logic for controlling the switching of the
power supplies, battery, and LEDs. It also contains interfacing for the CPU and
central display, the -12 V DC/DC converter, power distribution from the DC/DC
converters to the STD bus and interface motherboard, power from the battery for the
fixed panel display right side, and power from the 12 V DC/DC converter through a
fuse for the central display, left and right fans.
The power control board is mounted on top of the interface card cage.
Electrical Description
The commons of the DC/DC converters are tied together on the power control board.
This is the only location that these commons are tied together.
Power Inputs
+24 VDC (20 to 27 unregulated) Battery Backup Power
+24 VDC (20 to 27 unregulated) Switched Battery
+12 VDC ± 1%
+5 VDC ± 1%
Page 92
Chassis Assembly
Power Outputs
+24 VDC (20 to 27 unregulated) Battery Backup Power
+24 VDC (20 to 27 unregulated) Switched Battery
+12 VDC ± 1%
+12 VDC ± 1% +12 V Fused
+5 VDC ± 1%
-12 VDC ± 1% @ 0 A to 1.25 A
Interface
J1 to right fixed panel
J2 to power distribution board
J3 to interface motherboard
J4 to STD card cage
J5 to right fan
J6 to left fan
J7 from +12 V DC/DC converter
J8 from +5 V DC/DC converter
J9 to central display
J10 test points
J11 to CPU card
J10 is a 6-pin MTA-100 header used as a test connector, with the following signals:
pin 1 5V
pin 2 2.5 V
pin 3 CLOCK
pin 4 POWER-UP RESET (low when asserted)
pin 5 AC FAILURE (low when asserted)
pin 6 POWER SYSTEM COMMON
Page 93
Chassis Assembly
Power Control 2 Board
Purpose of the Device
The power control 2 board is designed to assist the power distribution board in the
front tray assembly in monitoring and reporting information to the user, regarding the
status of the system power supplies. The device is also designed to provide electrical
isolation for power and serial communications between the central display assembly
and the rest of the system.
Operating Parameters
Power Requirements
Input Voltage
24 VDC nominal (18 VDC - 36 VDC)
12 VDC regulated
On Board Protection
Two 4 A fuses
Typical Power Consumption (for fully loaded system)
Note: See page 108 for the definition of a fully loaded System 9000.
1.0 A at 24 VDC
Equipment Environmental Conditions
Operation
10°C - 40°C, less than 75% relative humidity, non-condensing

Storage
Ventilated area, -30°C to 54°C (-22°F to 129°F), less than 95% relative
humidity, non-condensing
Dimensions
Width
7.1 in (18,03 cm)
Depth
5.5 in (13,97 cm)
Height
1.6 in (4,06 cm)
Page 94
Chassis Assembly
The power control 2 board is a four layer board with control logic for the following
functions:
• Switching the power supplies and their respective LED indicators
• Switching power from AC to battery and vice versa, and the corresponding
LED indicators
• Resetting all the control indicators
• Monitoring the DC voltage level and status of the DC power supplies
• Monitoring the AC voltage level and status of the AC input power
The power control 2 board provides DC power to the following subsystems:
• ± 12 VDC to the standard bus (computer system in the front tray assembly)
• ± 12 VDC to the motherboard bus (monitoring systems in the front tray
assembly
• +12 VDC to the right and left fans
The power control 2 board handles power, RS-232 isolated signals, and control lines
to the following subsystems:
• Battery backup power to the right fixed panel display
• Control signals to the right fixed panel display
• Isolated RS-232 communication between the central display and the main
computer
• Control lines and power from the power distribution board
• +12 VDC power from the wall mounted DC-DC converter to the central
display
• Fuse protection for the central display, and ± 12 VDC for the fans and front
tray assembly
Physical Description
The power control 2 board is mounted on a metal plate located above both card
cages. The board contains seven MATE-N-LOK∗ connectors, three ribbon cable
connectors, two fuses, one DC-DC converter, three MTA connectors, test points,
regulators, ICs, resistors, and capacitors. MTA connectors J10 and TP7 are used for
ATE testing only, and MTA connector J9 is used for the central display power and
communication.
All other test points are for service use only. Do not apply corresponding power to
these test points; severe damage can result if PC board is improperly powered.
Fuses F1 and F2 are considered critical to the safety and reliability of the board.
These should be replaced with the appropriate specified rating.
∗
This is an AMP brand product by Tyco Electronics, Harrisburg, PA
USA.
Page 95
Chassis Assembly
The power control 2 board handles five power supplies:
Outputs
• ± 12 VDC (± 1% @ ± 830 mA) - power isolated from the system
ground; but common to the digital ground (onboard power supply)
• +5 VDC (± 0.2 V @ 1.5 A) - isolated from the system ground; but
common to the ± 12 VDC supply
• +5 VDC - common to the unregulated power supply; but isolated from
the ± 12 VDC supply
• +2.5 VDC - common to the unregulated power supply; but isolated from
the ± 12 VDC supply
• +12 VDC (± 1% @ 5 A) - isolated from all power grounds.
Inputs
• Battery backup power 24 VDC (20 VDC - 34 VDC)
• 24 VDC nominal (18 VDC - 36 VDC)
• 12 VDC (± 1.0% @ 5 A)
Interface
Hardware Interface
The power control 2 board interfaces with the following hardware:
• Central display assembly via connector J9
• Central computer via connector J11
• ATE system via connectors TP7 and J10
• Power distribution board via connectors J2 and J1
• Right side display board via connector J1
• Motherboard bus via connector J3
• STD bus via connector J4
• Right ventilation fan via connector J5
• Left ventilation fan via connector J6
• Off board 12 V power supply via connector J7
• Off board 15 V power supply via connector J8
Page 96
Chassis Assembly
Interconnections
Right Side Fixed Panel Display Assembly
The interface between this board and the power control 2 board is
accomplished through a 20-pin ribbon cable connector labeled J1.
Pin No. Name Right Side Fixed Panel Display Asby Functional Description
1 UPS Battery backup power distributed through the power distribution
board
2 PS #1 Fail LED Control signal indicating that power supply #1 has failed

board
4 PS #2 Fail LED Control signal indicating that power supply #2 has failed

board
6 AUX. PS Fail LED Control signal indicating that the auxiliary supply has failed

board
8 BAT POW STAT Control signal indicating status of the battery power supply
LED
board
10 AC POW STAT Control signal indicating status of the AC power supply

LED

board
12 Charger Float LED Control signal indicating that the charger is in float charge mode

board
14 Charger Constant Control signal indicting that the charger is in constant volt charge
Volt LED mode
board
16 Deep Discharge Control signal indicating that the charger is in constant current
LED charge mode
17 SBP Switched battery power distributed through the power distribution
board
Page 97
Chassis Assembly
18 SBP Switched battery power distributed through the power distribution
board
19 System power System power ground

ground
ground

Pin No. Name Power Distribution Board Functional Description

1 UPS Battery backup power distributed through the power distribution board
2 UPS Battery backup power distributed through the power distribution board

ground
4 DC/DC CONV Battery backup power distributed through the power distribution board for
PWR the display 12 V converter and the main computer 5 V converter

ground
6 DC/DC CONV Battery backup power distributed through the power distribution board for
PWR the display 12 V converter and the main computer 5 V converter

ground
ground
9 SBP Switched battery power distributed through the power distribution board

ground
ground
ground
15 PS #1 REF Reference used to determine the status of power supply #1
VOLT
Page 98
Chassis Assembly
Pin No. Name Power Distribution Board Functional Description
16 PS #2 REF Reference used to determine the status of power supply #2
VOLT
17 AUX. PS REF Reference used to determine the status of the auxiliary supply
VOLT
18 PS REF VOLT Reference used to determine the presence of a power supply
19 PS #1 TO AUX. Control signal to power supply #1 select relay

SW
20 PS #2 TO AUX. Control signal to power supply #2 select relay

SW
21 PS TO BAT Control signal to battery switch-over select relay
SWITCH
22 BAT ON SIGNAL Control signal used to switch between AC and DC power
23 CHRG FLOAT Control signal indicating that the charger is in float charge mode
LED
24 Chrg Const Volt Control signal indicating that the charger is in constant volt charge mode
LED
25 Deep Discharge Control signal indicating that the charger is in constant current charge
LED mode
26 AC VOLT Signal used to determine the presence of AC power
Motherboard Bus
accomplished through a MATE-N-LOK 6-pin connector labeled J3.
Pin No. Name Functional Description

1 +12 VDC Isolated power supply referenced to analog
ground
2 -12 VDC Isolated power supply referenced to analog

ground
3 Analog GND Analog ground
4 NC No connection
5 NC No connection
6 NC No connection
Page 99
Chassis Assembly
Standard Bus

ground
2 -12 VDC Isolated power supply referenced to analog

ground
4 NC No connection
5 NC No connection
6 NC No connection
Right Ventilating Fan

The interface between the fan and the power control 2 board is

ground
Left Ventilating Fan

The interface between the fan and the power control 2 board is

ground
Page 100
Chassis Assembly
12 Volt DC/DC Converter
The interface between this power supply and the power control 2 board is

ground

Another interface between this board and the power control 2 board is

1 +24 VDC Battery backup power distributed through the
power distribution board

GND
Page 101
Chassis Assembly
Central Display Assembly
The interface between this assembly and the power control 2 board is

1 RS-232 / ISO Isolated power common
COM
2 RS-232 / TXD RS-232 transmit line from the central display
3 RS-232 / RXD RS-232 receive line from the central display
4 12 VDC ISO Isolated 12 volts DC to the central display
5 12 VDC ISO Isolated 12 volts DC to the central display
6 ISO GND Isolated 12 volts DC common to the central

display
7 ISO GND Isolated 12 volts DC common to the central

display
Test Connector
This connector is used for testing voltages and signals. This is
accomplished through an MTA 100, 6-pin connector labeled J10.

1 5 VOLTS Power used to power the board; also referenced
to system ground
2 2.5 V REF Reference voltage used as threshold for

comparators U11, U3, and U4
3 CLOCK Signal used to control U5 (latch)
4 POWER-UP Signal used as board reset anytime power is

Reset applied to the board
5 AC FAILURE Control signal used for detecting AC power loss
6 PWR SYS COM System power ground
Page 102
Chassis Assembly
Test Connector
This connector is used for testing voltages and TTL level RS-232 signals.
This is accomplished through an MTA 100, 4-pin connector labeled TP7.

1 Analog GND Analog Ground
2 CPU RECEIVE CPU Receive signal

3 CPU TRANSMIT CPU Transmit signal
4 VCC (+5 VDC) Isolated power referenced to analog ground
Page 103
Chassis Assembly
Central Display Assembly
Another interface between this assembly and the power control 2 board is

1 N/C No connection
2 N/C No connection
3 RS-232 / RXD RS-232 receive line from the system's main computer
4 N/C No connection
5 RS-232 / TXD RS-232 transmit line from the system's main computer
6 N/C No connection
7 N/C No connection
8 N/C No connection
9 N/C No connection
10 N/C No connection
13 RS-232 COM RS-232 signal common
Page 104
Chassis Assembly
5 Volt DC/DC Converter
The interface between this power supply and the power control 2 board is

1 24 VDC Battery backup power distributed through the
power distribution board.
2 System power GND System power ground
Blood Chemistry Interface Board

Note: For information on installing the blood chemistry option, see page 48.
The blood chemistry interface board provides arterial and venous blood gas and
temperature information to the console from compatible external online blood
chemistry monitors. Some of the information has been selected to be displayed by
the CPU on the central display and sent to the Sarns™ CCPro Data™ Perfusion
Software; other information is only sent to the Sarns™ CCPro Data™ Perfusion
Software.
The software allows two protocol options. The blood chemistry protocols are selected
from a touch switch located on the customize screen. To use the blood chemistry
option with a compatible CDI™ system, press the CDI switch.
The blood chemistry interface consists of internal software, a shielded cable, and a
communications adaptor board, and is used with compatible blood chemistry
monitoring systems. It uses one channel on the console serial communications
board. Software to receive and process blood chemistry information resides in the
console CPU EPROMS.
The following electrical description applies to compatible monitoring systems
manufactured by Terumo:
• Power to communications (isolated) output circuitry from the console is +12
VDC ± 0.045 VDC @ 100 mA max. (from the serial interface board, J4
pin 6)
• CDI communications signal swing is 0.2 VDC (logic 1) to +12 VDC ± 0.045
VDC
• Converted communications signal swing is ± 9.0 VDC ± 0.5 VDC @ 2.0 mA
typical (created internally by the communications adaptor board for RS-
232 output to the serial communications board)
Page 105
Chassis Assembly
9-pin D Male Connector on Rear of CDI™ System:
CDI* Pin Number Signal Name Comments

3 Transmit Blood chemistry signal
7 +12 VDC Drives blood chemistry

output circuitry
9 Ground
*Note: See numbers on the connector. This connector uses non-standard numbering
sequence.
25-pin D Female Connector on Front Tray:
CDI Pin Number Signal Name Comments

3 Receive Blood chemistry signal
18 +12 VDC Drives blood chemistry

output circuitry
7 Ground
Information Interface Description

The following information is displayed on the central display:
Value Abbreviation Units Format Max Min

Arterial PO2 PO2 mmHg (kPa) XXX (XX.X) 600 20
Venous PO2 PO2 mmHg (kPa) XXX (XX.X) 500 20
Arterial PCO2 PCO2 mmHg (kPa) XX.X 99.0 10.0
Venous PCO2 PCO2 mmHg (kPa) XX.X 99.0 20.0
Arterial PH PH none X.XX 8.0 6.50
Venous PH PH none X.XX 8.0 6.50

Arterial TEMP TEMP °C XX.X 45.0 10.0
Venous TEMP TEMP °C XX.X 45.0 10.0
Venous O2 VSAT percent XX.X 99.9 40.0

Saturation
Page 106
Chassis Assembly
The following information is not displayed:
Value Abbreviation Units Format Max Min

Arterial Bicarbonate HCO3 mM/L XX.X 50 0
Venous Bicarbonate HCO3 mM/L XX.X 50 0
Arterial CO2 Content TCO2 mM/L XX.X 35.0 15.0
Venous CO2 Content TCO2 mM/L XX.X 35.0 15.0

Arterial Base Excess BE none SXX.X 25.0 -25.0
Venous Base Excess BE none SXX.X 25.0 -25.0
Arterial Saturation ASAT percent XX.X 99.9 40.0
Hematocrit HCT percent XX 50 10
Potassium K+ XX.X 10.0 1.0
Calcium CA++ X.X 7.0 0.1
The following rules are followed to ensure correct and useful data get to the central
display and the Sarns™ CCPro Data™ Perfusion Software:
• If blood chemistry is disabled, the blood chemistry data will be blanked on
the central display and in the CCPro.
• If valid data arrive but values are over range, the affected data fields will be
set to all nines (9).
• If valid data arrive but values are under range, the affected data fields will
be displayed as all dashes (-).
• If legal data arrive but indicate a value is not available, the value will be
displayed as all dashes (-).
• If legal data do not arrive for a 30 second period, the displayed values will
be blanked and all the blood chemistry values in CCPro will also be
blanked. Legal data will again be displayed the next time it arrives.
• If valid data arrive in the improper format, affected fields will be blanked.
• The default mode for the CDI™ system and the System 9000 software is to
interpret data as the actual data and not the 37 degree normalized data.
• For consistency of the user interface, if the CDI™ system has a SVO2 value
of 100%, it will be displayed as 99.9% on the central display and to the
CCPro.
Page 107
Chassis Assembly
Battery
A fully charged battery can operate a fully loaded System 9000 for 60 minutes. A fully
loaded System 9000 is defined as:
Room Temperature 25°C - 35°C
Pump #1 5.6 L/min, pulse 60 BPM, 50% width, 40% baseline,

1/2 in x 3/32 in tubing, proper occlusion, fluid
temperature of 25°C - 35°C
Pump #2 80 RPM, 1/4 in tubing, proper occlusion, no fluid
Pump #3 60 RPM, 1/4 in tubing, proper occlusion, no fluid
Pump #4 220 cc/min, 3 minutes on and 15 minutes off, 1/4 in

tubing, proper occlusion, fluid temperature of 5°C -
15°C.
Air Detector ON
Level Detector ON
Gas Flow Monitoring ON

PC Cards All module cards, computer system, and central
display in operation
Lamp ON
Occluder ON, cycle for 20 seconds every 30 minutes
Water Mixing Module ON
Page 108
Chassis Assembly
A fully charged battery can operate a minimally loaded System 9000 for 120 minutes.
A minimally loaded System 9000 is defined as:
Room Temperature 25°C - 35°C
Pump #1 5.6 L/min, pulse 60 BPM, 50% width, 40% baseline,

1/2 in x 3/32 in tubing, proper occlusion, fluid
temperature of 25°C - 35°C
Air Detector ON
Level Detector ON
Gas Flow Monitoring ON
PC Cards All module cards, computer system, and central

display in operation
Lamp OFF
Occluder ON, not used
Battery Charger
After the console has been discharged for 60 minutes on a fully loaded system, the
battery charges from constant current mode to float mode as indicated on the front
panel within 13 hours. After the battery finally fails to run the console (system
shutdown), the battery charges from constant current mode to float mode within
24 hours.
Mode Display Battery Charger Charge Current

Output Voltage
Float Green 27.2 V - 27.6 V < 402 mA
Constant Voltage Yellow 28.8 V - 30.0 V 0.402 A - 2.195 A
Constant Current Red < 26.3 V ± 3% 2.2 A - 3 A
Page 109
Chassis Assembly
Circuit Breakers
FAN
There are five numbered circuit breakers for pumps.

The AUX1 switch is the circuit breaker for 24 V accessory and lamp connections.
The DC/DC switch is the circuit breaker for computer and central display power.
The middle switch is the circuit breaker for fan power.
The CO2 L/MIN switch is the circuit breaker for the occluder and CO2 flush power.
The SPARE switch is a spare power circuit breaker for future design.
Page 110
Chassis Assembly
Rear Tray and Power Supplies
P/N 806246 Base Power Supply Mounting
P/N 806268 Capacitor Board
Electrical Power Supply

Voltage
90 - 110 VAC (100 VAC, nominal)
103.5 - 126.5 VAC (115 VAC, nominal)
198 - 264 VAC (220-240 VAC, nominal)
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Circuit Breaker Protection
16 A (100 or 115 VAC)
8 A (220 or 240 VAC)
Typical Power Consumption
7.0 A (100 VAC or 115 VAC)
3.5 A (220 VAC or 240 VAC)
Leakage Current
100 µA maximum
Ground Resistance
0.1 Ohm maximum
Page 111
Chassis Assembly
Power Supplies
DC Power Supplies
The main DC power supplies (PS1, PS2, PS3) have a minimum output of 22.0 VDC
with a 15 A load and the minimum specified input voltage.
The main DC power supplies (PS1, PS2, PS3) have a maximum output of 36.5 VDC
with a 1 A load and the maximum specified input voltage.
Battery Charger Power Supply Output (BAT CHR) is 48 to 75 VAC with a 1 A load
and all specified input voltages.
DC/DC Converters
The voltage at the STD bus from the nominal +5 V DC/DC converter is 5.00 VDC
± 0.07 VDC. The voltage measured at the motherboard is 5.00 VDC ± 0.10 VDC.
The nominal ±12 V DC/DC converter supplies a voltage of ± 12 V DC ± 2%

measured either at the power control board, the STD bus, or the motherboard bus.
The nominal +12 V DC/DC converter supplies a voltage of +12.30 VDC ± 0.12 VDC
measured open circuit.
AC Failure
An AC line failure occurs when the voltage from the battery charger transformer falls
below its threshold of 20 VDC for more than 30 milliseconds. The computer system is
not interrupted and the AC line indicator is off. The pump processors automatically
reset after the system has switched from battery power back to AC line power.
DC Power Supply Failure
When PS1, PS2, or PS3 fall below a threshold voltage of 20 VDC for more than
4 milliseconds, it fails and its indicator is illuminated.
When PS1 or PS2 fails, it is latched out. PS3 takes over the failed power supply's
load. Power to pump #3, the occluder, lamp, and the auxiliary outlet are lost. After a
failed power supply is corrected, the main power must be switched off and then on,
to return the power sources to their normal circuits.
When PS3 fails, its loads are lost.
Page 112
Chassis Assembly
Gas Blending System
Gas Blending
Requirements
Gas outlet tubing must have 1/4 in (6,4 mm) I.D.
Use medical grade gases (e.g., compressed air, 95% oxygen and 5% CO2,
100% CO2, and 100% oxygen). Supply pressures must be 50 psi ± 10 psi
(345 kPa ± 69 kPa).
Nominal voltage requirements for the gas blending system include 12 VDC
to power the flowmeters and 24 VDC to power the CO2 flush solenoid.
Performance
When operating at room temperature, under normal atmospheric pressure:
FiO2 range is 0.21 - 1.00 with a display accuracy of ± 0.03 and
0.01 resolution. FiCO2 has a range of 0.000 - 0.050 with ± 0.005 display
accuracy and 0.001 resolution.
With a gas outlet flow of 0.20 L/min - 2.00 L/min, the display accuracy is
± 0.10 L/min and resolution is 0.05 L/min. From 2.00 L/min - 9.90 L/min, the
display accuracy is ± 0.20 L/min and resolution is 0.10 L/min.
All three displays show zeros when the outlet flow is < 0.20 L/min. The gas
display shows 999 when > 9.99 L/min. The FiO2 and FiCO2 displays are
blank when incoming oxygen, air, or 95-5 exceed 20 L/min. Flush rate is
preset between 2 L/min - 10 L/min.
Page 113
Chassis Assembly
Water Module
Note: For information on installing the water module, see page 49.
Water Mixing
Requirements
Nominal inlet pressure must be 40 psi - 80 psi; pressure may fluctuate up to
± 20 psi, but must remain within 40 psi - 80 psi. This inlet pressure should
be at least 5 psi higher than the setting for the pressure regulators. Both
pressure regulators must be set to the same pressure limit, either at or
below the pressure rating of the heat exchangers to be used and within
35 psi - 75 psi.
Inlet hot water must be 44°C - 65°C. Inlet cold water must be appropriate for
arterial and cardioplegia cooling.
Inlet fluctuations beyond ± 20 psi and ± 5°C may affect outlet temperature
and flow rate. Water mixing valves must be adjusted for the inlet conditions
at each hospital in order to limit output to 42°C.
Minimum flow rate of 10 L/min is required.
Performance
Delivers water flow of 5 L/min or greater.
Limits water pressure to the preset pressure limit ± 5 psi.
Activates alert at temperatures >43°C (109.4°F).
Capable of delivering water no more than 3°C above the cold inlet
temperature and up to 42°C.
Outlet accuracy is ± 1°C when the inlet requirements are met.
Electrical Performance
Each channel of the module contains a solenoid valve connected to a
switch on the front panel. Activation of this switch allows maximum cooling
by causing the solenoid valve to shut off the hot water for that channel.
Power for the solenoid valves is supplied by the 24 VDC auxiliary outlet.
Page 114
Chassis Assembly
Links to Schematics, Drawings, and Parts Lists
Chassis
Cable Assembly Fans/Miscellaneous Drawing, see page 457
Cable Assembly Main Power Drawing, see page 459
Cable Assembly Gas Flush LED Drawing, see page 461
Cable Assembly Left Side Display Drawing, see page 465
Cable Assembly Right Side Display Drawing, see page 467
Functional Schematics, see page 533
Chassis Wiring Diagram, see page 541
Chassis Assembly Drawing, see page 611
Front Tray
Circuit Breaker Board Drawing, see page 363
A/D Conversion Card Drawing, see page 365
Digital Interface D2 Board Drawing, see page 367
Air Detect Interface D2 Board Drawing, see page 369
Temperature Interface Board Drawing, see page 371
Level Detector II Assembly Drawing, see page 373
Pressure Interface Board Drawing, see page 375
Communications Adaptor Board Drawing, see page 377
Cable Assembly Heat Sink Chassis Drawing, see page 379
Cable Assembly Power Distribution Drawing, see page 381
Cable Assembly Battery Drawing, see page 383
Cable Assembly Circuit Breaker Drawing, see page 385
Cable Assembly Power Motherboard/Bus Drawing, see page 387
Cable Assembly Pump Connector Drawing, see page 389
Cable Assembly Miscellaneous Drawing, see page 391
Cable Assembly Programmable I/O 40 Pin Drawing, see page 393
Cable Assembly A/D 50 Pin Drawing, see page 395
Cable Assembly Display Front Tray Drawing, see page 397
Cable Assembly Power Control/Distribution Drawing, see page 399
Page 115
Chassis Assembly
Cable Assembly RS-422 Communication Drawing, see page 401
Cable Assembly 9K Communication Port to Opto Isolator Drawing, see page 403
Cable Assembly Ribbon RS-422/CDI V50 Drawing, see page 405
Cable Assembly RS-232 Display V50 Drawing, see page 407
Cable Assembly RS-232/CDI V50 Drawing, see page 409
Cable Assembly RS-232-CCPro V50 Drawing, see page 411
Cable Assembly CPU Jumper V50 Drawing, see page 413
CPU/Memory Board Set V50 Drawing, see page 415
Cable Assembly Battery PD to PC Drawing, see page 421
Schematic Communication Adaptor V50 Board, see page 423
Front Tray Wiring Diagram, see page 543
Rear Tray Wiring Diagram, see page 545
Left Side Fixed Panel Board Drawing, see page 547
Fixed Left Panel Display Schematic, see page 549
Fixed Right Panel Board Drawing, see page 551
Fixed Right Panel Display Schematic, see page 553
Motherboard Drawing, see page 557
Left Membrane Switch Drawing, see page 559
Right Membrane Switch Drawing, see page 561
Power Control 2 Board Schematic, see page 563
Power Control 2 Board Drawing, see page 567
Power Distribution Board Schematic, see page 569
Power Distribution Board Drawing, see page 571
Front Tray Assembly Drawing, see page 631
Card Cage Drawing, see page 643
Card Cage Parts List, see page 647
Ultrasonic Air Sensor Drawing, see page 681
Ultrasonic Air Sensor Parts List, see page 683
Air Sensor Bracket Drawing, see page 757
Air Sensor Bracket Parts List, see page 759
Page 116
Chassis Assembly
Rear Tray
Capacitor Board Drawing, see page 425
Rear Tray Wiring Diagram, see page 545
Rear Tray Assembly Drawing, see page 655
Rear Tray Assembly Parts List, see page 659
Gas Blender System

Gas Flow Diagram, see page 573
Gas Flowmeter Drawing, see page 649
Gas Flowmeter Parts List, see page 651
Blender Bracket Kit, see page 653
Water Module
Cable Assembly Power - Water Module, see page 531
Water Module Wiring Diagram, see page 579
Water Module Assembly Drawing, see page 749
Water Module Assembly Parts List, see page 751
Water Mixer Subassembly Drawing, see page 753
Water Mixer Subassembly Parts List, see page 755
Occluder
Cable Assembly Occluder Pot Drawing, see page 455
Occluder Drive Board Drawing, see page 525
Cable Assembly D/MTA 12C Occluder, see page 527
Venous Line Occluder Assembly Drawing, see page 733
Venous Line Occluder Assembly Parts List, see page 737
Occluder Module Assembly Drawing, see page 741
Occluder Module Assembly Parts List, see page 743
Lamp
Lamp Assembly Board Drawing, see page 529
Lamp Assembly Drawing, see page 745
Lamp Assembly Parts List, see page 747
Page 117
Chassis Assembly
Adjustment and Replacement Procedures
Chassis
Replacing the Air Filters
1. Remove the screws that secure the air filter assembly.
2. Remove the old filter from the assembly.
3. Install the new filter and reassemble the machine.
Page 118
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Power Control Board with the Power Control 2 Board
The power control 2 board shipped in systems beginning with serial number 5135.
The change to the board was initiated by the intermittent temperature blanking on
some consoles with monochrome screens. The power control 2 board isolates the
monochrome touchscreen from the rest of the system so the electrical noise it
generates will no longer interfere with console operation.
The power control board is no longer available. If a power control board fails,
replace it with a power control 2 board.
Note: The power control 2 board is compatible with all System 9000 units.
Note: Make sure the system power is OFF before performing this installation.
Note: Document the installation on the appropriate form.
Caution: Use static precautions whenever handling printed circuit boards or

integrated circuit chips.
1. Remove the power control 1 board.

• Disconnect the electrical connectors from power control 1 and
remove the securing hardware.
• Remove the board.
2. Install the power control 2 board.
• Install the power control 2 board with securing hardware.
• Reconnect the electrical connectors.
3. Disconnect P16 from the power distribution board. Connect P16 to the
power control 2 board at J8.
4. Install cable assembly P/N 149964 between connector J16 on the
power distribution board and connector J12 on the power control 2
board.
5. Perform a complete operational check.
Page 119
Chassis Assembly
Gas Blender System
Calibrating the gas system Flow Sensors version 2.21 or higher
Note: Never calibrate the flow sensors with gas connected. Doing so will result in
inaccurate gas flow readings.
1. With the power OFF, set the system to Diagnostic Mode.
slot #11.
display.
2. Disconnect the gas supplies.

3. Allow the machine to stabilize for 15 minutes.
4. Note the offset values displayed on the central display.
Page 120
Chassis Assembly
5. Touch CALIBRATE FLOW SENSORS. The offset values may change.
If any offset value is above 13, replace the appropriate flow sensor and
recalibrate. Troubleshoot if necessary.
Flow Offset
O2 X1 Y
AIR/95-5 X2 Y
OUTPUT X3 Y
The values for X1, X2, and X3 constantly change. With no gas
connected, X1 should vary ± 8, X2 should vary ± 15, and X3
should vary ± 10.
Y must be a number less than 13 after CALIBRATE FLOW
SENSORS is pressed with no gas flowing.
Note: Starting with software 4.0, the result of calibrating the flow sensors
is displayed to the right of the button and either Done or Error will
appear.
6. Set the system to Normal Operating Mode.
• Set the power switch to OFF.
slot #11.
• Set switch #8 to the open position.
• Replace the black module cover.
• Install the board into slot #11.
• Set the power switch to ON.
Page 121
Chassis Assembly
Adjusting the gas system CO2 Flush Rate
1. Turn the gas flow knob fully clockwise (OFF).
2. Connect a flowmeter to the system gas outlet.
3. Start the CO2 supply to the system.
4. Open the front door. Locate the flush rate control knob at the rear of the
left air filter. Turn the knob until the desired flowrate (2 L/min to
10 L/min) appears on the flowmeter.
5. Clean the label area and apply the correct flow rate label from the
accessories kit.
Page 122
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the gas system water trap filter.
1. Squeeze and remove the retaining springs on the metal cage and
remove the cage.
2. Press the relief valve on the bottom of the polycarbonate bowl to drain
any water.
3. Loosen the 5/8 in nut by a quarter-turn. Rotate the filter assembly
upward.
4. Unscrew the polycarbonate bowl (turn counterclockwise) and remove
the O-ring.
5. Unscrew the black filter retainer.
6. Remove the old filter from the filter retainer.
7. Clean and dry all surfaces.
8. Install the new filter on the filter retainer.
9. Reinstall the filter retainer, O-ring, and polycarbonate bowl.
10. Reinstall the metal cage and retaining springs.
11. Rotate the assembly to its original position and tighten the 5/8 in nut.
Page 123
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the gas system CO2 and O2 Inlet Filters
Note: The inlet filters should be replaced every two years or as needed. Whenever
an inlet filter is replaced, the associated check valve must also be replaced.
1. Remove pumps 1 and 2.

2. Remove the three screws (T27 Torx) inside the machine that secure the
side panel.
3. Remove the side panel by sliding it toward the front of the machine and
then pulling it away from the side of the machine.
4. Remove the bracket (T15 Torx) securing the two inlet filters.
5. Remove the appropriate inlet filter.
6. Install the new inlet filter and reassemble the machine
7. Perform a complete system inspection. For more information, see
page 11.
8. Check for any leaks.
Page 124
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the gas system CO2, O2, and Air Check Valves
side panel.
4. Remove the appropriate check valve.
5. Install the new check valve and reassemble the machine.
page 11.
Page 125
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the gas system Flow Sensors.
2. Remove all five pumps.
3. Remove all brackets and accessories from the rear of the machine.
4. Remove all the screws along the top and bottom edges of the back
panel. Loosen the three screws at each end of the panel (these six
screws are captive; they do not get fully removed).
5. Carefully pry off the back panel to unseat the plastic hole plugs in the
panel.
6. Remove the two screws (T27 Torx) from the front edge of the gold drip
tray. Remove the two screws (T15 Torx) from the rear corners of the
tray. Slide the tray out the rear of the machine.
side panel.
9. Disconnect the two hoses (9/16 in wrench) from the appropriate flow
sensor.
10. Remove the two screw (T15 Torx) that secure the flow sensor to the
chassis.
Page 126
Chassis Assembly
11. Remove the two screws (T7 Torx) that secure the cable connector to
the flow sensor.
12. Install the new flow sensor. Calibrate the flow sensors. For more
13. Reassemble the machine and perform a complete system inspection.
Page 127
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Gas Blender
2. Remove the black FiO2 knob (1/16 in Allen) and the securing nut (1/2 in
wrench).
3. Disconnect the air and O2 hoses (7/16 in wrench) from the rear of the
blender.
4. Remove the two bolts (7/16 in socket and 3 in extension) from the
bottom of the blender.
5. Carefully pull the blender out toward the rear of the machine.
6. Disconnect the outlet hose (7/16 in wrench) from the top of the blender.
7. Disconnect the bleed line from the side of the blender.
8. Install the new blender and reassemble the machine.
page 11.
Bolts
Page 128
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the CO2 Solenoid Valve Assembly

2. Remove the black FiO2 knob (1/16 in Allen) and the securing nut (1/2 in
wrench).
3. Disconnect the air and O2 hoses (7/16 in wrench) from the rear of the
blender.
4. Remove the two bolts (7/16 in socket and 3 in extension) from the
bottom of the blender.
5. Carefully pull the blender out toward the rear of the machine.
6. Disconnect the outlet hose (7/16 in wrench) from the top of the blender.
7. Disconnect the bleed line from the side of the blender.
8. Remove the solenoid bracket by removing the two #27 Torx screws
from the back of the bracket and then the two 8-32 keps nuts from the
bottom of the bracket.
9. Slide the bracket out from the chassis.
10. Remove hose C1 from the CO2 flow knob and hose C3 from the
solenoid.
11. Replace the solenoid.
12. Reassembly is the reverse of disassembly.
13. Perform a complete system inspection. For more information, see page
11.
Page 129
Chassis Assembly
Bolts
Page 130
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Gas Flow Needle Valve
1. Remove the silver control knob (5/64 in Allen) and the securing nut
(11/16 in wrench).
2. Remove the left air filter. For more information, see page 118.
3. Disconnect the two gas hoses (7/16 in wrench) from the valve. Note the
orientation of the hoses, as they are marked the same.
4. Remove the old valve from the machine.
5. Install the new valve and reassemble the machine.
6. Replace the CO2 solenoid valve assembly. See the preceding
procedure beginning on page 129.
Note: Before reinstalling the control knob, ensure that the valve is fully
closed (fully clockwise).
page 11.
Page 131
Chassis Assembly
Front Tray
Accessing the Fuse Panel
Note: On machines with serial numbers lower than 2000, the fuses can be
accessed by reaching over the front tray.
2. Remove all five pumps.
3. Remove all brackets and accessories from the rear of the machine.
4. Remove all the screws along the top and bottom edges of the back
panel. Loosen the three screws at each end of the panel (these six
screws are captive; they do not get fully removed).
5. Carefully pry off the back panel to unseat the plastic hole plugs in the
panel.
6. Remove the two screws (T27 Torx) from the front edge of the gold drip
tray. Remove the two screws (T15 Torx) from the rear corners of the
tray. Slide the tray out the rear of the machine.
Page 132
Chassis Assembly
Replacing Power Supply Fuses
Note: Turn system power off before inspection, cleaning, preparation for use, or
storage in order to turn off both battery power and AC power. Before servicing the
system, disconnect the console from the wall power source.
Note: Take care when sliding the front tray in or out in order to prevent damaging the
cables and wiring.
Note: The following symptoms may indicate a bad power supply fuse:
• The Service indicators 1, 2, or 3 light red on the console.
• The lamp, auxiliary power outlet, and the pumps do not function.
1. Power off the system and disconnect the power cord from the AC
source.
2. Lock the wheels to position the unit securely.
3. Open the front door. Unscrew and remove the right and left safety stops
from the front tray using a T27 Torx head screwdriver. Slide the tray
out.
4. Unscrew and remove the shield from the front tray. Note that the label
on the tray shield contains replacement information for the batteries and
the fuses for the battery, central display/left and right fan, and battery
charger.
5. Locate the battery fuse between the power control and power
distribution boards on the front tray. Use an insulated screwdriver to pry
up the fuse.
Note: Remove the 60 A battery fuse when servicing the front tray, rear
tray, fuses, or batteries in order to disconnect any battery power.
6. Remove the back panel.
7. Locate the power fuses at the left rear of the system. If a fuse indicator
lights, replace the fuse; refer to the label on the back panel for proper
replacement fuses.
8. Insert the 60 A battery fuse.
9. Attach the shield to the front tray.
10. Slide the front tray completely into the console and screw in the right
and left safety stops to secure the tray.
11. Reinstall the back panel.
12. Temporarily turn on the system to verify it functions properly.
Page 133
Chassis Assembly
Replacing Battery Fuses
cables and wiring.
Note: The following symptom may indicate bad battery fuses:
• The AC power indicator lights green, and the battery charger indicator lights
red, and only the top DC bar graph indicator is lit.
source.
out.
4. Unscrew and remove the shield from the front tray using a T15 Torx
head screwdriver. Note that the label on the tray shield contains
replacement information for the batteries and the fuses for the battery,
central display/left and right fan, and battery charger.
up the fuse. Replace with a 60 A fuse as indicated on the shield label.
Page 134
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Battery Charger Fuse
cables and wiring.
Check the battery charger fuses if the battery charger indicators (on the console) do
not light or if the battery voltmeter indicator lights red for discharged.
source.
out.
charger.
up the fuse.
6. Check the battery charger fuse (3 A) on the power distribution board of
the front tray. Gently replace the fuse as directed on the shield.
7. For units with serial numbers greater than 2000, remove the back
panel. Check the battery charger supply fuse (BAT CHR) at the left rear
of the unit. If the fuse indicator lights, replace with a fuse appropriate for
the system voltage (see the label on the back panel).
8. For units with serial numbers less than 2000, check the battery charger
supply fuse (BAT CHR) at the left rear of the back tray by looking in
from the front of the console.
9. Replace the back panel.
Page 135
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Battery on the CPU Board
The CPU board utilizes a lithium battery to maintain the system battery-backed RAM
and clock. The operator adjustable settings and the system options are stored in the
battery-backed RAM. This battery has a minimum life expectancy of two years. If the
battery were to fail, the system clock would reset to 12:00 each time the system was
powered ON and the operator adjustable settings would reset to the default values
as detailed in the Operators Manual.
To prevent the battery from unexpectedly failing, it is recommended that the battery
be replaced every two years. The part number for the battery is 144143.
1. Note the machine ID for the system.
2. Power the system ON and record the following:
• Customize Displays:
• Stop CPG with Art: Yes or No
• Blood Chemistry: CDI or Standard
• Main Screen:
• Pulse installed: Yes or No
• Pulsatile Rate, Base, and Width values
• Oxygen Blend: Air of 95/5
• FiO2 Alert value
• Arterial Pressure Alarm and Alert values
• Cardioplegia Pressure Alarm and Alert values
• Temperature Labels for A, B, and C
3. Switch the system OFF and remove the cover for the STD bus. Using
proper static precautions, remove the CPU board.
4. The battery is a round metal can pressed into the board. Carefully pull
the battery from the board. A piece of double-sided foam tape may be
under the battery.
5. Insert the new battery, using a new piece of double-sided foam tape.
6. Locate the two jumpers labeled W41 and W42. For more information,
see page 415. Remove the jumpers from the board and reinstall the
CPU board.
7. Power the system ON and wait about 15 seconds for the central display
screen to come on.
8. Power the system OFF and remove the CPU board. Reinstall jumpers
W41 and W42. Reinstall the CPU board.
Page 136
Chassis Assembly
9. Switch the system to the Diagnostic Mode.
slot #11.
display.
10. Allow the system to run for 15 minutes.

11. Calibrate the flowmeters. For more information, see page 120.
12. Set the machine ID number.
13. Reinstall the pulse option, if necessary. For more information, see
page 48.
14. Activate the original blood chemistry option.
Page 137
Chassis Assembly
15. Return the system to Normal Operating Mode.
slot #11.
16. Re-enter the parameters recorded earlier.
Page 138
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Power Distribution Board
cables and wiring.
source.
out.
charger.
5. Locate the battery fuse between the power control board and the power
distribution board on the front tray. Use an insulated screwdriver to pry
up the fuse.
6. Disconnect the old power distribution board.
• Remove P1.
• Remove three wires from P2 battery connection.
• Remove P3, P4, and P5.
• P6 is open.
• Remove P7, P8, P9, P10, and P11.
• P12 is open.
• Remove P13, P14, P15, P16, P17, and P18.
• Remove three wires from P19 battery connection.
• Remove P20 and P21.
7. Remove the seven T27 Torx head screws and remove the power
distribution board.
8. Install the new power distribution board. Reassembly is the reverse of
disassembly.
Page 139
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Main Circuit Breaker (On/Off Switch) on the Line Filter
1. Access the rear tray. For more information, see page 132.
2. Remove the three 11/32 in nuts securing the cover over the circuit
breaker and line filter.
3. Remove the three screws (T27 Torx) securing the side panel to the
chassis.
5. Remove the circuit breaker or line filter from the side panel.
6. Install the new component and reassemble the machine.
Page 140
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Central Display/Left and Right Fan Fuse (Power Control 2 Board)
cables and wiring.
Check the 4 A fuse on the power control 2 board of the front tray when there is no
central display or no left and right fan operation.
source.
out.
charger.
5. Locate the battery fuse between the power control 2 and power
up the fuse.
6. Check the 4 A fuse on the power control 2 board of the front tray.
Replace the fuse as indicated on the shield label.
7. Also check the DC/DC circuit breaker on the circuit breaker panel.
Page 141
Chassis Assembly
Replacing Cards on the STD Bus in the Front Tray
Note: If the computer card or system software is to be replaced, obtain the machine
ID number from the Terumo Service Center before performing this procedure.
1. Set the power switch to ON.
2. Note any options that are enabled:
• Press CUSTOMIZE on the startup test screen. Note whether or not
the BLOOD CHEMISTRY option button is displayed.
• Press TITLE SCREEN and then MAIN SCREEN. Note whether or
not the PULSE option button is displayed.
• Record the existing operator settings as described in the Periodic
Maintenance. For more information, see page 11.
4. Open the front door. Remove the plate (T10 Torx) that covers the STD
bus.
Caution: Use static precautions when handling printed or integrated

circuit boards.
5. Use a static mat. Hold down the front edge of the card cage while
removing the appropriate card.
Page 142
Chassis Assembly
6. Before installing a new card:
• Verify that all the jumpers on the new card are set the same as the
old card.
• If replacing the computer card, ensure that jumper J3 is removed
from the old card and installed on the new card.
• If replacing the memory card and/or computer card, either use the
software chips from the old card(s) or install new software chips.
For more information, see the following section on Replacing
System Software in the Front Tray.
7. Slide the new card into the card cage. Ensure that it is seated properly.
8. Replace the plate that covers the STD bus.
9. If the memory card and/or computer card has been replaced, test the
system software. For more information, see the following section on
Replacing System Software in the Front Tray.
11.
Page 143
Chassis Assembly
Replacing earlier than 4.0 System Software in the Front Tray
Note: Obtain the machine ID number from the Terumo Service Center before
performing this procedure.
2. Note any options that are enabled:
• Press CUSTOMIZE on the startup test screen. Note whether or not
the BLOOD CHEMISTRY option button is displayed.
• Starting with 4.0 software, note whether the BLOOD CHEMISTRY
option is CDI or Standard.
• Press TITLE SCREEN and then MAIN SCREEN. Note whether or
not the PULSE option button is displayed.
• Record the existing operator settings as described in the Periodic
Maintenance. For more information, see page 11.
4. Open the front door. Remove the plate (T10 Torx) that covers the STD
bus.
Caution: Use static precautions when handling printed or integrated

circuit boards.
5. Use a static mat. Hold down the front edge of the card cage while
removing the appropriate card.
Page 144
Chassis Assembly
6. Remove IC numbers 5AF and 6AF from the computer card. Install the
new software chips on the card. Starting with 2.3 software, it is not
necessary to replace chips 5AF and 6AF when installing new software.
7. Remove IC numbers 4A, 5A, 6A, and 7A from the memory card. Install
the new software chips on the card. Note that pin 1 of the chip actually
goes into pin 3 of the socket.
8. Slide both cards back into the card cage. Ensure that they are seated
properly.
9. Replace the plate that covers the STD bus.
Page 145
Chassis Assembly
10. Set the system to the diagnostics mode.
• Using static precaution, remove the digital interface board from slot
#11.
startup routine, the service diagnostics screen appears on the
central display.
11. After the startup routine is finished, press SYSTEM OPTIONS

SCREEN. Enter the machine ID number. The system will ask for
verification; re-enter the machine ID number.
12. If the pulse or CDI™ options were enabled, reinstall them. For more
13. For 4.0 and prior system software, calibrate the gas flow sensors. For
more information, see page 120.
Page 146
Chassis Assembly
14. Return the system to normal operating mode.
slot #11.
15. Reinstall the original operator settings.

page 11
Page 147
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Left Fixed Membrane Panel - Old Style Glued Down Only
1. Order a Left Fixed Panel Kit: P/N 144400 (ver 2), P/N 148814 (above
ver 2).
2. Remove the occluder manual dial by pulling up on it.
3. Remove the left air filter assembly. For more information, see page 118.
4. Disconnect the cables from J1, J2, and J4 on the left fixed panel board.
Remove the four screws securing the board, and remove the board.
5. Partially thread the four screws back into the gold-colored inserts. Use
a soldering iron to heat up the inserts until they can be pulled out of the
fixed panel. Discard the screws and inserts.
6. Disconnect the membrane panel ground strap by removing the nut from
the ground stud.
7. Peel off the old membrane panel. Clean the old glue off the left fixed
panel.
8. Place the template from the kit over the left fixed panel. Use a 1/4 in
(6 mm) drill bit to drill out the four holes. Remove the template.
9. Remove the paper from the back of the new membrane panel. Route
the ribbon cable through the slot in the fixed panel. Align the membrane
panel and press it into place.
Page 148
Chassis Assembly
10. Mount the board to the underside of the fixed panel using the keps nuts
supplied in the kit. Reconnect the cables to the board.
11. Use a flat washer and a keps nut to secure the ground strap to the
ground stud.
12. Place a thin bead of silastic sealant around the outer edge of the
occluder manual drive well.
13. Reinstall the air filter assembly.
page 11.
Page 149
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Left Fixed Membrane Panel - New Style Held Down by Keps Nuts
1. Remove the occluder manual dial by pulling up on it.
2. Remove the left air filter assembly. For more information, see page 118.
3. Disconnect the cables from J1, J2, and J4 on the left fixed panel board.
Remove the four keps nuts securing the board, and remove the board.
the ground stud.
5. Push up on the pem screws to remove the old membrane panel. Clean
the leftover adhesive off the fixed panel.
7. Mount the board to the underside of the fixed panel. Reconnect the
cables to the board.
8. Reconnect the ground strap to the ground stud.
9. Place a thin bead of silastic sealant around the outer edge of the
occluder manual drive well.
page 11.
Page 150
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Right Fixed Membrane Panel - Old Style Glued Down Only
1. Order a Right Fixed Panel Kit: P/N 148822.
2. Remove the right air filter assembly. For more information, see
page 118.
3. Disconnect the cables from J1, J2, and J3 on the right fixed panel
board. Remove the six screws securing the board, and remove the
board
4. Partially thread the six screws back into the gold colored inserts. Use a
soldering iron to heat up the inserts until they can be pulled out of the
fixed panel. Discard the screws and inserts.
the ground stud.
6. Peel off the old membrane panel. Clean the old glue off the fixed panel.
7. Place the template from the kit over the right fixed panel. Use a 1/4 in
(6 mm) drill bit to drill out the six holes. Remove the template.
the ribbon cable through the slot in the fixed panel Align the membrane
9. Mount the board to the underside of the fixed panel using the keps nuts
supplied in the kit. Reconnect the cables to the board.
10. Use a flat washer and a keps nut to secure the ground strap to the
ground stud.
page 11.
Page 151
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the Right Fixed Membrane Panel - New Style Held Down by Keps Nuts
1. Remove the right air filter assembly. For more information, see
page 118.
2. Disconnect the cables from J1, J2, and J3 on the right fixed panel board
Remove the six keps nuts securing the board, and remove the board.
the ground stud.
4. Push up on the pem screws to remove the old membrane panel. Clean
the leftover adhesive off the fixed panel.
6. Mount the board to the underside of the fixed panel. Reconnect the
cables to the board.
7. Reconnect the ground strap to the ground stud.
page 11.
Page 152
Chassis Assembly
Replacing the batteries
Warnings: Turn the system power off before inspection, cleaning, preparation for
use, or storage in order to turn off both the battery power and the wall power.
Before servicing the system, disconnect the console from the wall power source.
Disconnect the 60 A battery fuse when servicing the front tray, rear tray, fuses, or
batteries in order to disconnect any battery power.

any cabling.
2. Remove the 60 A battery power fuse.
Page 153
Chassis Assembly
3. Replace the left battery first.
• Unbuckle the battery strap. Slide the strap off the top of the battery,
toward the outside of the tray.
• Remove the battery terminal shield. Disconnect the black cable
first, and then the white cable from the terminals (5/16 in wrench).
Caution: Wrap the black (negative) cables with electrical tape to

prevent them from shorting against the chassis.
• Remove the old battery from the machine. Install the new battery,
but do not connect the cables.
4. Replace the right battery.

• Unbuckle the battery strap. Slide the strap off the top of the battery,
toward the outside of the tray.
• Remove the battery terminal shield. Disconnect the cables from the
terminals (5/16 in wrench).
• For ease of battery removal, remove cables J3, J4, and GND from
the back of the circuit breaker panel.
• Remove the old battery from the machine Install the new battery.
• Reconnect the cables to the battery terminals and replace the
battery terminal shield.
• Slide the strap back on top of the battery. Buckle the strap securely.
• Reconnect J3, J4, and GND cables to the back of the circuit
breaker panel.
Page 154
Chassis Assembly
5. Finish installing the battery.
• Being careful not to allow the black (negative) cables to touch the
chassis, reconnect the cables to the battery terminals. Replace the
battery terminal shield.
• Slide the strap back on top of the battery. Buckle the strap securely.
6. Replace the 60 A battery fuse.
7. Reassemble the machine.
page 11.
Page 155
Chassis Assembly
Calibrating the Pressure Board
1. Convert the pressure board to the extender card.
2. Connect the digital voltmeter across C6 (TUV) or C3 (non-TUV) and
observe polarity.
3. Set the power switch to ON; adjust R5 until the digital voltmeter reads
7.50 VDC ± 0.05 VDC. If the voltage cannot be adjusted to
specification, replace the pressure board.
4. Perform the pressure check portion of the periodic maintenance. For
Page 156
Chassis Assembly
Calibrating the Temperature Board
1. Convert the temperature board to the extender card.
2. Insert the temperature probe into jack A on the temperature board.
3. Arterial temperature should read 25.0°C ± 0.1°C. If not, adjust R25 to

meet this specification. If the voltage cannot be adjusted to
specification, replace the temperature board.
Note: R25 is the only field-adjustable potentiometer on the temperature
board. All other pots are factory-adjusted.
Page 157
Chassis Assembly
Water Module
Adjusting the Water Module Water Temperature
Note: Adjust only one temperature output at a time; the other output must be OFF
(control knob fully clockwise).
1. Check the water temperature. For more information, see page 42.
Leave the machine powered on, with the Auxiliary Screen displayed.
2. Remove the cap from the center of the appropriate control knob.
3. Remove the screw from the center of the control knob.
4. Remove the control knob and the splined stop.
5. Place the knob on the stem and turn the knob counterclockwise until
40.5°C ± 1.5°C is displayed on the Auxiliary Screen.
6. Remove the knob and place the splined stop on the stem. Position the
splined stop against the fixed stop so that the stem cannot be rotated
counterclockwise beyond 40.8°C ± 1.5°C.
7. Place the knob on the stem. Turn the knob fully clockwise and check to
see that the output flow stops. If not, rebuild the mixer and go to step 1.
8. Install the screw and cap.
Replacing the Mixing Motor and Hot Water Seat

Contact Terumo Cardiovascular Systems Technical Support at 1-800-441-3220 for
replacement parts.
Page 158
Central Display
Central Display
Color 3 Central Display Part Numbers
P/N 203246 CDI Cont/Sharp LCD Assembly SXE
P/N 806759 Cable Assembly Main Color V3
P/N 806622 Power Connect Board Color Display V3
P/N 806761 Cable Assembly Fan V3
P/N 806762 Cable Assembly RS-232 Power V3
P/N 234270 Controller Board DOS SXE 9K V3
P/N 806642 Cable Assembly Inverter Display V3
P/N 806758 Cable Assembly Intern Ribbon V3
P/N 806765 Cable Computer Dynamics 2CABL-0A00-0976
P/N 806629 LCD Sharp LQ10D421
P/N 276314 Backlight Kit for Color 3
P/N 143511 Backlight Kit for Color 1 and Color TUV
Central Display Version Identification

There are four versions of central display screens. The version can be identified by
referring to the part number. Match the part number from the external label on the
central display to the following list.
Monochrome Central Display P/N 144351 (78-8067-6731-3) (16471300)

Monochrome
147643L (78-8066-9006-7) Loaner Monochrome
144351R (78-8066-6845-1) Reconditioned
Monochrome
Block Diagram, see page 453.
1 Graphics Board 802594

2 Graphics Power Board 802596
3 Cable Central Display (obsolete)
4 Touch Controller 142527
5 Sensor Touch Panel 133022
Page 159
Central Display
Color 1 Central Display P/N 152354V1 (78-8067-4581-2) Color 1
152354V1L (78-8067-6415-1) Loaner Color 1
152354V1R (78-8067-7089-3) Reconditioned
Color 1
Specifications, see page 175.
Troubleshooting, see page 349.
1 Backlight Kit 143511

2 DOS/Controller Board 134156
LCD 134148
3 Cable Main Display 149665
Color TUV Central Display P/N 152354V2 (78-8067-6615-6) Color TUV

152354V2L (78-8067-8315-1) Loaner Color TUV
152354V2R (78-8067-8293-0) Reconditioned
Color TUV
Drawings and illustrations, see page 673.
1 Backlight Kit 143511
2 DOS/Controller Board 134156
LCD 134148
3 Cable Main Display 149665
4 Power Board 152354
6 Color Select Board 149551
Color 3 Central Display P/N 152354V3 (78-8067-9058-6) (16471300) Color 3

P/N 152354V3L (78-8067-9058-6) (16471300)
Loaner Color 3
P/N 152354V3R (78-8067-9058-6) (16471300)
Reconditioned Color 3
Drawings and illustrations, see page 665.
Page 160
Central Display
Color 3
Specifications Color Screen P/N 152354V3 (78-8067-9058-6) (Color 3)
Environmental Conditions
Operation
10°C to 40°C, less than 75% relative humidity, non-condensing.

Storage
Ventilated area, -30°C to 54°C (-22°F to 129°F).

Vibration
Unit will withstand during operation 0.5 G, 0-100 Hz vibration when
mounted on a System 9000.
Shock
Unit will withstand 2 in (5 cm) drop test per IEC 60601-1.
Transporting
Relative humidity
Less than 95%, non-condensing
Temperature
-30°C to 54°C (-22°F to 129°F)

The central display graphically represents information in a central location. This
includes all information sent from the console via the RS-232 connection and all
information entered by the user via the touch controls, such as values for timers,
pressure limits, and pulsatile control.
The central display is updated by the main computer at different frequencies
depending upon the function. For example, timers are updated every second,
temperatures are updated every 2 seconds, and alarm messages are displayed
within 0.5 seconds after the alarm signal is sent to the system computer.
A cable enters the back of the display housing and is routed to two different
connectors and a ground stud. Inside the housing, there are three PC boards
(touch controller, 386 computer board, and power board), an LCD panel, a
touchscreen, and a metal EMI shield.
Width Height Depth
Total Display 13.5 in (34,3 cm) 9.8 in (24,9 cm) 4.5 in (11,4 cm)
LCD Panel 8.8 in (22,4 cm) 6.5 in (16,5 cm)
Page 161
Central Display
Color 3
Viewing Angle
± 45° horizontally, ± 30° vertically; exceeding these viewing angles will

decrease the contrast of various colors.
Weight
Display 10.6 lbs (4,8 kg)
Display with mounting bracket 13.8 lbs (6,3 kg)
A 12 VDC ± 10% power line and an RS-232 port are supplied to the display from
the console. The display draws approximately 2.6 amperes from the 12 volt supply.
Internal Power Input Voltage Output Voltage Output Current

Converters
DC/DC +12 VDC ± 10% +5 VDC ± 1% 3A
DC/AC +12 VDC ± 10% 500 VAC ± 10% 5.0 mA
+ 5 VDC ± 5 % (@ 20 kHz - 60 kHz)
The RS-232 communications (ASCII readable) between the central display and the
console run at 9600 baud.
Interface
When the user touches the screen, the touch frame and the touch controller
communicate over an 8-wire telephone cord. The touch controller sends touch
information through an RS-232 cable (within the display) to the 386 computer
board; these signals exit the 386 computer board via a second RS-232 cable and
are carried to the console.
When the console communicates to the central display, the console sends
information over the second RS-232 cable to the 386 computer board. The 386
computer board has a VGA controller with video interface which sends signals to
the LCD panel for graphic representation.
LCD Panel
Display Video Data (32-pin, dual row header):
Pin Name LCD Panel Description Voltage Range

1 GND Ground
2 CK Clock 0V-5V
Page 162
Central Display
Color 3
3 H sync Horizontal synchronous 0V-5V
4 V sync Vertical synchronous 0V-5V
5 GND Ground
6 R0 Red Data 0V-5V
7 R1 Red Data 0V-5V
8 R2 Red Data 0V-5V

9 R3 Red Data 0V-5V
10 R4 Red Data 0V-5V
12 GND Ground
13 G0 Green Data 0V-5V

19 GND Ground
20 B0 Blue Data 0V-5V


26 GND Ground
27 ENAB Enable 0V-5V
28 Vcc +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
29 Vcc +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
30 R/L Horizontal display mode select 0V-5V
Page 163
Central Display
Color 3
31 V/D Vertical display mode select 0V-5V
32 NC No connection
*
LCD Backlights 1 & 2 (4-pin, Molex header):
Pin Name Description Voltage Range

1 VTUBE1 500 VAC for Tube 1 500 VAC ± 10%
3 NC No connect
4 VCOM Vout common
*
Molex, Lisle, IL, USA.
Page 164
Central Display
Color 3
386 Computer Board
386 computer board Video Data (40-pin, dual row header):
Pin Name 386 Computer Board Description Voltage Range

1 NC No connect
2 GND Ground
3 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
5 ENAB/H sync Enable/Horizontal sync 0V-5V
6 NC No connect
7 CK Clock 0V-5V
8 NC No connect
9 NC No connect
10 NC No connect
11 NC No connect
12 NC No connect
13 NC No connect
14 GND Ground
15 NC No connect
16 GND Ground
17 NC No connect
18 GND Ground

20 GND Ground
21 G0,G1,G2,G3 Green Data 0V-5V
22 NC No connect
24 GND Ground
Page 165
Central Display
Color 3
Pin Name 386 Computer Board Description Voltage Range
26 NC No connect
27 Vcc +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
28 NC No connect
29 V Sync Vertical sync 0V-5V

30 NC No connect
31 NC No connect
32 B0,B1,B2,B3 Blue Data 0V-5V
34 NCKey
36 NC No connect
37 R0,R1,R2,R3 Red Data 0V-5V

38 NC No connect
40 NC No connect
Page 166
Central Display
Color 3
J11
RS-232 COM2 (10-pin dual header) connects the RS-232
communications from the power board to the 386 computer board

1 NC No connect
2 NC No connect
3 RXD Receive Data -12 V to +12 V
4 NC No connect
5 TXD Transmit Data -12 V to +12 V
6 NC No connect
7 NC No connect
8 NC No connect
9 GND Ground
10 GND Ground
J3
386 computer board Power (4-pin, Molex header) connects power from
the power board to the 386 computer controller board

1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No connect
3 GND Ground
4 Vcc +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
Page 167
Central Display
Color 3
J12
RS-232 COM1 (10-pin, dual header) connects the RS-232 port on the
386 computer board to the touch controller board

1 DCD Carrier Detect -12 V to +12 V
2 DSR Data Set Ready -12 V to +12 V
3 RD Receive Data -12 V to +12 V
4 RTS Request to Send -12 V to +12 V
5 TD Transmit Data -12 V to +12 V
6 CTS Clear to Send -12 V to +12 V

7 DTR Data Terminal Ready -12 V to +12 V
8 NC No connect
9 GND Ground
10 NC No connect
Front Tray
The connector on the front tray of the console provides +12 VDC and RS-232
communications lines between the front tray and the Power board

A GND Ground
G RXD Receive Data -12 V to +12 V
H TXD Transit Data -12 V to +12 V
J VDD_IN +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%

K VDD_IN +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
L COM_IN Ground
M COM_IN Ground
Page 168
Central Display
Color 3
Touch Controller Board
J1
*
Touch Controller Power Supply (2-pin, Switchcraft ) connects power from
the power board to the touch controller

1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 GND Ground
P1
Touch Controller RS-232 (DB-9) connects RS-232 communication lines
between the 386 computer board and the touch controller.

5 GND Ground

9 NC No connect -12 V to +12 V
*
Switchcraft, Inc., Chicago, IL, USA.
Page 169
Central Display
Color 3
Power Board
J3
Connects console receive/transmit data from the power board to the
display computer board.

1 NC No connect
2 NC No connect
3 RXD Receive -12 V to +12 V
4 NC No connect
5 TXD Transmit -12 V to +12 V

6 NC No connect
7 NC No connect
8 NC No connect
9 GND Ground
10 GND Ground
J4
Connects +5 VDC and +12 VDC from the power board to the backlight
inverter power supply input.

1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No Connect
3 GND Ground
4 Vcc +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
Page 170
Central Display
Color 3
J5
Connects +5 VDC from the power board to the display computer board
power input.

1 VDD +12 VDC (not used) +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No Connect
3 GND Ground
4 Vcc +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
J8
Connects the console display cable power output to the power board

1 VDD In +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 COM In Input Common
3 NC No connect
4 VDD In +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
5 COM In Input Common

6 NC No connect
J9
Connects transmit/receive data from the console display cable to the
power board.

1 GND Ground
2 TXD Transmit -12 V to +12 V
3 RXD Receive -12 V to +12 V
Page 171
Central Display
Color 3
J10
Connects +12 VDC from the power board to the fan.

1 GND Ground
2 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
3 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
J12
Connects +12 VDC from the power board to the display touch panel.

1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 GND Ground
3 NC No connect
DC to AC Backlight Inverter Board

J1
Connects the backlight inverter power supply 500 VAC output to
backlights 1 and 2.

1 Lamp 1 Lamp 1 voltage 500 VAC ± 10%
3 NC No connect
4 COM Lamp common
Page 172
Central Display
Color 3
J2

1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No connect
3 GND Ground
4 VCC +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
Theory of Operation
A touchscreen over the LCD panel acts as a touch sensitive user interface. The
interface is used to scroll through the different screens and select and/or adjust
certain parameters. The touch information is transmitted to the 386 computer
board to be translated and sent to the main console. The console can then
process this information and update the screen and the operation of the system as
needed.
Power Board
The power board within the display provides power conversion, EMI
suppression and a centralized location for subassembly power
interconnections.
386 Computer Board
The 386 computer board is the intelligence of the display. The 386
computer board processes information from the console and generates
control signals for the LCD panel. The board also processes information
from the touchscreen and sends it to the console. The board
communicates with the console and the touch controller via RS-232
communications.
LCD Panel
This device receives control signals from the 386 computer board and
displays pictures, text, and numbers in various colors. The panel is
illuminated internally by two fluorescent bulbs.
Touchscreen and Touch Controller
Diodes in the touchscreen frame generate infrared beams which cross in
front of the screen. The touch controller constantly scans the screen.
When the user touches the touch frame at a given location, sensors
detect the blockage of the infrared beams and forward this information to
the touch controller. The touch controller board processes this
information and sends it to the 386 computer board which determines
what information should be sent to the console.
Page 173
Central Display
Color 3
The backlight inverter board converts 5 VDC to 500 VAC to supply power
for two backlights in the LCD panel. The DC to AC inverter board also
has a 12 VDC input for its internal logic control.
Fan
The fan uses +12 VDC to operate. The fan will run at a constant speed
as long as the voltage remains within the operating range of +7 VDC to
+13.8 VDC.
Power Information
The +12 VDC signal supplied from the front tray is converted into +5 VDC
and 500 VAC. The LCD panel requires a +5 VDC ± 0.125 VDC signal.
The AC signal is used solely to power the backlighting of the LCD panel.
The +12 VDC signal is used to provide power to the touch controller. The
+5 VDC is also used to power the 386 computer board.
Page 174
Central Display
Color 1 and Color TUV
Specifications Color Screen P/N 152354V2 (78-8067-6615-6) (Color TUV) and
P/N 152354V1 (78-8067-4581-2) (Color 1)
Operation
10°C to 40°C, less than 75% relative humidity, non-condensing.

Storage
Ventilated area, -30°C to 54°C (-22°F to 129°F).

Vibration
Unit will withstand during operation 0.5 G, 0-100 Hz vibration when
mounted on a System 9000.
Shock
Unit will withstand 2 in (5 cm) drop test per IEC 60601-1.
Transporting
Relative humidity
Less than 95%, non-condensing
Temperature
-30°C to 54°C (-22°F to 129°F)

The central display graphically represents information in a central location. This
includes all information sent from the console via the RS-232 connection and all
information entered by the user via the touch controls, such as values for timers,
pressure limits, and pulsatile control.
The central display is updated by the main computer at different frequencies
depending upon the function. For example, timers are updated every second,
temperatures are updated every 2 seconds, and alarm messages are displayed
within 0.5 seconds after the alarm signal is sent to the system computer.
Page 175
Central Display
A cable enters the back of the display housing and is routed to two different
connectors and a ground stud. Inside the housing, there are four PC boards (touch
controller, DOS controller, power board and color selection board), an LCD panel, a
touchscreen, and a metal EMI shield.
Width Height Depth
Total Display 13.5 in (34,3 cm) 9.8 in (24,9 cm) 4.5 in (11,4 cm)
LCD Panel 8.8 in (22,4 cm) 6.5 in (16,5 cm)
Viewing Area 8.3 in (21,1 cm) 6.2 in (15,7 cm)
Viewing Angle
± 45° horizontally, ± 30° vertically; exceeding these viewing angles will

decrease the contrast of various colors.
Weight
Display 10.6 lbs (4,8 kg)
Display with mounting bracket 13.8 lbs (6,3 kg)
A 12 VDC ± 10% power line and an RS-232 port are supplied to the display from the
console. The display draws approximately 2.6 amperes from the 12 volt supply.
Internal Power Input Voltage Output Voltage Output Current

Converters
DC/DC +12 VDC ± 10% +5 VDC ± 1% 3A
DC/AC +12 VDC ± 10% 60 VAC ± 10% 100 mA
+ 5 VDC ± 5 % (@ 20 kHz - 60 kHz)
The RS-232 communications (ASCII readable) between the central display and the
console run at 9600 baud.
Interface
When the user touches the screen, the touch frame and the touch controller
communicate over an 8-wire telephone cord. The touch controller sends touch
information through an RS-232 cable (within the display) to the DOS board; these
signals exit the DOS board via a second RS-232 cable and are carried to the
console.
Page 176
Central Display
When the console communicates to the central display, the console sends
information over the second RS-232 cable to the DOS board. The DOS board has a
VGA controller with video interface which sends signals to the LCD panel for graphic
representation.
LCD Panel
Display Video Data (22-pin, dual row header):

1 GND Ground
2 CK2 Serial Dot Clock 0V-5V
3 R1 Red Data Line 1 0V-5V
5 GND Ground
7 G1 Green Data Line 1 0V-5V

9 GND Ground
11 B1 Blue Data Line 1 0V-5V

13 GND Ground

15 GND Ground
16 LC Data Latch Clock 0V-5V
17 VCC +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
18 FLM First Line Marker 0V-5V

19 VDD2 Gated +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
20 GND Ground
21 NC
22 NC
Page 177
Central Display
LCD Backlights 1 (8-pin, Molex header):

2 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
5 VCOM Vout common
6 NC No connect
7 VCOM Vout common
8 NC No connect
LCD Backlights 2 (8-pin, Molex header):

2 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
5 VCOM Vout common
6 NC No connect
7 VCOM Vout common

8 NC No connect
Page 178
Central Display
DOS Board Video Data (40-pin, dual row header):
Pin Name DOS Board Video Data Description Voltage Range
1 VCTRL Data Valid Signal +5 VDC ± 1%
2 GND Ground
3 NC No connect
4 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
7 SCK Serial Dot Clock 0V-5V
8 GND Ground
9 NC No connect
10 GND Ground
11 NC No connect
12 GND Ground
13 NC No connect
14 GND Ground
15 NC No connect
16 GND Ground
17 NC No connect
18 GND Ground
19 NC No connect
20 GND Ground
21 NC No connect
22 GND Ground
23 NC No connect
24 GND Ground
25 NC No connect
26 GND Ground
27 NC No connect
28 GND Ground
Page 179
Central Display
Pin Name DOS Board Video Data Description Voltage Range
30 NC No connect
31 NC No connect
32 GND Ground
33 LB0 Blue Data Line 0 0V-5V
34 GND Ground
36 GND Ground
38 NC No connect
40 NC No connect
J11 RS-232 COM2 (10-pin dual header):

Connects the RS-232 communications from the power board to the DOS
board.
1 NC No connect
2 NC No connect
4 NC No connect

6 NC No connect
7 NC No connect
8 NC No connect
9 GND Ground
10 GND Ground
Page 180
Central Display
J3 DOS board power (4-pin, Molex header):
Connects power from the power board to the DOS controller board.
1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No connect
3 GND Ground
4 VCC +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
J12 RS-232 COM1 (10-pin, dual header):

Connects the RS-232 port on the DOS board to the touch controller
board.

8 NC No connect
9 GND Ground
10 NC No connect
Front Tray
A GND Ground
G RXD Receive Data -12 V to +12 V
H TXD Transmit Data -12 V to +12 V
J VDD_IN +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
K VDD_IN +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%

L COM_IN Ground 0V
M COM_IN Ground 0V
Page 181
Central Display
Touch Controller Board
J1 Touch Controller Power Supply (2-pin, Switchcraft)
Connects power from the power board to the touch controller.
1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 GND Ground
P1 Touch Controller RS-232 (DB-9):

Connects the RS-232 communications lines between the DOS
board and the touch controller.

5 GND Ground
9 NC No connect
Theory of Operation
A touchscreen over the LCD panel acts as a touch sensitive user interface. This
interface is used to control certain System 9000 features. The touch information is
transmitted to the DOS board to be translated and sent to the main console. The
console can then process this information and update the screen and the operation
of the System 9000 as needed.
Information from the System 9000 console is sent to the central display power board.
From there, information is processed by the DOS board and then graphically
represented on the color LCD panel.
Page 182
Central Display
Power Connect board The power board within the display provides power
conversion, forced air cooling, LCD panel power
sequencing, EMI suppression, and a centralized location
for subassembly power interconnections.
DOS Controller board The DOS controller board, a PC AT compatible
computer board, is the intelligence of the display. The
DOS controller board processes information from the
console and generates control signals for the LCD
panel. The board also processes information from the
touchscreen and sends it to the console. The board
communicates with the console and the touch controller
via RS-232 communications.
LCD panel The LCD panel receives control signals from the DOS
controller board and displays pictures, text, and
numbers in various colors. The panel is illuminated
internally by two fluorescent bulbs.
Touchscreen and Diodes in the touchscreen frame generate infrared
touch controller beams which cross in front of the screen. The touch
controller constantly scans the screen. When the user
touches the touch frame at a given location, sensors
detect the blockage of the infrared beams and forward
this information to the touch controller. The touch
controller board processes this information and sends it
to the DOS controller board which determines what
information should be sent to the console.
Color Selection board The color selection board performs the conversion
circuitry to select the appropriate colors. Its secondary
function is to route the +12 VDC delay signal from the
power board to the DOS board.
Power Information The +12 VDC signal supplied from the front tray is
converted into +5 VDC and 60 VAC and a delayed
+12 VDC signal. The LCD panel requires a +12 VDC
± 5% signal and a +5 VDC ± 5% signal. The display
requires that the +5 VDC signal be applied first, followed
by the +12 VDC signal. Note that the +12 VDC signal to
the display and to the 60 VAC inverter is the delayed
+12 VDC signal. The AC signal is used solely to power
the backlighting on the LCD panel. The +12 VDC signal
is additionally used to provide power to the touch
controller and the DOS board. The +5 VDC is also used
to power the DOS board and the power board logic.
Page 183
Central Display
Power Connect Board - P/N 806622
The power connect board performs several functions:
• Connects and converts power from the front tray to the computer board,
LCD panel, touch frame, and touch controller; routes power to the backlight
inverter power supply.
• Provides the connections between the subassemblies, including the front
tray and touch controller.
• Routes power to a fan which provides forced air flow across all electronics.
• Contains EMI suppression components to keep the radiated EMI below a
VDE Class B level.
The four layer power connect board contains connectors, one DC/DC converter, and
several other small electronic components.
This board will operate over a temperature range of +5°C to 50°C.
Width
4.0 in (10,2 cm)
Height
1.1 in (2,8 cm)
Depth
3.0 in (7,6 cm)
Weight
0.6 lb (0,27 kg)
Power Conversion
DC/DC Conversion
Input Voltage +12 VDC ± 10%
Input Current Draw 690 mA ± 50 mA
Output Voltage +5 VDC ± 1%
Output Current 1500 mA
Page 184
Central Display
Subassembly Connections
This assembly serves as the central power conversion point for all the
display subassemblies.
EMI Suppression
Several components on the power connect board help reduce EMI
emissions from the display housing. An EMI filter on the input of the
DC/DC converter reduces the noise that the converter conducts
onto its input lines during operation.
Interface Design
J3 RS-232 COM2 (10-pin, dual header)
Connects console receive/transmit data from the power board on the
display computer board.

1 NC No connect
2 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
6 NC No connect
7 NC No connect
8 NC No connect
9 GND Ground
10 GND Ground
J4 Inverter Power (4-pin, MTA 100)

1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No connect
3 GND Ground
4 VCC +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
Page 185
Central Display
J5 DOS Board Power (4-pin, Molex header)
Connects +5 VDC from the power board to the display computer board
power input.
1 VDD +12 VDC (not used) +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No connect
3 GND Ground
4 VCC +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%

J8 Power Supply (6-pin, MTA 156)
Connects the console display cable power output to the power board.
1 VDD_IN +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 COM_IN 0 VDC
3 NC No connect
4 VDD_IN +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
5 COM_IN 0 VDC
6 NC No connect
J9 Serial Interface (3-pin, MTA 156)

Connects transmit/receive data from the console display cable to the power
board.
1 GND Ground

Page 186
Central Display
J10 Fan Power (4-pin, MTA 100)
Connects +12 VDC from the power board to the fan.
1 GND Ground
2 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
3 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
J12 Touch Controller Power Supply (3-pin, MTA 100)
Connects +12 VDC from the power board to the display touch panel
1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 GND Ground
3 NC No connect
J1
Connects the backlight inverter power supply 500 VAC output to backlights
1 and 2.

3 NC No connect
4 COM Lamp common
J2
1 VDD +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
2 NC No connect
3 GND Ground
4 VCC +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 1%
Page 187
Central Display
Theory of Operation
A touchscreen over the LCD panel acts as a touch sensitive user interface. The
interface is used to scroll through the different screens and select and/or adjust
certain parameters. The touch information is transmitted to the computer board to be
translated and sent to the main console. The console can then process this
information and update the screen and the operation of the system as needed.
Information from the console is sent to the central display power board. From there,
information is processed by the computer board, and then graphically represented on
the color LCD panel.
Color Selection Board

The color selection board performs the following functions:
• Connects power from the power board to the DOS controller and the LCD
panel.
• Has color conversion logic for mapping the standard sixteen VGA colors to
the sixteen colors required by the System 9000.
• Routes circuitry that controls the power up and power down sequence as
required by the LCD panel.
• Contains EMI protection to keep the radiated EMI below a VDE Class B
level.
This four-layer board was designed to the Intel iSBX format. This includes a special
connector to mate to one provided on the DOS controller board. The location of the
mounting hole is also controlled by the iSBX standard. The board also contains
connectors and several other small electronic components including the PAL
integrated circuit, resistors, capacitors, and ferrite beads.
Subassembly Connections
The color selection board serves as the central connection point to several
of the display subassemblies.
Color Conversion
The PAL converts sixteen standard colors (VGA output from the DOS
controller) into the colors used on the LCD panel (light and dark yellow, light
and dark red, light and dark gray, light and dark blue, aqua, white, black,
green, and purple).
Page 188
Central Display
Power Sequencing Passed Signals
This board passes signals back to the power board and inputs power into
the LCD.
Failure to provide power up and power down in the correct sequence may
result in a burned out component in the LCD panel electronics.
EMI Suppression
Two ferrite beads (L1 and L2) reduce noise at various points on the display
serial dot clock line. T-filters are used on the delayed +12 VDC and VCTRL
lines.
Interface Description
J1:
Output to the LCD Display Video Data (20-pin, dual row header) connects
the display data from the DOS controller board +5 VDC and delayed
+12 VDC to the LCD panel.
Pin No. Pin Name Description Voltage Range

1 CK2 Serial Dot Clock 0V-5V
2 GND Ground

6 GND Ground

10 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
Page 189
Central Display
18 VCC +5 VDC +5 VDC ± 5%
19 GND Ground
20 VDD2 Delayed +12 VDC +12 VDC ± 10%
J2
DOS Board Video Data (20-pin, dual-row header) connects the display data
from the DOS controller to the color selection board.

1 VCTRL Data Valid Signal 0V - 5V
2 GND Ground
3 NC No Connect
4 GND Ground
5 LC Data Latch Clock 0V - 5V

6 GND Ground
7 SCK Serial Dot Clock 0V - 5V
8 GND Ground
9 FLM First Line Marker 0V - 5V
10 GND Ground
11 LB0 Blue Data Line 0 0V - 5V

12 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
16 GND Ground

18 GND Ground
19 NC No connect
20 GND Ground
Page 190
Central Display
J3
+12 VDC Delayed Power (4-pin, MTA 100) from power board.

1 VDD2 Delayed +12 VDC power 0 V - 12 V
2 GND Ground +12 VDC power
3 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
J4
Delay Signal (4-pin MTA, 100) to power board

1 VCTRL Data Valid Signal 0V-5V
2 GND Ground
3 NC No connect
4 NC No connect
Theory of Operation
The 4-bit output from the DOS board's VGA controller provides the sixteen standard
colors. The PAL (U1) provides a conversion from these colors to sixteen different
colors used on the LCD panel.
The color conversion board converts the 4-bit value into a 9-bit value to be sent to the
LCD. The 9-bit value is composed of three colors: blue, green, and red. The three
bits represent each color. The table below describes the value settings for each color
Value Description
0 Off
3 Low Intensity
5 Normal Intensity
7 High Intensity
Page 191
Central Display
With the following bit value combinations, the corresponding colors will appear on the
LCD:
Color Blue Bits Green Bits Red Bits
Black 0 0 0
Dark Blue 5 0 0
Dark Green 0 5 0
Green Blue 5 3 0
Dark Red 0 0 5
Dark Purple 5 0 5
Dark Yellow 0 5 5
Light Gray 5 5 5
Dark Gray 3 3 3
Light Blue 7 0 0
Very Dark Red 0 0 3
Light Aqua 7 7 0
Light Red 0 0 7
Orange 0 5 7
Light Yellow 0 7 7
White 7 7 7
Other components are connectors, resistors and capacitors for high frequency
filtering, and capacitors for power supply decoupling. Most of the pin outs of the
connectors were matched to their mating parts.

Block Diagram Central Display (Color 3), see page 427
Main Color Cable, Central Display (Color 3), see page 429
Power Connect Board Central Display (Color 3), see page 433
Block Diagram Central Display (Color 1/Color TUV), see page 435
Color Selection Board, see page 437
Cable Assembly Fan , see page 439
Cable Assembly RS-232 Power, see page 441
Cable Assembly Inverter Display (Color 3), see page 443
Page 192
Central Display
Cable Assembly Intern Ribbon (Color 3), see page 445
Controller Board Central Display (Color 3), see page 447
DOS Board Central Display (Color 1/Color TUV), see page 449
Touch Controller Central Display (Color 1/Color TUV), see page 451
Central Display Monochrome Block Diagram, see page 453
Central Display Assembly (Color 3), see page 665
Central Display Assembly (Color 3) Parts List, see page 669
Central Display Assembly (Color TUV), see page 673
Page 193
Central Display
Calibrating the Touch Screen
Note: Starting with 4.0 software, there is no calibration for the touch screen.
2. Set the system to the Diagnostic Mode.
slot #11.
display.
Caution: Use only fingers to touch and activate controls. Do not use any sharp
instruments on the pump controls, console controls, or display screen as this may
damage the device.
4. The Service Diagnostic Menu is displayed on the Main Screen. Press

Calibrate the Touch Sensor.
5. Press each circle as it appears on the screen.
Page 194
Central Display
7. Set the system to Normal Operating Mode.
slot #11.
8. Check the switch alignment by pressing the center of a switch. If the

switch does not function as expected, refer to troubleshooting on page
275.
Page 195
Central Display
Replacing the Backlight Bulbs for Color 1 and Color TUV

The assembly drawing of the Color TUV Central Display is on page 673.
The block diagram of the Color 1 and Color TUV Central Display is on page 435.
1. Use backlight kit P/N 143511 (two bulbs per kit).
2. Set up a static mat.
3. Disconnect power to the central display.
4. Using a Torx T27 screwdriver, remove the six screws securing the
display housing and open the display housing.
5. Remove both silver plates (push tabs and slide metal plates out).
6. Lift the black cushions from the ends of each bulb.
7. Remove the eight screws and washers (four on each side).
Page 196
Central Display
8. Lift the assembly slightly to reveal the backlight bulb latch. Press down
on the latch and pull the backlight from the assembly.
9. Cut the tie wraps.
10. Pull the red connector from the backlight panel supply board.
11. Replace both backlights.
12. Reassemble in reverse order.
Page 197
Central Display
Replacing the Backlight Bulbs for Color 3

The assembly drawing of the Color 3 Central Display is on page 665.

1. Use backlight kit P/N 276314 (two bulbs per kit).
2. Set up a static mat.
3. Disconnect power to the central display.
4. Using a Torx T27 screwdriver, remove the six screws securing the
display housing and open the display housing.
5. Remove the eight T10 screws and washers (four on each side).
6. Carefully lift the assembly from the front frame and set the front frame
aside.
Note the four metal spacers (two on each side) in the front frame for
reassembly.
Note the orientation of the front frame for reassembly.
J1 Connector
Heatshrink
Backlights
Latch
(blackbutton)
location
7. Locate the backlight wires.

8. Cut the two tie wraps.
Page 198
Central Display
9. Remove connector J1 on the inverter board. Note the orientation of the
connector for reassembly.
J1 Connector
10. Cut the heat shrink.

11. Separate the fast tabs.
12. Use a small slotted screwdriver to press down on the latch (small black
tab) to release the backlight and pull to remove the backlight from the
assembly.
13. Replace both backlights.
14. Reassemble in the reverse order.
Page 199
Central Display
Page 200
Roller Pump
Roller Pump
P/N 16395 Roller Pump (Non-SMT and SMT)
Roller Pumps (SMT and Non-SMT (Pre-TUV and TUV))

SMT and Non-SMT
Roller pumps with serial numbers above 10,000 are called SMT (surface mount
technology) roller pumps. Roller pumps with serial numbers below 10,000 are older
and are called non-SMT roller pumps. Non-SMT roller pumps can be pre-TUV or
TUV pumps.
Serial Number Description Power Cord

1000 - 1999 Pre-TUV Black Plastic Conn
2000 - 9999 TUV Silver Metal Conn
10000 and greater SMT Silver Metal Conn
Note that when the term roller pump is used without the qualifier, SMT or non-SMT,
the reference applies to both versions.
The difference between the two versions is that the older, non-SMT units use
through-hole PC board components. The SMT units use surface mount technology
components which are more compact and require fewer PC boards for the circuit
assemblies.
The drive motors are different between both versions, and it is not economic and
unnecessary to upgrade from non-SMT to SMT versions.
Electrical Power Requirements

SMT Power Requirements
28 VDC 8.5 A, used with 10.0 A circuit breaker
Fully loaded current rating:
Continuous
115 V Base 1.4 amps
220-240 V Base 0.7 amps
100 V Base 1.6 amps
Pulsing
115 V Base 0.9 amps (1.4 A Peak)
220-240 V Base 0.5 amps (0.7 A Peak)
100 V Base 1 amp (1.6 A Peak)
Page 201
Roller Pump
Fully Loaded Pump
• Properly occluded with 1/2 in diameter tubing.
• Pumping water at ambient temperature.
• Running at 250 RPM.
Operation
10°C to 40°C, less than 75% relative humidity, noncondensing.
Storage
Ventilated area, - 30°C to 54°C (- 22°F to 129°F), less than 95% relative
humidity, noncondensing.
The roller pump is a microprocessor controlled two-roller peristaltic pump with
adjustable occlusion. The pump is capable of flows up to 9.99 L/min (depending on
pump head tubing used) at pump speeds up to 250 RPM.
In the case of a microprocessor failure, the pump is capable of basic operation
(control of direction, stop, and speed) and basic safety system function (cover
interlock, overcurrent, and hardware overspeed), without display.
Pump Flow
Flow rate calculation
Flow:
Flow = RPM x Flow Constant
Display range:
0.00 L/min to 9.99 L/min
Display resolution:
0.01 L/min
Note: Display accuracy is based on using Tygon S50HL tubing, with
proper occlusion, outlet pressure < 500 mmHg.
Fluid temperature display accuracy
• 20°C - 40°C ± 8% of actual with defined flow constants.
• < 20°C, must use Variable Flow Constant, accuracy not defined.
Page 202
Roller Pump
Flow Constants
Measured on Tygon S50HL tubing, 20°C - 40°C.
Flow Constant
Tube ID (ml/rev) F Value

0.25 in 12.7 127
0.37 in 25.9 259
0.50 in 41.9 419

0.62 in 60.8 608
6 mm 11.9 119
8 mm 20.0 200
10 mm 28.8 288
12 mm 41.6 416
S4:1 15.5 155
S2:1 18.0 180
S1:1 25.4 254
Tube Clamps and Inserts

A tubing retention force applies sufficient friction to the tubing to prevent
migration during use. This is accomplished when the proper tube insert is
installed (according to tube size), and the tube clamp assembly is properly
installed and locked in position on the pump head
Removal of tube clamp assembly does not require excessive force.
Page 203
Roller Pump
Tube Insert Sizes
Part No. Tube O.D. Color

6070 1/4 aluminum
6071 5/16 light green
6072 3/8 black
6073 7/16 gold

6074 1/2 dark green
6075 9/16 red
6076 5/8 aluminum
6080 11/16 aluminum
6079 3/4 aluminum
6077 3/8, 3/8 (1:1) white
164195 3/8, 0.302 (2:1) tan
164190 3/8, 1/4 (4:1) blue
Pump-Head Specifications
Roller to roller:
0.0015 in (0,04 mm) Total Indicator Reading (TIR) maximum.
Drive shaft to race:
0.0015 in (0,04 mm) TIR maximum.
Occlusion:
Occlusion can be set by rotation of an adjustment knob on the top of the
pump.
Belt tension:
Spring Tension:
Spring adjust/Spring length set to 0.625 in ± 0.005 in, equivalent to 30 lbs
(134 N) per spring manufacturer's specification.
Static friction:
Motor mount slide static friction 10 lbs (44,5 N).
Accuracy:
The pump run time display represents the time in forward or reverse with
an additive accuracy of ± 0.1 hour for each time the pump is placed in
forward or reverse mode.
Page 204
Roller Pump
Switches
Manual switch:
Activating the Manual switch while in Automatic mode will result in the
pump being placed in the Stop mode.
Tube size selection:
Tube size selection may not be changed unless the pump is in Stop mode.
RPM may be momentarily displayed by depressing the Select switch.
Stop switch:
Activating the Stop switch while in Automatic mode will result in the pump
being placed in the Manual mode.
Automatic Control:
Automatic control of the pump can only subtract speed from the speed
knob setting.
Prevention of accidental switch actuation:
The Stop mode can be easily entered by depressing any of three switches
located underneath the Stop button, whereas Forward, Reverse, and
Automatic modes can only be entered by depressing both appropriate
switches. Reverse switch must be actuated for 4 sec ± 1 sec before
resultant action is taken.
Communications Commands
All commands and data communicated back and forth from the pump are sent in
packets of characters as follows:
Character format:
1 start bit
7 data bits
1 odd parity bit
1 stop bit
2400 baud rate
Page 205
Roller Pump
Packet format:
Header:
1 character, <
Device address:
1 character in range of A - Z. Calculated by adding the ASCII value of A
to the local processor ID number. The device address for the roller
pump is hard wired to B.
Record length:
2 character count representing number of characters in packet.
Calculated as 8 + length in characters (hexadecimal).
Command code:
1 character representing a command in range A to Z or a to z or ?.
Parameters:
0 to 56 characters. In a response packet, the first character will be a
digit representing the status condition.
Checksum:
2 characters representing a hexadecimal number in the range 0 to 7F.
Terminator:
1 character, >.
Non-SMT Roller Pump (P/N 16395, s/n < 10,000)
Width:
8.12 in (20,6 cm)
Depth
14 in (35,6 cm)
Height
10.5 in (26,7 cm)
Weight
31 lbs (14 kg)
SMT Roller Pump (P/N 16395, s/n ≥ 10,000)

Width:
8.12 in (20,6 cm)
Depth
14 in (35,6 cm)
Height
13.4 in (34,0 cm)
Weight
27.5 lbs (12,5 kg)
Page 206
Roller Pump
Interface
Roller Pump
The roller pump interfaces with the power supply via a 12-pin panel mount connector
located on the rear bracket of the power supply. The same will handle power, pump
ID number, safety stop lines, RS-485 communication lines, and safety ground
(chassis).
Functional Description of SMT Printed Circuit Boards

Pump Display Board
The pump display board contains the following indicators and displays:
• Five individual LED indicators which represent the pump operating modes:
forward, reverse, stop, manual, and automatic.
• A numerical display which indicates the pump's flow rate derived from
pump rotation speed and tube size, in liters per minute (L/min), or pump
rotation speed in revolutions per minute (RPM).
• An alphanumeric display which indicates operator selections for the pump,
tube size, L/min/RPM display, and system alert messages which pertain to
the pump.
The pump display board also contains three board-to-board connectors: one accepts
inputs from the membrane switch assembly J2 (12 pin), the second accepts inputs
and outputs from the CPU/control board J1 (40 pin), and the third handles power
from the pump drive/power board assembly J4 (14 pin).
J1
Connector J1 mates directly with J3 on the pump CPU/control board. This
connector carries the following signals:
• Bi-directional communication to the display board
• LEDs and seven-segment communication
• EERAM communication
• Switch commands
• Reverse switch 5 V DC
• Reset signals
• Ground
Page 207
Roller Pump
J1 Pin Arrangement
Pin No. Description Pin No. Description

1 AUTOLED 21 AS1
2 MANLED 22 DS0
3 +5 VDC 23 DS1
4 STOPLED 24 DS2
5 FWDLED 25 ALPHAALE
6 REVLED 26 DATASTRB
7 FWDSW 27 EECLK
8 STOPSW 28 EECS
9 STOPSW 29 EERD
10 STOPSWGND 30 NC
11 STOPSWGND 31 RESET
12 REVSW 32 NC
13 MANSW 33 IO7
14 AUTOSW 34 IO6
15 UPSW 35 IO5
16 DOWNSW 36 IO4
17 SELSW 37 IO3
18 SELSWGND 38 IO2
19 RESET 39 IO1
20 AS2 40 IO0
Page 208
Roller Pump
J2
J2 on the pump display board mates directly with J2 on the membrane
switch. This connector carries the control signals from the switches.
J2 Pin Arrangement

1 SELSWGND 7 MANUAL
2 AUTO 8 UP
3 REVERSE 9 DOWN
4 STOPSWGND 10 SELECT
5 STOPSWGND 11 STOP
6 FORWARD 12 STOP
J3
J3 mates directly with J4 on the pump drive/power supply board. This
connector carries the power from the drive/power board.
J3 Pin Arrangement

1 + 5 VDC 8 NC
2 + 5 VDC 9 GND
3 + 5 VDC 10 GND
4 + 5 VDC 11 GND
5 + 5 VDC 12 GND
6 + 5 VDC 13 GND
7 NC 14 GND
Page 209
Roller Pump
Pump CPU/Control Board
The CPU/control board assembly is composed of three separate modules performing
different functions. Each one of these modules performs unique, independent tasks,
while interfacing with one another. The functional modules are Microprocessing,
Motor Control, and Safety System.
Microprocessing
The microprocessing module performs five major functions:
• Monitors the pump safety systems
• Controls the displays
• Controls the stop command in the event of a safety system failure
• Provides pulsatile control
• Provides speed reduction
Motor Control
The motor control module provides analog control over the motor utilizing a
PWM (pulse width modulator) driven by a demand voltage. Part of the
control is accomplished by use of the feedback voltage generated by the
analog tach of the motor.
Pulse control is accomplished by the use of DAC (digital-to-analog
converter) when the pump is placed in AUTO mode.
Safety System
The safety system module controls the pump's mode and respective LEDs
based on the inputs from the membrane switches, and stops the pump
whenever a safety parameter is activated either from an internal safety
circuit (excessive speed, excessive current draw) or external source (cover
interlock switch, stop line).
The pump CPU interfaces with the cover interlock switch, the speed potentiometer,
the Opto tach, the motor, the front plate assembly, the pump display board, and the
pump drive/power supply. There are also two auxiliary connectors used for reading
the communications lines and test points.
Pump Drive/Power Supply Board
The pump drive/power supply board consists of two separate modules performing
different functions. Each one of these modules performs unique, independent tasks,
while interfacing with one another. The functional modules are the Pump Drive and
the Power Supply Section.
Page 210
Roller Pump
Pump Drive
The pump drive consists of circuits that perform the following tasks:
• Speed fault detector, which disables the motor if the motor
continues to run while a stop condition has been met.
• Motor drive, which drives the motor in either direction, forward or
reverse.
• Safety, which detects when the motor exceeds the speed and
current limits.
Power Supply Section
The power supply section provides the following power states for use in the
SMT pump:
• Voltage limiter, which limits the voltage to the DC converter.
• 15 VDC, which powers the safety and the drive circuits.
• 5 VDC and ± 12 VDC, which power the logic and analog circuits.
The pump drive/power supply board interfaces with the DC motor, the cooling fan, the
main input power, the display board, and the CPU/control board.
J1
Connector J1 handles the interface signals between the main power (input)
and the pump drive/power supply board. This connector carries the power
and ground signals.
Pin No. Description

1 +24 VDC
Unregulated power
2 GND
Unregulated power
return
J2
Connector J2 handles the interface signals between the cooling fan and the
pump drive/power supply board. This connector carries the following
signals:
Pin No. Description
1 NC
No connect
2 -12 VDC
Fan supply voltage
3 GND
Fan return
Page 211
Roller Pump
J3
Connector J3 is a 20-pin connector that handles the interface signals
between the pump CPU/control board and the pump drive/power supply
board. This connector carries the following signals:

1 +12 VDC 11 REVPWM
Isolated power supply Reverse pulse width
modulator
2 +12 VDC 12 OVRCUR
Isolated power supply Overcurrent
3 SPDFLT 13 OVRSPD
Speed fault Overspeed
4 +5 VDC 14 GND
Isolated power supply Isolated power ground
5 +5 VDC 15 GND
6 +5 VDC 16 GND
7 +5 VDC 17 GND
8 FWDPWM 18 GND
Fwd pulse-width Isolated power ground
modulator
9 REV 19 -12 VDC
Reverse direction Isolated power supply
10 FWD 20 -12 VDC

Forward direction Isolated power supply
Page 212
Roller Pump
J4
Connector J4 is a 14-pin interconnect that handles the interface signals
between the display board and the pump drive/power supply board. The
connector carries the following signals:

1 +5 VDC 8 NC
Isolated power No connection
2 +5 VDC 9 GND
Isolated power Isolated power ground
3 +5 VDC 10 GND
4 +5 VDC 11 GND
5 +5 VDC 12 GND
6 +5 VDC 13 GND
7 NC 14 GND
No connection Isolated power ground
J5
Connector J5 handles the interface signal between the motor and the pump
drive/power supply board and motor series inductor. This connector carries
the following signals:
Pin No. Description

1 FWD
Forward Rotation
2 IND1
Motor Inductor
3 IND2
Motor Inductor
4 REV
Reverse Rotation
Page 213
Roller Pump
Theory of Operation
Roller Pump
Forward, Stop, and Reverse switches determine the direction of rotation of the
pump. Forward represents counterclockwise rotation.
Manual and Computer control determine whether or not the pump will respond to
external requests to attenuate flow (e.g., pulsatile operation).
A potentiometer sets the pump speed/flow rate.
The pump display can be set to show calculated flow for the pump header tube
section used or RPM. The display also shows messages representing status of the
pump.
Run Time:
The pump run time is defined as the time the pump is powered in Forward
or Reverse mode. The run time is incremented at the end of each 0.1 hour
up to a maximum of 9999.9 hours.
Tube Size:
The last tube size set when the pump was used in forward or reverse mode
is stored in EEPROM.
Variable flow constant:
The variable flow constant corresponding to the last VFC entered is stored
in EEPROM.
Safety Features
Stop mode:
Two independent relays are employed to put the pump into Stop mode.
The pump will enter the Stop mode when the stop line is activated at the
pump by the base electronics. This consists of a 5 mA current loop signal
from the base electronics to the pump power supply. The condition is
obtained using one of the two stop relays on the pump drive board of the
roller pump.
Actuation of the Stop switch will independently place the pump in the Stop
mode using the second redundant stop relay.
Later versions of the roller pump (surface mount technology) employ one
relay and two power MOSFETs (FWD and REV) rather than two relays as in
earlier versions. They are also utilized during safety stop conditions in a
similar manner as the two relay version. In the event that any of the stop
signals fail to stop the pump for more than 6/10 of a second, the safety relay
latches out the motor until the unit is powered off and then back on. This
safeguards against a multiple power MOSFET failure.
Loss of pump-head tachometer:
Pump enters Stop mode if pump-head tachometer indicates 0 RPM (loss of
pump-head tach) and motor speed voltage is greater than zero (indicating
motor is turning).
Page 214
Roller Pump
Belt slip detection:
Pump display indicates Belt Slip message if motor tachometer (adjusted for
pump drive ratio of 6:1) indicates desired pump speed is between 115% and
135% of pump-head tachometer indicated speed for RPMs above 40.
For RPMs of 40 and below, the belt slip message is displayed when the
optical tachometer indicates 10 RPM less than desired pump speed.
Cover interlock:
Pump will not operate if cover is open greater than 1.5 in (3,8 cm).
Pump is capable of operating if cover is open less than 0.2 in (0,5 cm).
No message will be displayed if pump cover is open.
Overcurrent (Pump Jam):
Within 1 second of motor current exceeding 8.0 A ± 0.05 A, the pump will
enter the Stop mode and display the Pump Jam message.
Overspeed:
There are three overspeed detection conditions designed into the pump.
These conditions are redundantly checked, ensuring a pump stop whenever
a run-away condition is detected at any stage.
Overspeed 1:
Pump will enter Stop mode if pump-head tachometer indicates pump
speed 275 RPM ± 10 RPM and display the OVRSPD 1 message. This
condition is controlled by pump electronic hardware.
Overspeed 2:
Pump will enter Stop mode if pump-head tachometer indicates pump
speed > 290 RPM and display the OVRSPD 2 message. This condition
is controlled by pump microprocessor software.
Overspeed 3:
Pump will enter Stop mode if pump-head tachometer indicates desired
pump speed equals or exceeds the overspeed limit of its pump speed
demand. Graphic representation of this relationship for the entire
operating range of the pump is shown below.
Page 215
Roller Pump
Note regarding microprocessor watchdog: A hardware circuit will
detect loss of normal microprocessor function by performing a timing
test on the processor. The result of detection of a microprocessor
problem is to issue a reset to the local processor.
Page 216
Roller Pump
Calibration
Calibrating the Pump Control Board - Non-SMT Pump
1. Remove the roller pump from its housing.

• Lift the safety pump cover.
• Pop off the pump cover hinges to detach the pump cover from the
casting.
• Turn the plastic screws 1/4 turn to release the latches and lift the
pump from the housing.
2. Set the pump adjacent to the front tray and reconnect the pump cable
to the front tray.
3. Reinstall the pump cover and close.
4. Press both Forward switches. Turn the speed knob fully clockwise. The
rollers should turn counterclockwise at full speed.
5. Connect Pump Calibration Fixture, p/n 154368 to J5 to perform the
following checks at J5 on the pump control board (the second board
down as shown above):
• Connect the negative lead of the DVM on pin 6 and the positive
lead to pin 1. The DVM should read 8.0 VDC ± 0.2 VDC (reference
voltage).
• If the DVM does not fall within the parameters stated above,
perform the following two checks.
• Check for 24 VDC - 36 VDC across pins 1 and 9 on connector
J1 of the pump distribution board. If correct voltage is not
found, refer to troubleshooting roller pump distribution board on
page 275.
Note: The pump distribution board is located in the power
supply in front of the pump case. See the non-SMT roller pump
wiring diagram on page 489.
Page 217
Roller Pump
• Check for the following voltages at J3 on the pump supply
board (under the pump display board):
-12 VDC across pins 1 and 4 (common)
+12 VDC across pins 2 and 4
If any of the voltages are missing, replace the pump drive
board.
• Turn the speed knob fully clockwise and hold. Connect the positive
lead to pin 2. Connect the negative lead to pin 6. The DVM should
read 5.00 VDC ± 0.05 VDC. Adjust R34 to meet this specification. If
the voltage cannot be adjusted to specification, replace the pump
control board.
• Connect the positive lead to pin 4. Connect the negative lead to
pin 6. The DVM should read -5.00 VDC ± 0.05 VDC. Adjust R32 to
meet this specification. If adjusting R32 cannot bring the voltage
into specification, repeat the previous step and this step, attempting
to adjust R34 and R32 to bring both voltages within the
specification. If the voltages cannot be adjusted to specification,
replace the pump control board.
• Push the switch on the pump safety board toward the 40-pin ribbon
cable (on the center back). The DVM should read 0.00 VDC ±
0.05 VDC.
• Push the switch on the pump safety board away from the 40-pin
ribbon cable (on the center back). The DVM should read -5.00 VDC
± 0.05 VDC.
• Connect the positive lead to pin 3. Connect the negative lead to pin
6. The DVM should read -5.00 VDC ± 0.05 VDC. If not, replace the
pump control board.
• Connect the positive lead to pin 5. Connect the negative lead to pin
6. The DVM should read 4.85 VDC ± 0.15 VDC. If not, replace the
pump control board.
6. Stop the pump.
7. Insert the digital tachometer into the roller assembly.
8. Press both Forward switches. Turn the speed knob fully clockwise. Use
the digital tachometer to verify the maximum RPM reading is 250 RPM
± 2.0 RPM. If not, adjust R33 to meet this specification.
9. Turn the pump off, remove the digital tachometer and the pump
calibration fixture.
10. Re-assemble the pump.
Page 218
Roller Pump
Calibrating the Pump CPU/Control Board - SMT Pump
casting.
• Turn the plastic latch 1/4 turn to release the latch and lift the pump
from the base.
2. Set the pump adjacent to the front tray and reconnect the pump cable
to the front tray.
3. Reinstall the pump cover and close.
4. With the power applied to the roller pump, depress both Forward
switches. Turn the speed knob fully clockwise; the rollers should rotate
counterclockwise at full speed.
5. Perform the following checks at J5 on the pump CPU/control board:
• Connect the positive lead of the DVM to pin 4. Connect the
negative lead to pin 6. Adjust Pot 1 to obtain a reading of -5.0 VDC.
If you read 0 volts, locate the red switch block on the other end of
the same board and move the switch toward the edge away from
the test pins, and then adjust Pot 1 to obtain a reading of -5.0 VDC.
• Adjust Pot 2 to obtain 250 maximum RPM as measured by an
external tachometer.
• If either of these adjustments cannot be achieved, refer to
troubleshooting on page 275.
SMT Boards
Page 219
Roller Pump
SMT Pump Drive/Power Board Drawing, see page 469
Dual Tach Board Drawing, see page 473
Pump CPU/Control Board Drawing, see page 475
Pump Display Board Drawing, see page 479
Cable Assembly Pot/Tach/Switch Drawing, see page 483
Cable Assembly Pump Drawing, see page 485
Cable Assembly Adaptor 9000 Pump to TUV Tray Drawing, see page 487
Non-SMT Roller Pump Wiring Diagram, see page 489
SMT Roller Pump Wiring Diagram, see page 491
SMT Roller Pump Display Board Schematic, see page 493
SMT Roller Pump Driver/Power Board Schematic, see page 495
SMT Roller Pump CPU/Controller Board Schematic, see page 497
SMT Roller Pump Assembly Drawing, see page 685
SMT Roller Pump Assembly Parts List, see page 689
Non-SMT Roller Pump Assembly Drawing, see page 693
Non-SMT Roller Pump Assembly Parts List, see page 695
SMT Roller Pump Membrane Panel and Boards Exploded View, see page 699.
SMT Roller Pump Membrane Panel and Boards Exploded View Parts List, see
page 701.
Roller Pump Guts Assembly Drawing, see page 703
Roller Pump Guts Assembly Parts List, see page 707
Tube Clamp Assembly Drawing, see page 709
Tube Clamp Assembly Parts List, see page 711
Non-Reverse Crank Drawing, see page 761
Non-Reverse Crank Parts List, see page 763
Page 220
Roller Pump
Adjusting Roller-to-Roller - SMT and Non-SMT Pump

1. Use the roller-to-roller adjustment tool to remove the cap from one of the
rollers.
2. Insert the special 3/16 in hex wrench into the adjustment tool, and then
insert both tools into the center of the roller. Loosen the socket head bolt
inside the roller post.
3. Turn the occlusion adjustment knob one revolution clockwise, then

counterclockwise to the same point noted in step 1 of Checking Roller-
to-Roller on page 233.
Page 221
Roller Pump
4. Use the roller with the cap as the reference. Adjust the dial indicator
position so that the needle deflects to mid-scale when the stem makes
contact with the highest point on the roller.
5. Rotate the roller arm assembly 180° to line up the non-reference roller
with the dial indicator. Use the adjustment tool to move the roller post
and adjust the roller position (the roller post is shaped like a cam). Move
the roller back and forth against the dial indicator stem until the dial
needle deflection is the same as the reference roller. When the roller is
properly positioned, use the torque wrench fixture and the torque wrench
to tighten the socket head bolt inside the roller post to 65-75 in/lbs.
6. Check the accuracy of the adjustment by rotating the roller arm
assembly and observing the maximum dial needle deflection for each
roller.
• If the difference between the deflections is less than 0.0015 in,
continue with step 11.
• If the difference between deflections is more than 0.0015 in, repeat
steps 2 through 6.
7. Turn the occlusion adjustment knob one revolution clockwise to draw the
roller in, and then one revolution counterclockwise to the same point
noted in step 1 of Checking Roller-to-Roller on page 233.
8. Rotate the roller arm assembly until the reference roller lines up with the
indicator stem.
9. Use the roller with the cap as the reference. Adjust the dial indicator
position so that the needle deflects to mid-scale when the stem makes
contact with the highest point on the roller.
10. Rotate the roller arm assembly and observe the maximum deflection for
the non-reference roller.
• If the difference between the deflections is less than 0.0015 in,
continue with step 11.
• If the difference between deflections is more than 0.0015 in, repeat
this entire procedure.
11. Remove the dial indicator and mounting bar.
12. Replace the roller cap.
13. Replace the tongue screw, tube clamp assembly, and pump safety
cover.
14. Install tubing in the pump. Run the pump with tubing occluded for
20 minutes to ensure normal operation. Repeat Checking Roller-to-
Roller on page 233.
Page 222
Roller Pump
Replacing the Occlusion Adjustment Knob Bearing - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
1. Remove the roller arm assembly as described on page 243.
2. Remove the black cap from the occlusion adjustment knob.
3. Use the external snap ring pliers to remove the first snap ring from the
pump shaft.
4. Use the internal snap ring pliers to remove the snap ring from the
occlusion adjustment knob.
5. Use the R-10 bearing punch and R-12 adapter to knock the old bearing
out of the knob. Discard the old bearing.
6. Use the occlusion knob bearing insertion tool to install the new bearing
in the knob.
Page 223
Roller Pump
Replacing the Adjustment Nut Bearing - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
1. Remove the roller arm assembly as described in Removing the Roller
Arm Assembly on page 243.
2. Disassemble the roller arm assembly as described in Disassembling
the Roller Arm Assembly on page 242.
3. Use the internal snap ring pliers to remove the snap ring from the
adjustment nut.
4. Use the R-10 bearing punch and R-12 adapter to knock the old bearing
out of the nut. Discard the old bearing.
5. Use the occlusion knob bearing insertion tool to install the new bearing
in the nut.
6. Reinstall the snap ring.
7. Assembly is the reverse of disassembly.
Page 224
Roller Pump
Replacing Roller Bearings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
1. Use the roller adjustment tool to remove the roller cap. Remove the
socket head screw from the center of the roller.
2. Use the roller post punch to remove the roller eccentric post. Use the
upper edge of the punch to drive the old bearings out of the roller.
Discard the old bearings.
Page 225
Roller Pump
3. Use the roller bearing insertion tool to install the new bearings.
4. Use the soft face hammer to tap the roller eccentric post back into the
roller.
5. Reinstall the socket head screw and the roller cap.
6. Perform Checking Roller-to-Roller on page 233.
Page 226
Roller Pump
Replacing the Pump Drive Belt - SMT Pump
1. Remove the front plate.
2. Disconnect the fan at J2 on the pump drive/power supply board;
disconnect the pump power cord from J1 on the CPU/control board, and
J5 on the drive/power supply board.
3. Loosen the belt tension locking nut (9/16 in).
4. Disconnect J1 from the tachometer board.
5. Remove the four screws that secure the tachometer board bracket
assembly and remove the assembly.
6. Lift up on the motor to remove the tension from the drive belt; slide the
drive belt off the pulley and remove it from the pump assembly.
7. To install a new pump drive belt, reverse the order of removal with the
following exceptions:
• When tightening the belt tension locking nut, place the belt tension
gauge between the two washers, then tighten the nut until the
washers make contact with the gauge. Replace the nut if it is
damaged.
• Using HL-grade tubing in the raceway, fully occlude the tubing and
check for belt slippage.
Page 227
Roller Pump
Replacing the Pump Drive Belt - Non-SMT Pump
Note: The pump drive belt should be replaced whenever it is noisy, or when a belt
slip condition still exists after setting the belt tension.
1. Remove the front plate.
3. Remove the four screws at the rear of the pump housing.
4. Hold down the back of the pump assembly and lift up on the casting to
hinge open the assembly. Be careful not to pinch the power cord
underneath the casting when the pump assembly is hinged open.
Page 228
Roller Pump
5. Lift up on the motor to remove the tension from the drive belt, then slide
the drive belt off the pulley and remove it from the pump assembly.
6. Installation is the reverse of removal, with the following exception:

7. When tightening the belt tension locking nut, place the belt tension
gauge between the two washers, then tighten the nut until the washers
make contact with the gauge. Replace the nut if damaged.
Page 229
Roller Pump
Replacing the Casting/Bearing Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
Note: If casting or bearing assembly is needed, we recommend returning the pump to
the factory, because following the procedures require specialized equipment and
skills.
1. Remove the pump drive motor as described in Replacing the Pump
Drive Motor on page 241 for non-SMT pumps and on page 240 for SMT
pumps.
Arm Assembly on page 243.
3. Remove the tongue wall support by cutting the two red wires and
removing the four screws.
4. Remove the dovetail slides.
5. Remove the card cage assembly by removing the five bolts that secure
it to the casting.
6. Remove the display membrane panel as described in Replacing the
Pump Membrane Panel on page 238 for non-SMT pumps and on page
237 for SMT pumps.
7. With the proper fixture and bearing press, press the bearing from the
casting.
8. With proper fixture and bearing press, press the new or good bearing
into the good or new casting.
9. With proper fixture and bearing press, press new machined bearing cap
1
in place and slide new Teflon seal onto shaft.
10. Place a thin bead of silastic seal on the new casting and secure the
display membrane panel.
11. Install the pump using the hardware removed in steps 1 through 6.
12. Perform a complete system inspection as described on page 11.
1
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and
Company, Wilmington, DE, USA.
Page 230
Roller Pump
Checking Casting Runout - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
1. Remove the pump safety cover and occlusion adjustment knob cap.
2. Assemble the dial indicator kit and casting runout fixture. Mount the
casting runout fixture to the pump shaft assembly as shown below.
Page 231
Roller Pump
3. Adjust the dial indicator position so that the needle deflects to mid-scale
when the stem makes contact with the point on the casting shown
below.
4. Rotate the roller assembly around the casting, monitoring the dial
needle deflection.
• If the needle deflects less than 0.0015 in from mid-scale, remove
the casting runout fixture. (Loosen the knurled knob, then tap on the
top of the fixture to release it.) Inspect the casting for any nicks or
scratches in the tubing path. As a guide, the casting should be
replaced if a nick or scratch is deep enough to catch a fingernail.
• If the needle deflects more than 0.0015 in from mid-scale, the
casting must be replaced.
Page 232
Roller Pump
Checking Roller-to-Roller - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
Warning: Occlusion must be set by moving the rollers toward the pump race in
order to take up any free play in the mechanism. Do not adjust occlusion by
moving the rollers away from the race as under-occlusion may result.
1. Set the occlusion. Note the position of the occlusion adjustment knob in
reference to the arrow on the tongue. Except where indicated by these
instructions, do not move the knob.
2. Remove the pump safety cover, the right tube clamp assembly, and the
right screw from the tongue
3. Assemble the dial indicator kit and roller-to-roller mounting bar. Secure
the dial indicator and mounting bar to the tongue as shown below.
Page 233
Roller Pump
4. Adjust the dial indicator position so that the needle deflects to mid-scale
when the stem makes contact with the highest point of one of the
rollers. Make sure that the stem is at a 45° angle when it contacts the
roller.
5. Position each roller on the roller assembly arm as shown, and rotate
each in turn, to check for out-of-round on each roller. If deflection on
either roller is greater than 0.0015 in, replace that roller. When both
rollers have less than 0.0015 in deflection, continue with step 6.
6. Choose one roller as a reference. Rotate the roller arm assembly and
observe the maximum dial needle deflection caused by the reference
roller. Turn the dial scale so that the point of maximum deflection is set
to zero.
7. Rotate the roller arm assembly and observe the maximum dial needle
deflection caused by the non-reference roller.
8. Turn the occlusion adjustment knob one revolution clockwise and then
counterclockwise to the same point (as noted in Step 1). Repeat
steps 6 and 7.
9. If the difference between deflections is less than 0.0015 in, continue
with step 11.
10. If the difference between deflections is more than 0.0015 in, perform a
roller-to-roller adjustment. For more information, see page 221.
11. Remove the dial indicator and mounting bar.
12. Replace the tongue screw, tube clamp assembly, and pump safety
cover.
Page 234
Roller Pump
Replacing the Dual Tachometer Board - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
casting.
2. Set the pump adjacent to the front tray.
3. Remove the four screws that secure the tachometer mounting bracket
to the pump.
4. Remove J1 from the tachometer board and remove the tachometer
bracket.
5. Remove the torx screws that secure the tachometer board to the
bracket and remove the tachometer board.
6. Installation is the reverse of removal.
Page 235
Roller Pump
Replacing the Front Plate Assembly (Main Cable) - SMT Pump
casting.
3. Remove the six screws that secure the front plate assembly to the roller
pump. Two screws are located on the front of the assembly and two on
each side.
4. Disconnect J2 and J5 on the pump drive/power supply board and J1 on
the pump CPU/control board. Remove the front plate assembly.
5. To reinstall, connect J2 and J5 on the pump drive/power supply board

and J1 on the CPU/control board to the new front plate assembly.
Secure the front plate assembly by inserting the six screws removed
during the removal process.
Page 236
Roller Pump
Replacing Pump Membrane Panel - SMT Pump
1. Remove the pump from the base.
2. Remove the front plate assembly and disconnect J2 and J5 on the
pump drive/power board and J1 on the pump CPU/control board.
3. Using a driver with a gapped screwdriver bit installed, remove the four
screws that secure the display membrane panel assembly to the
casting.
4. Lift the assembly out of the casting (slight pressure may be required to
break the seal).
5. Once the membrane panel assembly is removed, it can be
disassembled to replace the individual boards or membrane panel.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order. If the silicon seal is damaged, remove

it from the membrane panel assembly and replace it.
Note: When replacing the silicon seal, coat the casting with a thin film of
liquid soap. This will allow the silicon to cure and form a gasket without
adhering to the casting.
Page 237
Roller Pump
Replacing the Pump Membrane Panel - Non-SMT Pump
Caution: Use static precautions when handling printed or integrated circuit

boards.
Note: In order to replace the display board or the membrane panel, both items must
be replaced. Order the pump display membrane assembly.
1. Remove the pump from the base.
2. Using the torx driver with the gapped screwdriver bit installed, remove
the four screws that secure the display membrane assembly to the
casting. Press the assembly out of the casting. It is held in place by
adhesive and silastic.
3. Disconnect DSPL-J1 and DSPL-J3 from the pump display board.

4. Remove the securing screws at the rear of the pump assembly, and then
hinge open the assembly.
5. Disconnect CTRL-J4 from the pump control board, cutting wire ties as
necessary.
6. Locate and remove the display membrane assembly ground wire from
the ground stud, and remove the display membrane assembly.
7. Apply a thin bead of clear silastic to the outer edge of the casting where
the new display membrane assembly will be mounted.
Page 238
Roller Pump
8. Route the ground wire from the new assembly through the opening in
the casting. Remove the paper from the adhesive on the new assembly.
Align the new assembly and press it into place.
9. Reconnect the ground wire, CTRL-J4, DSPL-J1, and DSPL-J3.
10. Secure the display membrane assembly to the casting with the screws
removed in step 2.
11. Close the pump and perform a complete pump inspection as described
in Maintenance beginning on page 11.
Note: A FAIL 4 message may be displayed the first time the pump is powered
up; if so, shut the system off and restart it to reset the pump.
Page 239
Roller Pump
Replacing the Pump Drive Motor - SMT Pump
1. Remove the pump drive belt as described in Replacing the Pump Drive
Belt on page 227.
2. Disconnect J5 from the drive/power supply board and J6 from the
CPU/control board.
3. Remove the four bolts (3/16 in Allen) that secure the motor bracket
assembly to the pump and remove the drive motor.
4. Remove the bracket and small pulley from the old motor.
5. Install the bracket and small pulley on the new motor. When installing
the bracket on the new motor, position the bracket so that the side of
the motor from which the wires exit will be toward the front of the pump.
6. Mount the new motor on the chassis. Splice the connector from the old
motor to the new motor cable assembly. Solder the splice connections
and cover with heat shrink.
7. Align the top of the small pulley with the top of the large pulley.
8. Reconnect J5 to the drive/power supply board and J6 to the
CPU/control board.
9. Install the pump drive belt as described in Replacing the Pump Drive
Belt, on page 227.
10. Perform a complete roller pump inspection.
Page 240
Roller Pump
Replacing the Pump Drive Motor - Non-SMT Pump
1. As described in Replacing the Pump Drive Belt on page 228, follow
steps 1-5 until the drive belt is loose, and remove the belt from the
pulley.
2. Remove the four bolts (3/16 in Allen) that secure the motor bracket
assembly to the pump chassis. (Newer units may use snap rings and
washers instead of bolts.)
3. Disconnect DRV-J4 from the pump drive board and CTRL-J3 from the
pump control board. Disconnect the choke from the old motor and
remove the motor assembly, cutting wire ties as needed.
4. Remove the bracket and small pulley from the old motor.
5. Install the bracket and small pulley on the new motor. When installing
the bracket on the new motor, position the bracket so that the side of
the motor from which the wires exit will be toward the front of the pump.
6. Mount the new motor assembly in the chassis. Use shrink tubing and
solder to splice the new wires.
7. Align the top of the small pulley with the top of the large pulley.
8. Connect DRV-J4 to the pump drive board and CTRL-J3 to the pump
control board. Replace any wire ties that were cut when the motor
assembly was removed.
9. Install the pump drive belt as described in Replacing the Pump Drive
Belt on page 228.
10. Perform a roller pump inspection.
Page 241
Roller Pump
Disassembling the Roller Arm Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump
Arm assembly on page 243.
2. Remove the four shoulder screws.
3. Remove and discard the two end plate screws.
4. Remove the end plates and o-rings. Discard the o-rings.
5. Remove the roller assemblies.
6. Remove the black cap from the occlusion adjustment knob.
7. Use the external snap ring pliers to remove the first snap ring from the
pump shaft.
8. While holding the adjustment nut with the spanner wrench, unthread the
occlusion adjustment knob. Clean off any excess grease.
9. Use the external snap ring pliers to remove the second and third snap
rings from the pump shaft.
Page 242
Roller Pump
10. Use the adjustment nut puller to remove the adjustment nut from the
pump shaft.
11. Assembly is the reverse of disassembly, with the following exceptions:

• Install new end plate screws and o-rings.
• Torque the four shoulder screws to 17 in/lbs.
• After completing reassembly, perform Checking Roller-to-Roller on
page 233, and Checking Casting Runout on page 231.
Removing the Roller Arm Assembly - SMT and Non-SMT Pump

casting.
3. Remove the tube clamp assemblies.
4. Remove the tongue.
5. Remove the front plate assembly.
7. Remove the four screws that secure the tachometer board mounting
bracket. Remove the mounting bracket.
8. Remove the pulley locking nut (9/16 in).
Page 243
Roller Pump
9. Grasp the occlusion adjustment knob and the casting. Pull the roller arm
assembly out of the pump assembly. If necessary, lightly tap the pump
shaft with a soft-faced hammer to assist the roller arm assembly out of
the casting.
10. Remove the bearing seal.
11. To reassemble the roller arm assembly, reverse the order of

disassembly with the following exceptions:
• Install a new bearing seal. The bearing seal must be replaced
whenever the roller arm assembly is removed.
• Be certain that the pin that passes through the pump shaft seats
properly in the groove on the pulley.
• If the pulley locking nut is damaged, replace it.
• When tightening the belt tension locking nut, place the belt tension
gauge between the two washers, then tighten the nut until the
washers make contact with the gauge. Replace the nut if it is
damaged.
Page 244
Roller Pump
12. After completing reassembly, perform the following adjustment
procedures:
• Roller-to-Roller, see page 221.
• Casting Runout, see page 231.
Reaming the Roller Slide Bushings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump

1. Insert the adjustable reamer into the roller slide hole that needs
adjusting. The reamer should be adjusted so that the cutting blades
apply a small amount of pressure on the bushings.
2. Slowly turn the reamer clockwise to thread it through the bushings.
When the reamer is completely through the hole and out the other side
of the roller slide, continue to turn the reamer clockwise while
withdrawing it from the hole.
3. Align the reamed hole with its respective support rod. Try to ease the
roller slide onto the support rod. The slide should move smoothly on the
support rod without binding. If the slide doesn't fit on the support rod or
does not move smoothly, the bushings require additional reaming. If the
slide appears to be too loose on the support rod, the bushings have
been reamed too much and have to be replaced as described in
Replacing the Roller Slide Bushings on page 246.
Page 245
Roller Pump
4. Reassemble and perform Checking Roller-to-Roller on page 233, and

Checking Casting Runout on page 231.
Replacing the Roller Slide Bushings - SMT and Non-SMT Pump

1. Remove the roller arm assembly following the procedure on page 243.
2. Disassemble the roller arm assembly. Perform steps 1 through 5 of
Disassembling the Roller Arm Assembly on page 242.
3. Use a bushing driver to drive the old bushings out of the roller slide
assembly.
4. Clean the slide assembly and rails with alcohol or cleaning solvent to
remove oil deposits from the brass bushings.
5. To install the new bushings, use a bushing mandrel press and insert the
Delrin bushing into the slide assembly. A hammer is not required.
Page 246
Roller Pump
Manual pressure should be sufficient to install the bushings
Note: Do not attempt to ram the bushing, as this will damage the new
Delrin bushing.
6. Align both holes with their respective support rails. Ease the slide onto
the support rails. The slide should move smoothly without binding. If
measured with a force gauge, it should require a minimum of 10 pounds
of force to move the slide.
7. Install a new locking screw and o-rings in the end plate. Install the end
plate.
8. Check the pump gut operation.
9. Check roller-to-roller setting. See page 233.
Page 247
Roller Pump
Page 248
Centrifugal System
Centrifugal System
P/N 806572 Pump Membrane Panel Assembly
P/N 148380 Local Processor ROMless Board
P/N 144477 Power Supply Delphin Board
P/N 211676 Motor Control Board EMC
P/N 149981 Flow Delphin 2 Time of Flight
P/N 806230 Cable Assembly Cooling Fan
P/N 806297 Cable Assembly Motor/Motor Connector Delphin 2
P/N 806577 Cable Assembly Motor Control/Flow
P/N 149631 Cable Assembly EMC
P/N 150201 Cable Assemblies Centrifugal Time of Flight
P/N 156312 Pump Display Board
P/N 149198 Membrane Switch
P/N 219029 Cable Assembly Display Membrane Delphin
Overview
The Sarns™ Centrifugal System is an option on the System 9000 and is used for
extracorporeal circulatory support. It has not been qualified, through in-vitro, in-vivo,
or clinical studies, for long term use in bridge to transplant or pending recovery of the
natural heart. This centrifugal pump will not function as a suction device.
This option includes a module with controls, displays and flow metering electronics, a
drive motor, a non-invasive flow sensor, and a disposable centrifugal pump.
The control module reports status and alarms, provides flow and RPM information,
and allows the user to control pump speed and asynchronous pulsatile pumping (if
the pulsatile option is purchased with System 9000 and enabled in the main
software). The drive motor is cabled to the control module and magnetically couples
to the disposable pump. The motor/pump setup can be mounted on the control
module or remotely on standard operating room hardware. The module is dependent
on a System 9000 providing power.
A flow measurement system based on time of flight ultrasound is used to non-
invasively determine blood flow. The flow measurement system is not intended for
use with roller pumps or any means of circulatory support other than a Sarns™
Centrifugal System. It is intended to be operated by a perfusionist or other trained
personnel familiar with medical instrumentation.
Non-occlusive blood pumps such as the Sarns™ Centrifugal System have the
potential to allow reverse flow in an arterial line. This reverse flow is usually a result
of either improper pump speed settings, or significant changes in patient (or
cannulation site) pressures at low flows, or pump stops. Reverse flow can draw air
into the arterial line from the cannulation site. When the speed is turned up and
forward flow occurs, this air may be pumped into the patient.
Page 249
Centrifugal System
A specific alarm to notify the perfusionist that backflow has occurred increases the
safety of centrifugal pumps. This alarm allows the perfusionist to react to the
potentially hazardous consequences of backflow and prevent patient injury.
Control Module
The module is made of cast aluminum, with a cast polyurethane cover and a welded
steel chassis. The aluminum housing is tumbled, anodized, baked (to outgas the
material), and black powder coated for sealing. It should be smooth and free of
defects.
The front panel is a membrane switch circuit board assembly which is mounted into
the housing. The system electronics are mounted on the sheet metal base. The rear
section of the cabinet has storage locations for the motor and sensor.
Flow Sensor
The flow sensor consists of three molded black polycarbonate blocks. The blocks
provide for mounting and clamping the sensor to the PVC tubing. Four ultrasonic
transducers are mounted on two plastic blocks (two transducers per block), and are
contained inside the probe body.
The sensors are connected to the control module by a braided shielded cable and a
15-pin sub-D connector. The braided shield is connected to chassis ground on the
console via the metallized plastic shell on the sub-D connector. The sensor has an
arrow on the clamping door which indicates the forward flow direction.
Drive Motor
The drive motor is assembled into a machined aluminum housing. The motor shaft
has a plate attached to it which contains ten disk magnets. These provide magnetic
coupling to the disposable pump. The motor is connected via a 10-conductor cable
with a braided shield which is connected to the chassis.
Disposable Pump
The disposable pump is made of molded plastic. The housing contains a central inlet
port and a tangential outlet port. There are five ceramic V disk magnets mounted in a
plastic plate to provide coupling to the drive motor.
Circuit Operation
The control module is functionally divided into four subsystems: DC power source,
microprocessor and user interface, motor drive and control, and flow meter.
Page 250
Centrifugal System
The subsystems are made up of five printed circuit boards:
• local processor board
• pump display board
• motor control board
• directional flow meter board
• power supply board
System Inputs
• Start switches (2)
• Stop switch
• Pulse switches (2)
• Manual switch
• Speed knob
• Phase shifted 1.8 MHz
• Up switch
• Down switch
• Select switch
• Hall sensors
• Local processor communications
System Outputs
• 1.8 MHz carrier
• Flow display
• Stop indicator
• Pulse indicator
• Flowmeter communications
• 3-phase PWM power @ 24 V
• Message/RPM display
• Start indicator
• Manual indicator
• Local processor communications
Page 251
Centrifugal System
Major Components
Power Conversion
The DC power supply board converts the system's DC supply voltage (28 V) to the
required DC ± 15 V and +5 V.
Power Transfer
The maximum power usage of the control module is 213 watts (35.5 V at
6 A). A maximum of 124 watts is delivered to the motor (4.5 A at 90% duty
cycle at 35.5 V - 4.5 A x 1Ω (FET on-resistance)), and 5 mW delivered to
the sensor. Therefore, 89 watts of heat (worst case) could be dissipated
within the chassis. Actual maximum power consumption figures are shown
below.
DC Power Performance
Maximum system power requirements are as follows (max current ratings
based on transformer specifications):
Board +35.5 V (+0, -12)
Max Current 6A
Flowmeter 0.35 A
Local Processor 0.0 A
Motor Control 4.7 A
Display 0.0 A
Power Supply/Fan 0.51 A
Total I 5.6 A
Total P 198 W
Power to Motor 124 W

2
Power Lost in Motor Control FETs 20 W ((4.5 A) x 1Ω)
Power to Sensor 5 mW
Power to Remaining Electronics 37.6 W (0.51 A @ 35.5 V

on power supply board)
+ (0.2 A @ 35.5 V on
motor control board)
+ (0.35 A @ 35.5 V on
flowmeter board)
Power Dissipation in Chassis 57.6 W (20 W + 37.6 W)
Page 252
Centrifugal System
Voltage Regulation
Voltage regulation and current specifications for the power supply board's
regulated supply (which is powered off the 20 V supply above) are as
follows:
Board +5 V (± 10%) +15 V (± 5%) -15 V (± 5%)
Flowmeter 0.0 A 0.0 A 0.0 A
Local Processor 0.075 A 0.0 A 0.0 A
Motor Control 0.4 A 0.13 A 0.13 A
Display 0.3 A 0.0 A 0.0 A
Power Supply/Fan 0.0 A 0.0 A 0.0 A
Total I 0.775 A 0.13 A 0.13 A
Total P 3.875 W 1.95 W 1.95 W
Microprocessor Control Unit

This section handles communications with the central processor, operator
input/output, and provides controls for pulsatile pumping. It monitors and displays
system status, errors, and alarms. It also displays ramping information during
pulsatile startup (in decrements of 5% to the desired baseline). It is composed of the
local processor board and the display board. This unit interfaces with the motor
control board, and the flowmeter board. The logical functions for gating the input
switches from the front panel are handled on the motor control board. All other
control and interface functions are handled between the local processor board and
the display board. A watchdog circuit will cause the processor board to reset within
1.2 seconds if the software is not being executed properly.
The local processor maintains pump run time in hours which is displayed at startup.
The pump run time display represents the time in operation with an additive accuracy
of ± 0.1 hour for each time the pump is placed in operation.
The local processor board provides pump status, speed, and flow information via
RS-422 communications.
Page 253
Centrifugal System
Software Features
The primary functions of the local processor software are:
• Self-test
• Serial interface - RS-422
• Keypad input
• Display operation - status, L/min, RPM
• Multi-language facility
• Pulsatile operation
• Continuous safety checks - alarms, alerts
Motor Control and Drive System
Pump Control Performance Criteria
Under no load, the pump will reach the target RPM within 2 seconds of
initiation, with no more than 25% overshoot or undershoot. The maximum
continuous speed of the pump is 3600 RPM ± 100 RPM. The pump speed
will not exceed 4000 RPM for more than 0.5 seconds.
The servo should respond to any change in load within 2 seconds. When
heavily loaded, the motor may not be able to achieve the target RPM.
Under these conditions, a change in input power voltage may cause a
change in speed.
Because the motor power measurements can be difficult to make, an
empirically derived test has been developed for evaluating motor system
performance. This test involves the use of a closed loop of 3 ft of 3/8 in x
3/32 in tubing filled with water (no more than 2.0 cc air). Performance of
2900 RPM (+400, -200) should be achieved with the speed knob set to
maximum under this loading condition at nominal voltage.
Tachometer accuracy is ± 20% or ± 200 RPM maximum error whichever is

less. Response is less than 2 seconds.
Accuracy of the target RPM (to local processor) is ± 5%.

Theory of Operation (Motor Control)
This unit drives the disposable pump head. It includes the motor control
board and the drive motor. The motor is a twelve-pole, three-phase Wye
wound, brushless DC system. Torque constant is 6.9 Oz-In/Amp; back EMT
is constant at 0.049 V-sec/Rad. The motor is optimized for efficiency which
is theoretically specified at 75%. The motor includes three hall effect
sensors for determining rotational position. The motor is rated for 24 volts
and a running current of up to 6 A for a 40°C temperature rise.
Page 254
Centrifugal System
Efficiency of power transfer to the motor is limited by the series on-
resistance of the FET H-Bridge output state. Devices employed in this stage
are MOSFETs which have a combined on resistance of approximately 1Ω.
This yields a power transfer efficiency of about 85%. Based on disposable
pump efficiency of approximately 10% at 2500 RPM, 4.5 A will yield
254 ft-lb/min which corresponds to 7.0 L/min into 365 mmHg. The motor
heat sink is handled by perfusionist while running; therefore, it should never
reach a temperature above 120°F.
Speed Control
The motor speed control loop electronics consist of a speed error detector
and amplifier, an integrator, and a pulse width modulator. The speed error
detector compares the analog tachometer signal with the demand signal to
determine whether the motor is spinning too fast or too slowly. The analog
tachometer signal is derived from the digital tachometer by a frequency to
voltage converter. The demand signal is derived from the demand pot
signal from the front panel and the local processor controlled DAC output. If
the pump is in continuous flow mode, the demand signal is equal to the
demand pot signal. The output of the tachometer/demand comparison is
integrated, and the integrator output is half-wave rectified with an ideal
diode circuit and fed to the pulse width modulator chip. The PWM chip then
varies the power applied to the motor according to this error signal. There is
one adjustment for this board: full speed tachometer adjustment (adjust to
3600 RPM full speed).
The motor on/off latch set by the START and STOP switches of the front
panel will enable or disable the output of the PWM chip. The PWM duty
cycle is limited to about 90% (jumper configurable to 95% for standalone) to
prevent magnetic decoupling from the disposable pump head, and RPM is
limited to 3600 to prevent excessive hemolysis and pump loading. During
continuous operation, the system runs completely independently of the local
processor board, thus software crashes will not prevent pump operation.
The hall sensing and high power FET switching sections of the motor
control are optically isolated from the rest of the system.
Pulsatile Control
Pulsatile control is possible only when the module has been selected as the
arterial pump on the System 9000. The central display screen is used to
select pulse baseline and to display flow information.
During pulsatile pumping, the beat rate is set at one cycle per second and
the local processor controlled DAC output is subtracted from the demand
pot signal. The speed pot is used to set the maximum RPM and the
operator controlled baseline setting determines the low pump speed. The
high and low speed settings are each in effect for 50% of the cycle. If the
local processor fails during pulsatile operation, the unit will automatically
switch over to continuous flow.
With light loads or low RPMs, it is possible for the average pulse RPM to be
greater than the demand RPM as there is no dynamic braking of the motor;
therefore, it may overshoot and not coast down very far below the speed
knob setting.
Page 255
Centrifugal System
Pulse mode allows a range of baseline settings from 0% to 100%.
Depending on loading conditions (and no dynamic braking), reducing the
pulse baseline below a certain percentage (typically about 50%) will not
affect the pump speed.
Under certain conditions (high baselines or light loads) during pulse
operation, a double beat may be noticed. This is due to the pump coasting
to the baseline setting early in the cycle and accelerating slightly to maintain
that speed until the true acceleration phase begins.
The RPM readings during pulsatile operation are an approximation of actual
speed and may be off by as much as 20% from actual average speed due
to timing interactions between processor measurements and pulse cycles.
Overspeed and Overcurrent Detection
The board detects overcurrent at 5 A continuous (filter time constant
1-2 seconds) for circuit protection. Overcurrent detection will cause pump
shut off (switch to stop mode). Overspeed will be detected when the
frequency of the digital tachometer is too high for too long. The frequency
must be allowed to go past the maximum steady state operating frequency
for short periods (on the order of 0.2 seconds) because some overshoot
may occur in the speed control loop. If the speed of the motor exceeds
4000 RPM for more than 0.5 seconds, overspeed 1 will be detected. Local
processor software also monitors the tachometer relative to the speed pot
setting. If the software measures RPM greater than 4200 for 1 second,
overspeed 2 will be detected. Detection of overspeed results in audible
alarm and message displayed on the alphanumeric display. If the
tachometer is greater than 1000 and exceeds 120% (133% in pulse) of
demand for 15 seconds, overspeed 3 will be detected. Local processor
software versions 1.5d and later disable this check at less than 1000 RPM
due to the possibility of false alarms in pulsatile operation.
Motor Failure Detection
The motor control board circuitry checks for errors in the state sequence
output by the motor hall sensors. When the motor is spinning, the hall
sensor outputs will pass through six output states, and the monitoring
circuitry will verify that only "legal" state transitions have taken place. Any
errors will be flagged (MOTOR) but the motor will not be stopped.
Underspeed Detection
Under heavy loading, the power output limiting (PWM 95% max) feature
may prevent the pump from reaching its desired speed (i.e., turning the
speed control knob to maximum may not yield 3600 RPM). It will continue to
operate normally during this condition. Local processor software monitors
the demand pot and RPM and if RPM less than 66% of demand (and RPM
greater than 200) for 15 seconds, an underspeed error will be posted to the
display.
Page 256
Centrifugal System
Flowmeter System
The flowmeter will respond to changes in flow within 5 seconds. It is not required to
meet specifications during pulsatile pumping. The flow sensor will not necessarily
meet these specifications unless placed at least 1 ft from any inline component.
The flowmeter can be field serviced but not field calibrated. Individual boards can be
checked for functionality. Functional components of the system do not require
matching (any sensor can be used with any set of electronics). The flow sensor can
be ETO sterilized and will withstand temperatures up to 50°C.
The amplitude of the return signal from the flow sensor is measured and compared to
a reference. The ratio of the two, expressed as a percentage, is passed to the local
processor and displayed as a status message, S.Sxxx%, where the x represents
digits. A status of 50% or less indicates significant impedance to the return signal
from the sensor. Some circumstances that can contribute to low levels of return
signal from the sensor are:
• flow sensor not coupled to the tubing
• tubing out of fluid
• tubing contains significant amount of air
• flow sensor not gelled properly
• degradation in performance of flow sensor
Flowmeter functional verification can be performed using a distilled water loop. A loop
with at least 6 ft of Tygon tubing and a reservoir bag is advised.
The flowmeter system also has serial communications capabilities. This allows for
information transfer via RS-232 connection.
Flowmeter accuracy is specified under the following conditions:
• Human blood
• Hematocrit 0% - 40%
• Blood temperature 20°C to 40°C
• Continuous flow operation
• Sarns™ Centrifugal System only
• Accuracy specified as percentage of indicated flow
• 3/8 in x 3/32 in flow sensor installed and properly gelled
• Medical grade polyvinylchloride tubing, Tygon, type S-50-HL
Display Range
0.00 L/min to 9.90 L/min
9.90 indicates ≥ 9.90 L/min positive or negative
Display numbers flash to indicate negative flows
Display Increments
0.05 L/min from 0.10 L/min to ± 1.50 L/min
Page 257
Centrifugal System
Flowmeter Performance Criteria
The flowmeter accurately measures flows in the range of ± 0.3 L/min to

± 7.0 L/min.
• ± 0.1 L/min for the range of 0.3 L/min to 1.0 L/min, positive or
negative
• ± 10% for the range of 1.0 L/mi to 7.0 L/min, positive or negative
Negative Flow Readings
Negative flows are designated by display flashing. The reverse flow range is
from -0.10 L/min to -9.90 L/min. Displays are flashed at a rate of
0.5 seconds on and 0.25 seconds off.
Theory of Operation
The flowmeter system measures volume flow with time of flight ultrasound
technology. The tube is positioned between four transducers that alternately
generate and receive ultrasonic signals. Acoustic differences in the time the
signal travels from one transducer to another through the fluid are detected
as phase shifts. The integrated difference between two upstream and
downstream transit times is related to volume flow.
To summarize the major functional components of the flowmeter system:
• A transmitter circuit for generating the pulsed electronic driving
signal
• Transducer sensors to translate the electronic signal into an
ultrasonic carrier, and to receive the phase shifted ultrasonic signal
• A receiver circuit for amplifying and detecting the phase delays
• A circuit for filtering the flow information
• A processor for communicating with the local processor
The Tygon tubing slides into the slot in the flow sensor which positions it
between the ultrasonic transducers remotely (via shielded cable) from the
electronics. The flowmeter electronics are implemented on a single printed
circuit board within the module.
Page 258
Centrifugal System
RS-232 Communications Description
The RS-232 communications can be used only for monitoring flowmeter
status. When the proper keystroke is entered, the flowmeter will respond
with the appropriate status information. The setup for this port is eight data
bits, one stop bit, no parity, handshaking off. All communication should be in
capital letters. The FORTH interpreter is awakened by typing HELLO. The
interpreter should respond to carriage returns (CR) with ok. FORTH words
are invoked by typing the word followed by a carriage return. A second
carriage return terminates the word. The following words are available.
TEST-1 Interpreter sends properly scaled digital
flow measurements.
TEST-2 Sends received amplitude of both halves
of the flow sensor. The received amplitude
is reported as a p-p voltage and as a
percent of reference amplitude.
TEST-3 Displays communications between the
flowmeter and local processor as it
occurs.
GOODBYE This word exits the interpreter.
Directionality
The flow sensors are labeled with an arrow indicating the direction of
forward flow. The sensor functions equally well, independent of flow
direction; however, if reverse flow is detected (or the sensor is put on
backward), the !BACKFLW alarm will occur.
EMI/RFI Suppression
Every effort has been made to suppress EMI/RFI at the source. Highlights
of the electronics which relate to emissions include:
• RF components completely contained in shielded boxes
• RF signals routed with shielded cable
• Power switching signals to motor in shielded cable
• Shields not used for signal ground return
• Digital supply sources isolated from power switching
• Low and high frequency bypass caps on all supplies and printed
circuit boards
Controls and Displays
Summary of Error Circuits and Checks
Errors are broken down into three categories: alarms, alerts, and self-test
failures (service messages). Error messages are flashed on the control
module's display (alternating with RPM data) and continue to be displayed
until the condition has been corrected.
Page 259
Centrifugal System
Alarm status is reported to the main computer and displayed on the main
screen along with an audible tone. A message is flashed on the main
display and a continuous dual tone warble is heard for approximately
2 seconds. The message will continuously flash on the screen and the
2 second warble sound will repeat every minute until the condition has been
cleared.
Alert conditions are reported to the main computer and displayed on the
main screen along with an audible tone. A message is displayed (not
flashed) on the main display and a single tone beep is heard for
approximately 2 seconds. The message will display on the screen and the
single tone beep will repeat every minute until the condition has been
cleared.
Alert Messages
OVRSPD # On main screen, Arterial Pump Overspeed message
There are three conditions that cause an overspeed to
be registered. OVRSPD 1 is hardware detected and
OVRSPD 2 and 3 are software detected.
OVRSPD 1, RPM greater than 4000 for more than
0.5 seconds
OVRSPD 2, RPM greater than 4200 for more than
1 second
OVRSPD 3, RPM greater than 1000 and RPM
greater than 120% of demand pot RPM value for
15 seconds in continuous mode, or RPM greater
than 1000 and RPM greater than 133% of demand
pot RPM for 15 seconds in pulsatile mode
!BACKFLW Any sensing of reverse flow (within the flowmeter
specified range) will be detected as an alarm condition.
Reverse flow may not be detected for magnitudes of
less than 0.30 L/min. The alarm will disappear once
reverse flow is no longer read or the STOP switch is
pressed.
OVERCRNT On main screen, Arterial Pump Failure message
The hardware current limiting resistor (0.1 Ω series R)
heavily filtered, dual second time constant, and
comparison circuit detects 28 V current to motor in
excess of 5.0 A. The motor is halted to prevent possible
damage.
Page 260
Centrifugal System
Alert Messages
MIN FLOW On main screen, Below Arterial Minimum Flow
message
The min flow alert is user settable from 0.0 L/min to
9.9 L/min in increments of 0.1 L/min. The control
system monitors flow and RPM information to
determine if an alert condition exists. Min flow is
disabled for RPM less than 1000.
MOTOR On main screen, Check Arterial Pump Motor message
Programmable array logic has detected an error in the
sensor codes returning from the motor (due to either a
disconnected or damaged motor, cable, or board). This
hardware detected error is ignored by the local
processor if RPM is less than 20.
UNDERSPD On main screen, Arterial Pump Underspeed message
The underspeed alert is signaled when the actual motor
speed is less than 66% of the speed pot setting. It is
possible to get this message if the motor is not
connected and the speed pot is turned up.
--- L/Min On main screen, No Arterial Flow Sensing message
The local processor is unable to communicate with the
flowmeter board and flow rates will be unavailable. This
alert is most likely the result of a flowmeter board
failure or a faulty cable between the flowmeter board
and the motor control board.
Service Messages
Reset Reset is displayed on the module's display on startup or
due to a microprocessor crash.
FAIL # There are six self-check fail messages which can only
occur at startup.
• Fail 1 is the result of an EPROM test failure.
• FAIL 2 is the result of a RAM failure.
• FAIL 3 is not used.
• FAIL 4 is the result of an EEROM failure.
• FAIL 5 and FAIL 6 apply only to roller pumps
If a failure occurs on startup, the self-test halts and the
appropriate FAIL # message remains on the module's
display. The message is acknowledged by pressing the
SEL switch. The self-test then continues.
Page 261
Centrifugal System
Response Time
With the exception of Overspeed 3 and Underspeed (15 seconds), the system
detects alarms and alerts within 4 seconds of occurrence.
Accuracy
The system detects all alarm/alert conditions to within ± 0.1 L/min of calculated flow
and ± 50 RPM of measured speed.
Inputs
START Switch
Pressing the START switch causes the start LED to light, causes the stop
LED to turn off, and allows the motor to run (based on the speed pot). This
signal is latched on the motor control board and operates independently of
the microprocessor.
STOP Switch
Pressing the STOP switch halts the motor (which will coast to a stop),
independently of speed pot setting, turns on the stop LED, and turns off the
start LED (power-on startup condition). This signal is latched on the motor
control board and operates independently of the microprocessor.
PULSATILE Switch
Pulsatile is only available when the module is selected as the arterial pump
by the System 9000. Pressing the pulsatile switches simultaneously initiates
pulsatile pumping. It causes the controller to go through the pulsatile startup
sequence (ramping in increments of 5% to the desired baseline) and gates
in the microprocessor speed reduction DAC. The pulsatile LED will light and
the continuous LED will turn off. The pulse switch signal is latched on the
motor control board but will do nothing independently of the microprocessor.
Pulsatile pumping can only be initiated after the START switch is pressed.
MANUAL Switch
Pressing on this switch causes the motor to return to continuous operation
from pulsatile pumping. The motor will not stop when making this transition.
This signal is latched on the motor control board and operates
independently of the microprocessor.
Arrow Switches
The operator may use the arrow switches to increment and decrement the
MIN FLOW. The first time an arrow switch is pressed while viewing a user
settable value, an asterisk (*) will appear on the display to indicate the value
will be changed with the next press of an arrow key. When an arrow switch
is pressed once again, a single increment or decrement occurs. If the switch
is held down, multiple increments or decrements will occur.
Page 262
Centrifugal System
SEL Switch
The SELECT switch is used to scroll through the user settable values and
to acknowledge startup error messages. Once a value has been changed
(by an arrow switch), SELECT switch must be pressed to enter the new
value (the asterisk will disappear).
Update Timing
All messages are displayed for a minimum of 1 second. RPM and status messages
alternate at a rate of one per second. The flow rate display is updated three times per
second, and the RPM display is updated once per second.
User Selectable Levels
User settable items include minimum flow alert, RPM, and pulsatile baseline
percentage (from the central display). All are retained during power down. Ranges
and increments include Min Flow (from 0 L/min to 9.9 L/min in increments of
0.1 L/min) and RPM (from 0 RPM to 3600 RPM in increments (display resolution) of
10 RPM).
Page 263
Centrifugal System
Local Processing ROMless Board Drawing, see page 507
Power Supply Board Delphin P/N 78-8066-6738-8 Drawing, see page 501
Pump Display Board Drawing, see page 503
Flow Board Delphin 2 Time of Flight Drawing, see page 505
Cable Assembly Cooling Fan Drawing, see page 511
Cable Assembly Motor to Motor Connection Delphin 2 Drawing, see page 513
Cable Assembly Motor Control/Flow Time of Flight Drawing, see page 515
Cable Assembly EMC Drawing, see page 517
Cable Assemblies Time of Flight Drawing, see page 519
Cable Assembly Drive Motor Delphin Drawing, see page 521
Cable Assembly Speed Pot Centrifugal Drawing, see page 523
Centrifugal Pump System Diagram, see page 575
Centrifugal Pump Assembly Drawing, see page 713
Centrifugal Pump Assembly Parts List, see page 719
Centrifugal System Membrane Panel Assembly Drawing, see page 723
Centrifugal Pump Display/Membrane Panel Assembly Parts List, see page 725
Centrifugal Pump Drive Motor Assembly Drawing, see page 727
Centrifugal Pump Drive Motor Assembly Parts List, see page 731
Page 264
Centrifugal System
Calibrating the Motor Control Board

Caution: Use proper static precautions when working near or handling printed
circuit boards or integrated circuit chips.
Note: This calibration is done with no load on the motor.
1. Remove the power cord from the control module.
2. Lay the control module on its top so that the bottom is exposed.
Remove the two outside screws from the front and the three screws
from the rear of the control module.
3. Holding the control module by the chassis and cover, carefully set the
control module in the upright position.
4. Carefully lift off the cover and lay it on its side next to the chassis.
5. Connect the motor cable to the control module.
6. Reconnect the power cord.
7. Turn the speed knob fully counterclockwise.
8. Set the POWER switch to ON.
9. Press START.
10. Turn the speed knob fully clockwise. The message display should
show 3600 RPM ± 50 RPM.
11. Adjust R5 to obtain RPM reading of 3600 RPM ± 50 RPM.

12. If the RPM reading cannot be adjusted to specification, replace the
motor control board.
13. Reassembly is the reverse of disassembly.
Page 265
Centrifugal System
Page 266
Pulsatile Pumping
Pulsatile Pumping
Note: Pulsatile pumping is an optional feature. If you need to add pulsatile, contact
your sales representative.
Note: For information on installing pulse, see page 48.
Pulsatile Control
Base setting is 0% - 100% of pulse height and resolution is 5%.
Rate with a roller pump is 26 BPM (beats per minute) - 150 BPM; display accuracy is
± 2 BPM; resolution is 2 BPM.
Rate with a centrifugal pump is 60 BPM.
Width time with a roller pump is 0% - 100% of pulse time and resolution is 5%.
Width time with a centrifugal pump is 50% of pulse time.
During pulsatile control, the pulse rate and the average flow rate of the pulsatile
pump are displayed on the main screen area of the central display. The average flow
rate duplicates the displayed value on the pump.
The arterial flow information is updated once every second.
The following values are set by the operator on the pulsatile screen of the central
display:
Base Base(line) represents low speed portion of the pulse
cycle. It is set as a proportion (%) of the high speed (set
by the flow rate knob).
Range for the roller and centrifugal pumps is 0% to 100%
in increments of 5%.
Width Width represents the time of the systolic interval (high
speed portion) of the pulse cycle. It is set as a proportion
(%) of one pulse cycle
Roller pump rate is 0% to 100% in increments of 5%.
Centrifugal pump range is fixed at 50% and cannot be
adjusted.
Rate (Pulse) Rate represents the number of pulse cycles per
minute.
Roller pump range is 26 BPM (beats per minute) to
150 BPM in increments of 2 BPM. Centrifugal pump
range is fixed at 50 BPM and cannot be adjusted.
Accuracy is 5% from 30 BPM to 60 BPM, and 8% from
62 BPM to 150 BPM.
Defaults The system retains the previous session's selected
values.
Page 267
Pulsatile Pumping
Page 268
Venous Line Occluder
P/N 164560 Occluder Module
Requirements
Tubing Sizes
Minimum
1/4 in (6,4 mm) I.D. x 1/16 in (1,6 mm) wall.
Maximum
1/2 in (12,7 mm) I.D. x 3/32 in (2,4 mm) wall.
Performance
Display
The display range is 0% - 99%.
A blank display indicates that the display is not yet calibrated, or that the
occluder is malfunctioning, or not connected.
Display shows the approximate percent of flow for 3/8 in - 1/2 in (9,5 mm -
12,7 mm) I.D. tubing only; it shows a reference number only for other tubing
sizes.
Accuracy
The occluder will display accurately (± 12%) only when using 1/2 in or 3/8 in
I.D. tubing with the blood at 20°C - 40°C and with a vertical height of 20 in -
36 in (50,8 cm - 91,4 cm) from the fluid level in the venous reservoir to the
level of the patient.
Accuracy requires proper zeroing and no back pressure.
After pressing the Close switch, the occluder fully stops flow under all operating
conditions.
• Open switch fully opens the occluder from 0% to 99% of the displayed flow
in 2 seconds or less.
• Close switch occludes the tubing from fully open to 0% of the displayed
flow in 3 seconds or less.
Repeatability
With a 10% - 99% flow selected, the position of the occluder anvil can be
repeated to within ± 5% of total maximum flow, as measured by the flow through
the tubing.
Page 269
Closure Force
With the anvil in any position, the anvil force is 50 lbs to 60 lbs both when the
occluder is first used and after 30 seconds of use. The current, limited to the
motor by the occluder drive board, is minimally adjusted to 0.86 amps in order to
meet this specification.
Latch Release
The occluder latch releases easily, even when the 1/2 in I.D. tubing (12,7 mm) is
fully occluded.
Occlusion Distance
When fully closed, the occlusion distance is set at 0.08 in (2,03 mm) nominal
with an acceptable range of 0 in - 0.1 in (0 mm - 2,54 mm); when fully opened,
the occlusion distance is a minimum of 0.7 in (17,8 mm).
Messages
% flow display blank indicates that the internal plunger calibration is lost or the
occluder motor assembly is disconnected.
Physical Dimensions
Occluder Head
Depth
8.0 in (20,3 cm)
Width
6.5 in (16,5 cm)
Height
3.0 in (7,6 cm)
Weight
6.2 lbs (2,8 kg)
A cable with a 15-pin subminiature D connector connects the occluder to the system.
Operation
10°C to 40°C, less than 75% relative humidity, noncondensing.
Storage
Ventilated area, -30°C to 54°C (-22°F to 129°F), less than 75% relative
humidity, noncondensing.
Page 270
System Outputs
The system provides the means to mechanically occlude the venous return line.
When fully closed, the occlusion distance is set at 0.08 in (2,03 mm) nominal with an
acceptable range of 0 in - 0.1 in (0 mm - 2,54 mm). When fully opened, the occlusion
distance is a minimum of 0.70 in (17,8 mm). A two digit LED display provides the
user with the flow expressed in terms of percent of full flow.
Electrical Characteristics
Voltage
18 V - 24 V (input)
Breaker Protection
2.5 amps
Current Rating
1.6 amps (full load, during closure)
Interface
The user interfaces with the system via two membrane switches and a rotary encoder
and is supplied feedback by a two-digit LED. The extracorporeal circuit interfaces
with the occluder head (plunger and cover). The occluder interfaces with the occluder
module via a 15-pin subminiature D connector.
Theory of Operation
After the initial setup, the user may push one of two buttons to open/close or rotate a
knob for incremental control of the venous line occlusion.
Occluder Drive Board

The occluder drive board is located inside the occluder head which clamps around
the blood line and occludes it to regulate flow rate from the blood reservoir. The
occluder drive board generates the inverse of two drive signals supplied through its
cable. These inverted signals, along with the original signals, form the drive code for
the linear stepping motor. The board also senses the current through each half of the
stepping motor and has two separate pulse-width-modulators to maintain this current
at a preset level. The current is set during manufacturing so that a specified force
range at the occluder plunger is met.
The occluder drive board is a double-sided printed circuit board mounted with screws
on one side and with four power FETs held in place with electrical isolating
attachment kits on the other side. All electrical connections to the board are made
through MTA-100 type connectors.
The occluder drive board is implemented with CMOS digital and analog circuitry, and
with discrete bi-polar and MOS transistors. The power requirements are for
unregulated +24 V and regulated +12 V. The power is taken from the occluder
interface module.
Page 271
Power, unregulated +24 VDC nominal (18 VDC to 36 VDC) @ 2 A max
Power, regulated +12 VDC ± 0.75 VDC @ 80 mA max
humidity

Cable Assembly Occluder Pot P/N 150578, see page 455.
Cable Assembly D/MTA 12 C Occluder, see page 527.
Occluder Drive Board, see page 525.
Venous Line Occluder Assembly P/N 164560, see page 733.
Occluder Module Assembly P/N 144485, see page 741.
Page 272
Calibrating the Occluder Drive Board

1. Remove the Allen screw that secures the occluder cover. Being careful
not to damage the conductive seal, pry the cover open at the round
end. (The square end of the cover has a lip hinge, so the cover must be
opened at the round end.)
Note: Be careful not to get a piece of the conductive seal on the occluder
drive board.
2. Connect a jumper cable across D8. Also connect the negative lead of
the digital voltmeter to D8.
3. Ensure that the occluder cable is connected at the front tray and that
the occluder circuit breaker is turned on. Set the power switch to ON.
Note: For the following steps, note the before and after voltage readings,
along with the occluder serial number, on the repair report.
4. Connect the positive lead of the digital voltmeter to TP1. Adjust R6 to
obtain a reading of 0.40 VDC ± 0.025 VDC. If this specification cannot
be met, replace the occluder drive board.
5. Connect the positive lead of the digital voltmeter to TP2. Adjust R18 to
obtain a reading of 0.40 VDC ± 0.025 VDC. If this specification cannot
be met, replace the occluder drive board.
Page 273
Page 274
Troubleshooting
Service Messages during Startup
Troubleshooting
Service Messages During Startup
Operator Settings RESET
Note: The prior operator settings may not be saved. This message will appear if new
system software has been installed.
1. Switch the system OFF and back ON.
2. If the message repeats, check to see that the computer card is seated
securely.
3. Replace the computer card. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
System Computer FAIL

Note: This message is an indication of trouble with the CPU real-time clock.
2. If the message repeats, check to see that the computer card is seated
securely.
3. Replace the computer card. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
Central Display Comm. FAIL

Note: Communications are checked by a loopback test of the appropriate UART
channel on the serial board.
2. If the message repeats, check to see that the serial board is seated
securely.
3. Replace the serial board. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
Page 275
Troubleshooting
Pump Comm. FAIL
securely.
page 11.
CCPro Comm. FAIL

securely.
page 11.
CDI Comm. FAIL

securely.
page 11.
Page 276
Troubleshooting
Temp. Module 1 (or 2) FAIL
Note: This check is looking for an appropriate reading from a test resistor on the
temperature board.
Note: False temperature module failures and/or a system reset can occur if the
customer is recirculating prime solution while the temperature probes are connected
to the tubing and the system. This is caused by a piezoelectric charge generated by
the roller when it deforms the PVC tubing. This charge can be conducted by the fluid
and passed on to the system through the temperature probes. If this charge is great
enough, it can saturate the filtering on the temperature module and cause a false
temperature module failure and/or a system reset. To eliminate this problem, either
disconnect the temperature probes while recirculating, or connect a TCM or Dual
Cooler/Heater to the oxygenator water ports and circulate water through the
oxygenator heat exchanger (if the heat exchanger is conductive).
Caution: Do not replace an electronic module with the power on as the system
may be damaged. Do not touch the module connector tabs as static and moisture
may damage the module circuitry and tabs.

2. If the message repeats, switch the system OFF. Wait 10 seconds, then
swap the location of the two temperature modules. Switch the system
back ON.
• If the fail message changes to indicate that the other temperature
module has failed (i.e., the fail message follows one module),
calibrate the temperature board in that module. For more
information, see page 157. If the message repeats after calibration,
replace the module.
• If the original fail message repeats, check the cable connections
between the I/O card and J1 and J2 on the motherboard. Replace
the I/O card.
page 11.
Pressure and Gas Comm. Fail

Note: This is a check of the A/D converter card.
2. If the message repeats, check to see that the A/D converter card is
seated securely.
3. Replace the A/D converter card. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
Page 277
Troubleshooting
Pressure Module FAIL
Note: This is a check for proper excitation voltage on the pressure board.
may damage the module circuitry and tables.

2. If the message repeats, calibrate the pressure board. For more
3. If the message repeats after calibration, replace the pressure module.
page 11.
Comm. with Modules FAIL

Note: This is a check of the I/O card.
2. If the message repeats, check to see that the I/O card is seated
securely and that the connections from the I/O card to the motherboard
(MJ-1 and MJ-2) are secure.
3. Replace the I/O card. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
Pump Select Module FAIL

Note: This is a check of the status bit on the digital interface card.

2. If the message repeats, replace the digital interface module.
page 11.
Page 278
Troubleshooting
Level Detection Module FAIL
Note: This is a check of the status bit on the level detection module.

2. If the message repeats, replace the level detection module.
page 11.
Air Detection Module FAIL

Note: This is a check of the status bit on the air detection module.

2. If the message repeats, replace the air detection module.
page 11.
Occluder Module FAIL

Note: This is a check of the communications with the local processor board in the
occluder module.

2. If the message repeats, check connector MJ-20 on the motherboard.
3. Replace the occluder module.
page 11.
Page 279
Troubleshooting
Cannot Change ART or CPG Pump Now
Note: This message will appear while using the system if the system is unable to
establish communications with the ART or CPG pumps.
1. Check the RS-422 cable connection at each pump connector on the
front tray. The RS-422 cable (orange, brown, and red twisted wires) is
daisy chained between each pump, the occluder, and the serial card.
2. Disconnect all but one pump. Turn the arterial select switch (on the
digital interface module) to select that pump as arterial. Turn the
cardioplegia select switch to 0.
• If this pump can be selected as ART, proceed to step 3.
• If this pump cannot be selected as ART, proceed to step 4.
3. Connect a second pump and select it as ART. Continue connecting
pumps until a pump cannot be selected as ART. Open this pump and
check that connector LCPR-J1 on the local processor board is properly
connected with the orange wire on pin 1. If LCPR-J1 is properly
connected, replace the local processor board. Proceed to step 5.
4. Disconnect this pump and try another.
• If this pump can be selected as ART, connect the remaining pumps
one at a time, selecting each one as ART. Troubleshoot the first
pump per step 3 of this procedure.
• If this pump cannot be selected as ART, try each of the remaining
pumps. If none of the pumps can be selected as ART, replace the
serial card. For more information, see page 142.
5. Check that all pumps can be selected as ART and CPG.
page 11.
Service Temperature Module

Note: V-50 and non-V-50 temperature modules have different part numbers. Prior to
ordering, determine which is needed. Starting with S/N 3000, all units were built with
the V-50 processor.
1. If a temperature module fails during use, the appropriate temperature

displays will go blank.
• If the ARTERIAL, VENOUS, and CARDIOPLEGIA temperature
displays are blank, replace temperature module 1.
Page 280
Troubleshooting
• If the AUXILIARY A, B, and C temperature displays are blank,
replace temperature module 2.
2. Check the connections from the I/O card to J1 and J2 on the
motherboard. Replace the I/O card. For more information, see
page 142.
page 11.
Service Air Detection Module
1. Replace the air detection module.

page 11.
Service Level Detection Module
1. Replace the level detection module.

page 11.
Power Supply System
Batteries Will Not Charge

1. Ensure that the batteries have been replaced within the past two years.
2. Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet and set the power switch to
OFF. Extend the front tray.
any cabling.
Page 281
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
3. Measure the battery voltage at the power distribution board. Connect

the negative lead of the digital voltmeter to J2 and the positive lead to
J19. When fully charged, the battery voltage should be 26.3 VDC or
greater.
4. Remove the large 60 A fuse. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet
and set the power switch to ON.
5. Measure the charging voltage at the power distribution board. Connect
the negative lead of the digital voltmeter to pin 6 of J22 and the positive
lead to pin 5 of J22. Adjust R3 as required until the digital voltmeter
reads 27.60 VDC ± 0.05 VDC.
• If the voltage was already at or adjusted to 27.60 VDC ± 0.05 VDC,
replace the batteries.
• If the voltage was greater than 20 VDC, and not adjustable, replace
the regulator.
• If the voltage was less than 20 VDC, and not adjustable, proceed to
step 6.
6. Check for 60 VAC ± 5 VAC between pin 1 (positive lead) and pin 3
(negative lead) of J20 on the power distribution board.
• If the voltage is present, replace the power distribution board.
• If the voltage is not present, replace the charger transformer.
page 11.
Page 282
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
Batteries Will Not Power System as Specified
1. Ensure that the batteries have been replaced within the past two years.
any cabling.
3. Remove the large 60 A fuse.

4. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet and set the power switch to ON.
Page 283
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
5. Measure the charging voltage at the power distribution board.
• Connect the negative lead of the digital voltmeter to pin 6 of J22
and the positive lead to pin 5 of J22.
• Adjust R3 as required until the digital voltmeter reads 27.60 VDC
± 0.05 VDC.
If the voltage was already at or adjusted to 27.60 VDC
± 0.05 VDC, replace the batteries.
If the voltage was greater than 20 VDC, and not adjustable,
replace the regulator.
If the voltage was less than 20 VDC, and not adjustable,
check for 60 VAC ± 5 VAC between pin 1 (positive lead)
and Pin 3 (negative lead) of J20 on the power distribution
board.
• If the voltage is present, replace the power
distribution board.
• If the voltage is not present, replace the charger
transformer.
6. If the red (constant current) charging status LED remains lit for more
than 10 hours, replace the batteries.
7. Measure the battery voltage at the power distribution board. Connect
the negative lead of the digital voltmeter to J2 and the positive lead to
J19. If the battery voltage is less than 26 VDC, and the batteries are
new, replace the power distribution board.
page 11.
Unit Always Powers Up on Battery

1. Check for the appropriate AC power at the source outlet.
any cabling.
Page 284
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
3. Remove the large 60 A fuse.

5. Check for 27.60 VDC ± 0.05 VDC between pin 5 (positive lead) and pin
6 (negative lead) of J22 on the power distribution board.
• If the voltage is present, proceed to step 6.
• If the voltage is not present, proceed to step 8.
6. Check for 60 VAC ± 5 VAC between pin 1 (positive lead) and pin 3
(negative lead) of J20 on the power distribution board.
• If the voltage is present, replace the power distribution board.
7. Check for 26 VAC on pin 26 of J2 on the power control board.
• If the voltage is not present, repair the cable between the power
control board and the power distribution board.
8. Check for greater than 20 VDC on pin 21 of J21 on the power
distribution board.
• If the voltage is greater than 20 VDC, replace the power distribution
board.
• If the voltage is less than 20 VDC, replace the power control board.
10. Check the battery charger fuse.
Page 285
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
11. Replace the charger transformer.
page 11.
AC/DC 1, 2, or 3 LED Lit

any cabling.
3. Check for 24 VDC - 36 VDC at the appropriate power supply test point
on the power distribution board.
4. Check the ribbon cable connection between J21 on the power
distribution board and J2 on the power control board.
• If the connection is good, replace the power control board.
Page 286
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
• If the connection is bad, repair the cable.
5. Check the cable connection between J1 on the power distribution board
and J2 on the capacitor board.
• If the connection is good, proceed to step 6.
• If the connection is bad, repair the cable.
7. Check the fuse for the appropriate power supply.
8. Check for line voltage across the terminal block (pins 10 and 7 for PS1,
pins 14 and 17 for PS2, and pins 22 and 19 for PS3).
• If the voltage is not present, check for a loose connection on the
terminal block.
9. Check for approximately 50 VAC across the blue wires on the diode
rectifier for the appropriate power supply.
• If the voltage is not present, replace the appropriate power supply
transformer.
10. Check for 24 VDC - 36 VDC between the red (+) and white/blue (-) wire
connection points on the capacitor board for the appropriate power
supply.
• If the voltage is present, replace the capacitor board.
• If the voltage is not present, replace the diode rectifier for that
power supply.
page 11.
Page 287
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
DC/DC Converter Ground to Chassis is Less Than 250 Megohm
1. Touch the digital voltmeter leads together to ensure the meter reads 0.
Note: In the following steps, replace or repair any component whose
removal or disconnection from the system causes the resistance to rise to
250 megohm or greater.
3. Disconnect all the pumps.
4. Check the resistance.
• Extend the front tray.
Mark all the cables connected to the front tray so they can
be reconnected in the proper positions.
Disconnect all the cables from the front of the front tray. To
disconnect the pump and central display cables, push in on
the connector while turning the large outer ring
counterclockwise.
Remove the two stops (T27 Torx).
Slowly pull the front tray out, being careful not to get hung
up on any cabling.
Remove the component shield (T15 Torx) from the front
tray.

converter ground test point on the power control board (or power
control 2 board). Connect the positive lead to any metal point on the
Page 288
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
on, the reading will fluctuate).
Power Control Board
• If the resistance is greater than 250 megohm, connect each pump,

one at a time to find the one causing the problem. Look for shorts,
pinched wires, or printed circuit board components touching the
pump frame.
5. Disconnect the following, one at a time, checking the resistance each
time: the central display, the temperature modules, the pressure
module, the level detector module, the air detection module, the
occluder module, and the digital interface module.
Note: Any metal-case component (such as crystals or capacitors)
touching the conductive plastic module covers will cause a short
between the chassis and DC ground.
6. Disconnect the right fixed panel from the motherboard (M-J26) and the
power control board (PC-J1).
7. Disconnect the left fixed panel from the motherboard (M-J28). Recheck
the resistance.
Page 289
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
8. Disconnect each of the flow sensors, one at a time, from the
motherboard (M-J6, M-J7, and M-J8). Recheck the resistance after
disconnecting each flow sensor.
9. Disconnect the gas flush solenoid from the motherboard (M-J27).
Recheck the resistance.
10. Remove each card, one at a time, from the STD bus. Recheck the
resistance after removing each card.
11. Disconnect all remaining cables from the power distribution board.
Recheck the resistance.
12. If the resistance is still less than 250 megohm, the power control board
or the DC/DC converters are the source of the problem.
page 11.
Leakage Current Is Greater Than 100 Microamps

1. Check for breaks or cuts in the power cord. Replace if necessary.
3. Remove the three 11/32 in nuts securing the cover over the circuit
breaker and line filter.
4. Disconnect the light blue and brown wires from the load (bottom) side of
the line filter.
5. Check the leakage current.
• If the leakage current is greater than 3 microamps per meter of
power cord (± 5 microamps), proceed to step 6.
• If the leakage current is less than 3 microamps per meter of power
cord (± 5 microamps), proceed to step 8.
6. Set the power switch to OFF and unplug the power cord. Disconnect
the light blue and brown wires from the line (top) side of the line filter.
Insulate the wires with electrical tape. Recheck the leakage current.
• If the leakage current is still greater than 3 microamps per meter of
power cord (± 5 microamps), proceed to step 7.
• If the leakage current is now less than 3 microamps per meter of
power cord (± 5 microamps), replace the line filter.
7. Set the power switch to OFF and unplug the power cord. Disconnect
the input power wires from the circuit breaker. Recheck the leakage
current.
Page 290
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
• If the leakage current is still greater than 3 microamps per meter of
power cord (± 5 microamps), replace the power cord.
• If the leakage current is now less than 3 microamps per meter of
power cord (± 5 microamps), replace the circuit breaker.
8. If the leakage current is now less than 3 microamps per meter of power
cord (± 5 microamps), set the power switch to OFF and unplug the
power cord. Reconnect the wires to the line filter.
9. The cause of the high leakage current is a power supply transformer,
the terminal block, or the current limiter (220 V units only). To isolate
the problem to one of the transformers, pull each of the power supply
fuses. The leakage current will drop as each fuse is pulled. Look for the
one that drops the leakage current the most.
10. Replace the appropriate transformer, terminal block, or current limiter.
page 11.
No Power to Pump #3 and the Lamp

1. Is the AC/DC 1, 2, or 3 LED lit? If so, follow the procedure for
troubleshooting AC/DC 1, 2, or 3 LED LIT on page 286.
2. Check the circuit breaker on the front tray for pump #3 and the lamp.
any cabling.
Page 291
Troubleshooting
Power Supply System
5. Check for 24 VDC - 36 VDC at each of the power supply test points on
the power distribution board.
• If all the voltages are present proceed to step 6.
• If any of the voltages are not present, follow the procedure for
troubleshooting AC/DC 1, 2, or 3 LED Lit on page 286 starting with
step 2. The right fixed panel printed circuit board may also have to
be replaced due to a faulty LED.
6. Check for greater than 20 VDC on pins 19 and 20 of J21 on the power
distribution board.
• If the voltage is present, replace the power control board.
• If the voltage is not present, replace the power distribution board.
page 11.
Page 292
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - Non-SMT

Roller - Non-SMT Problem Check Action
Keyword
Alarm ART pump does not setting of level Pump will not stop if
stop with level alarm. sensing switch on set to #4. Set to #1 or
level detect module, #2.
Move pump
connector to another
position on the front
tray. Select that
pump as the ART
pump.
if ART pump stops If pump does not
with alarm. stop, replace digital
interface board, or
replace pump safety
board, or check
pump cable.
If pump stops, check
cable between front
tray connector and
J21-J25 on
motherboard.
Page 293
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Alarm CPG pump does not setting of level sensing Pump will not stop if
stop with level alarm. switch on level detect set to #4. Set to #1 or
module, #2.
Select CPG pump to

that CPG pump is set to
stop with Arterial in
stop with ART,
Custom screen.
Select a pump
that CPG pump is
between 1 and 5 as
selected,
CPG on the digital
interface module.
Move pump
connector to another
position on the front
tray. Select that
pump as the ART
pump.
if ART pump stops with If pump does not
alarm. stop, replace digital
interface board, or
replace pump safety
board, or check
pump cable.
If pump stops, check
cable between front
tray connector and
J21-J25 on
motherboard.
Alarm Pumps won't restart that bubble or level Depress reset button
after alarm conditions. detectors were reset, for about 1 second.
for sustained high Relieve pressure to

pressure conditions, below alarm levels.
alarm level settings. Raise alarm levels.
Page 294
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Error Message BELT SLIP displayed actual RPM versus If actual RPM is >
displayed using a displayed RPM,
digital tachometer. replace the
tachometer board.
Also check that the
plastic encoder wheel
has not been
damaged.
If the actual RPM =
displayed RPM,
check the pump
safety board, the
pump control board,
or the local processor
board. Refer to
schematics for
assistance.
Error message FAIL 1 displayed Switch pump

EPROM test fail connectors on the
front tray. Switch
system off and on.
if message repeats, Make sure cable

connections inside
the pump are secure.
If no loose
connections are
found, replace the
local processor
board.
if the message does Check the RS-422

not repeat. line connection to the
pump connector and
check the appropriate
pump connection on
the motherboard
(J21-J25).
Page 295
Troubleshooting
Keyword
RAM test fail connectors on the
front tray. Switch
system off and on.

connections inside
the pump are secure.
If no loose
connections are
found, replace the
local processor
board.
not repeat. line connection to the
pump connector and
pump connection at
the motherboard
(J21-J25).
Error message FAIL 3 displayed This test should

always pass in a
roller pump. If not,
replace the local
processor board.
Error message FAIL 4 displayed new display board Switching the system
EEROM test fail installed, off and on will
eliminate the
message.
if the message Make sure cable

repeats. connections between
display board and
safety board are
secure. Replace
display board and
switch system off and
on twice.
Page 296
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Stop test fail connectors on the
front tray. Switch
system off and on.

connections between
display board and
safety board are
secure. If no loose
connections are
found, replace safety
board or local
processor board.
if message does not Check the RS-422

repeat. line connection to the
pump connector and
pump connection at
the motherboard
(J21-J25).
Error message FAIL 6 displayed This test should

always pass in a
roller pump. If not,
replace the local
processor board.
Error message No Flow or Message at J3 on the pump If any voltages are

display power supply board, missing, replace the
-12 VDC across pins 1 pump power supply
and 4 (common), board.
+12 VDC across pins
2 and 4, +5 VDC
across pins 3 and 4,
at J2 on the pump
power supply board,
+5 VDC across pins 1
(common) and 2.
Page 297
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Error message OVRSPD 1 displayed actual RPM using a If the maximum
digital tachometer. measured RPM is
> 250 ± 2 RPM,
calibrate the pump
control board.
If the maximum
measured RPM is
250 ± 2 RPM, replace
the pump safety
board.
Error message OVRSPD 2 displayed actual RPM using a If the maximum

digital tachometer. measured RPM is
> 250 ± 2 RPM,
calibrate the pump
control board.
If the maximum
measured RPM is
250 ± 2 RPM, replace
the pump safety
board.
Error message OVRSPD 3 displayed that speed control pot Calibrate the pump
is properly connected control board.
to J4 on the pump Replace the local
control board. processor board.
Page 298
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Error message PUMP JAM motor and pump drive Press Stop switches
board, and remove tubing
and any foreign
objects from the
pump head. Use a
hand crank to turn
the pump head. If the
pump head turns
easily, the motor or
pump drive board is
the source of the
problem. Also check
the drive transistor
connected to J2 on
the pump drive
board.
motor and If the pump head is
casting/bearing difficult to turn,
assembly. remove the pump
drive belt, and again
use the hand crank to
turn the pump head.
If the pump head
turns easily, replace
the motor. If it is
difficult to turn,
replace the
casting/bearing
assembly.
Page 299
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Error message RESET displayed Switch pump
continually connectors on the
front tray. Switch
system off and on.
if the message Make sure cable
repeats, connections between
safety board and
local processor board
are secure. If no
loose connections
are found, replace
local processor
board.

not repeat. line connection to
pump connector and
check appropriate
pump connection at
the motherboard
(J21-J25).
Error message # (pound sign) pump display board, Replace defective

displayed board.
pump CPU card.
Fan Will not spin -12 VDC across the If voltage is present,
red and black wire on replace the fan. If
connector J4 of power voltage is not
supply board. present, replace
power supply board.
Page 300
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Forward/Reverse Pump will not switch pump safety cover
Failure into forward or reverse should be closed,
magnet in the cover,
pump drive board, Short together pins 2

and 3 of J5 on the
pump drive board. If
pump now works,
replace the cover
interlock switch.
pump safety board. Disconnect the cable
from J4 on the pump
safety board. Check
for open circuits
between pins 9 and
11 and pins 8 and 10.
If either are shorted,
replace the pump
membrane switch
panel.
Replace the pump
safety board.
Mechanism and Knocking sound heard shoulder screws are Replace the roller
Noise when un-occluding torqued to 17 in/lbs slide bushings.
tubing. and the shoulder links Perform a complete
are not loose. roller pump
inspection.
Mechanism and Pump noisy at both low motor and/or speed Replace defective
Noise and high RPM. pot if noise persists part(s) as needed.
when system is on
battery power.
Mechanism and Noisy in Reverse only. if motor is running Because the motor is
Noise smoothly and steadily. normally running in
forward, it is typical to
hear a different noise
when the motor is
running in reverse.
Allow the motor to
run in reverse for 10 -
20 minutes. If the
noise does not
lessen, replace the
motor.
Page 301
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Mechanism and Noisy when running in if noise stops when Replace roller
Noise forward or reverse with tubing is removed, bearings.
tubing.
if noise is coming from Grease or replace the
roller, tube guide tube guide rollers.
rollers, or tube clamps.
Tighten the insert
screw and/or in the
tube clamps or
replace the black
dovetail slides.
Perform a roller pump
inspection.
Page 302
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Mechanism and Noisy when running in debris in pump head, Clean pump head.
Noise forward or reverse
without tubing. if tachometer or
Adjust as necessary.
something else is
rubbing against the
pulley,
occlusion knob Stop the pump.

bearings, Remove screws that
secure the black
tongue and remove
tongue. Close cover
and restart pump.
motor and If noise is no longer

casting/bearing heard, replace the
assembly. occlusion knob
bearings. If noise is
still heard, stop
pump, remove pump
drive belt, and restart
the pump. If noise is
still heard, replace
the motor. If noise is
no longer heard,
install a hand crank
in the roller assembly
and turn it by hand. If
the noise is no longer
heard, replace the
pump drive belt. If the
noise is still heard,
replace the
casting/bearing
assembly.
Perform a complete
roller pump
inspection.
Page 303
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Mechanism and Occlusion mechanism occlusion knob Remove the roller
Noise hard to turn. bearings, arm assembly.
Remove the shoulder
screws. Hold the
adjustment nut with a
spanner wrench, and
turn the occlusion
adjustment knob
back and forth. If it is
difficult to turn,
replace the occlusion
knob bearings.
for corrosion on If the occlusion
support rods, adjustment knob
turns smoothly,
remove the roller
slide assemblies and
check for corrosion
on the support rods;
remove any corrosion
with fine sandpaper.
roller slide bushings. Align each roller slide
assembly with its
support rods. Push
the roller slide
assemblies onto the
support rods. If more
than 5 to 7 pounds of
force is needed to
move the slides on
the support rods,
ream the roller slide
bushings.
Reassemble the
pump.
Page 304
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Power Pump head will not voltages at J3 on the If any of the voltages
turn. pump power supply are missing, replace
board: -12 VDC across the pump power
pins 1 and 4 supply board.
(common), +12 VDC
across pins 2 and 4,
+5 VDC across pins 3
and 4.
Replace if open or
transistors connected shorted.
to J1 and J2 on the
pump drive board.
resistance of the
Replace speed pot if
speed pot; should vary
not smooth and
from 0 K to 10 K ohms
linear.
when measured
between pins 2 and 3
of J4 on the pump
control board.
for 24 - 36 VDC Disconnect DRV-J4

across pins 1 and 3 of from the pump drive
J4 on DRV-J4 from the board and check
pump drive board. voltages. If the
voltage is present,
replace the motor. If
the voltage is not
present, replace the
pump drive board.
Power Pump runs with cover short circuit in pump Disconnect DRV-J5
open drive board cable. from the pump drive
board, and check
across the two red
wires in the cable for
a short circuit. If a
short is found,
replace the cover
interlock switch. If an
open is found,
replace the pump
drive board.
Page 305
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Power Pump will not power pump circuit breaker is Reset any circuit
up. on. breakers on the
circuit breaker board
that are tripped.
voltage of 24 VDC- If voltage is not

36 VDC on connectors present, refer to
(J7-J11) on power system power
distribution board, troubleshooting.
voltage for 24 VDC-

36 VDC across pins 2 If voltage is not
and 3 on J1 on the present, replace
pump power supply pump cable.
board.
voltages at J3 on the
pump power supply If any voltages are
board: -12 VDC across missing, replace the
pins 1 and 4 pump power supply
(common), +12 VDC board. If voltages are
across pins 2 and 4, present, replace the
+5 VDC across pins 3 pump display board.
and 4.
Power On AC there is no the OR-ing diodes in Unsolder bad diode

power to the monitors, the base. One of them from the top of the
fan or lamp, but on is bad. Symptoms can heat sink and
battery there is power. vary, depending on replace. The heat
which diode is bad and sink is mounted on
whether it is open or the left side of the
shorted. OR-ing base, in front of a
diodes are for the large blue cap.
battery and the 24-volt
unregulated power.
(JDE #134113)
Power supply Pump power supply and configure the See schematic for
replacement. jumpers on the details of the jumper
terminal block for the placement.
appropriate voltages.
Page 306
Troubleshooting
Keyword
Pulse Pulse module does not fuse F1 on PCB, Replace fuse or
function. cable, if necessary;
Q1, otherwise, replace
PCB.
pulse cable,
Pulse Module section.
Pulse Pump pulses membrane switch Replace panel.

intermittently. When panel, If the problem
pump is turned on, it at continues, replace
times comes up in CPU card. the CPU card.
pulse mode with the
pulse light on. When
the forward switch is
released, the pump
stops. Turning the
pump off and on
corrects temporarily.
Reset Pump stays in reset connection on P1, Replace PCB.

mode even after power
up. pump fault table,
ID lines configuration.
FAIL 1 Displayed (EPROM Test Fail)

1. Switch the system OFF and ON.
2. If the message repeats, switch the pump to a different position. Switch
the system OFF and ON.
• If the message repeats, check for loose connections inside the
pump. If none are found, replace the local processor board.
• If the message does not repeat, check the RS-422 line connection
to the pump connector that caused the problem, and check the
appropriate pump connection at the motherboard (J1 - J25).
Page 307
Troubleshooting
FAIL 2 Displayed (RAM Test Fail)
• If the message repeats, check for loose connections inside the
pump. If none are found, replace the local processor board.
FAIL 3 Displayed
This test should always pass in a roller pump. If not, replace the local processor
board.
Fail 4 Displayed (EEROM Test Fail)

1. Switch the system OFF and ON. If a new display board has been
installed, this will reset the error.
2. If the message repeats, check the cable connections to the display
board and the safety board.
3. Replace the display board and switch the system OFF and ON twice.
Fail 5 Displayed (Stop Test Fail)

• If the message repeats, check for loose connections to the safety
board and local processor board. If none are found, replace the
safety board or local processor board.
Fail 6 Displayed
This test should always pass in a roller pump. If not, replace the local processor
board.
Page 308
Troubleshooting
RESET Displayed Continually
• If the message repeats, check for loose connections to the safety
board and local processor board. If none are found, replace the
local processor board.
OVRSPD 1 Displayed
1. Use a digital tachometer to measure the actual RPM.
• If the maximum measured RPM is greater than 250 RPM ± 2 RPM,
calibrate the pump control board. For more information, see
page 217 or page 219.
• If the maximum measured RPM is 250 RPM ± 2 RPM, replace the
pump safety board.
OVRSPD 2 Displayed
• If the maximum measured RPM is greater than 250 RPM ± 2 RPM,
calibrate the pump control board. For more information, see
page 217 or page 219.
• If the maximum measured RPM is 250 RPM ± 2 RPM, replace the
pump safety board.
OVRSPD 3 Displayed
1. Check that the speed control pot is properly connected to J4 on the
pump control board.
2. Calibrate the pump control board. For more information, see page 217
or page 219.
3. Replace the local processor board.
Page 309
Troubleshooting
PUMP JAM Displayed
1. Press the Stop switches. Remove the tubing or any foreign objects
from the pump head.
2. Use a hand crank to turn the head.
• If it is easy to turn, the motor or the pump drive board is the source
of the problem. Also, check the drive transistor connected to J2 on
the pump drive board.
• If it is difficult to turn, proceed to step 3.
3. Remove the pump drive belt. For more information, see page 227 for
SMT pumps and page 228 for non-SMT pumps. Use a hand crank to
turn the head.
• If it is easy to turn, replace the motor.
• If it is difficult to turn, replace the casting/bearing assembly.
BELT SLIP Displayed

2. Compare the actual RPM to the displayed RPM.
• If the actual RPM is greater than the displayed RPM, replace the
tachometer board. Also, check that the plastic encoder wheel has
not been damaged.
• If the actual RPM and displayed RPM are equal, the source of the
problem is the pump safety board P/N 140679, the pump control
board P/N 140652, or the local processor board P/N 140610. Refer
to the schematics on page 535 for assistance.
No Flow Display or Message Display

1. Check for the following voltages at J3 on the pump power supply board:
• -12 VDC across pins 1 and 4 (common)
• +12 VDC across pins 2 and 4
• +5 VDC across pins 3 and 4
2. Also, check for the following at J2 on the pump power supply board:
• +5 VDC across pins 1 (common) and 2
3. If any of the voltages are missing, replace the pump power supply
board.
4. Replace the display board.
Page 310
Troubleshooting
Noisy When Running in Forward or Reverse with Tubing
1. Does the noise stop with the tubing removed? If so, refer to the
following procedure, Noisy When Running in Forward or Reverse
without Tubing. Otherwise proceed to step 2.
2. Determine whether the noise is coming from the rollers, tube guide
rollers, or tube clamps.
• If the noise is from the rollers, replace the roller bearings. For more
• If the noise is from the tube guide rollers, grease or replace the
rollers. For more information, see page 32 for new brown
greaseless style, or page 32 for old black style.
• If the noise is from the tube clamps, check for a loose insert screw
and/or replace the black dovetail slides.
3. Perform a complete roller pump inspection. For more information, see
page 11.
Noisy When Running in Forward or Reverse without Tubing

1. Check for debris in the pump head.
2. Check to see if the tachometer or something else is rubbing against the
pulley.
3. Stop the pump. Remove the two screws that secure the black tongue
and remove the tongue. Close the pump safety cover and start the
pump.
• If the noise is no longer heard, replace the occlusion knob bearings.
• If the noise is still heard, proceed to step 4.
4. Remove the pump drive belt. For more information, see page 227 for
SMT pumps and page 228 for non-SMT pumps. Start the pump.
• If the noise is no longer heard, proceed to step 5.
• If the noise is still heard, replace the motor. For more information,
see page 240 for SMT pumps and page 241 for non-SMT pumps.
5. Install a hand crank in the roller assembly and turn it by hand.
• If the noise is no longer heard, replace the pump drive belt. For
more information, see page 227 for SMT pumps and page 228 for
non-SMT pumps.
• If the noise is still heard, replace the casting bearing assembly. For
page 11.
Page 311
Troubleshooting
Noisy in Reverse Only
Because the motor is normally running in forward, it is typical to hear a different noise
when the motor is running in reverse. As long as the motor is running smoothly and
steadily, there is no problem. Allow the motor to run in reverse for 10 - 20 minutes.
The motor noise should lessen; if not, replace the motor. For more information, see
page 240 for SMT pumps and page 241 for non-SMT pumps.
Knocking Sound Heard When Unoccluding Tubing

1. Check that all shoulder screws are torqued to 17 in/lbs and that the
shoulder links are not loose.
2. Replace the roller slide bushings. For more information, see page 246.
page 11.
Occlusion Mechanism Hard To Turn

1. Remove the roller arm assembly. For more information, see page 243.
Note: The following three steps involve disassembly of the roller arm
assembly. Refer to page 242 for assistance.
2. Remove the four shoulder screws.
3. While holding the adjustment nut with the spanner wrench, turn the
occlusion adjustment knob back and forth.
• If it is difficult to turn, replace the occlusion knob bearings. For more
• If it turns smoothly, proceed to step 4.
4. Remove the roller arm assemblies.

5. Check for corrosion on the support rods; remove any with fine
sandpaper.
6. Align each roller slide assembly with its support rods. Push the roller
slide assemblies onto the support rods. It should only require 5 lbs. to
7 lbs of force to move the slides on the support rods. If more force is
required, ream the roller slide bushings. For more information see
page 245.
7. Reassemble the pump and perform Checking Roller-to-Roller (see
page 233) and Checking Casting Runout (see page 231).
Pump Head Will Not Turn

Page 312
Troubleshooting
board.
3. Check the transistors connected to J1 and J2 on the pump drive board.
4. Check that the resistance of the speed pot varies from 1 to 10 K ohms
when measured between pins 2 and 3 of J4 on the pump control board.
5. Disconnect DRV-J4 from the pump drive board. Check for 24 VDC -
36 VDC across pins 1 and 3 of J4.
• If the voltage is present, replace the motor. For more information,
see page 240 for SMT pumps and page 241 for non-SMT pumps.
• If the voltage is not present, replace the pump drive board.
Pump Will Not Power Up

1. Check that the pump circuit breaker in ON.
2. Check for 24 VDC - 36 VDC at the appropriate pump connector (J7 -
J11) on the power distribution board.
• If the voltage is not present, refer to power supply system
troubleshooting starting on page 281.
3. Check for 24 VDC - 36 VDC across pins 2 and 3 of J1 on the pump
power supply board.
• If the voltage is not present, check the pump cable.
board.
6. Replace the pump display board.
Pump Will Not Switch into Forward or Reverse

1. Check that the pump safety cover is closed and that the magnet is in
the cover.
2. Short together pins 2 and 3 of J5 on the pump drive board. If this works,
replace the cover interlock switch.
Page 313
Troubleshooting
3. Disconnect the cable from J4 on the pump safety board. Check for
open circuits between pins 9 and 11 and pins 8 and 10. If either is
shorted, replace the pump membrane switch panel. For more
information, see page 237 for SMT pumps and page 238 for non-SMT
pumps.
4. Replace the pump safety board.
Pump Continues to Run with Cover Open

1. Disconnect DRV-J5 from the pump drive board. Check across the two
red wires in the cable for a short circuit.
• If a short is found, replace the cover interlock switch.
• If an open is found, replace the pump drive board.
Roller Pump - SMT

Roller-SMT Problem Check Action
Keyword
BELT SLIP BELT SLIP displayed. Use an external
RPM.
tachometer to
measure the actual
RPM. Compare the
actual RPM to the
displayed RPM. If
the actual RPM is
greater than the
displayed RPM,
replace the
tachometer board.
Also, check that the
plastic encoder
wheel has not been
damaged. If the
actual RPM and
displayed RPM are
equal, tighten or
replaced the belt, or
replace the
CPU/control board.
BELT SLIP Pump will go into BELT Replace U8, U24,

safety conditions, opto-
SLIP when forward or U19, U3, and/or
tach signals, ADC U3 on
reverse is engaged. U17; or replace the
pump CPU/controller
CPU/controller
board - SMT.
board.
Page 314
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
Display RPM displays, but not Replace U4 and/or
IC U4 and U7.
L/min. U7, or replace the
display board.
Display L/min correct, but RPM Replace U4 and/or

IC U4 and U7.
is incorrect U7, or replace the
display board.
Display No RPM or L/min Replace U1, U2,

IC U1, U2, and U3.
and/or U3, or
replace the display
board.
Display No decimal displays Replace U4, U7,

IC U4, U7, and Q1.
and/or Q1, or
replace the display
board.
Display No retention of pump Replace IC U5, or

IC U5.
hours or last tube size replace the display
board.
Display Alpha displays on solid Replace DS1

DS1 and DS2.
and/or DS2, or
replace the display
board.
Display Wrong characters on Replace U4, U6,

IC U4, U6, and U7.
alpha displays and/or U7, or
replace the display
board.
Display Inconsistency in Replace with similar

Brightness code on
brightness code, or replace the
displays.
display board.
Display Incorrect display Replace U1, U2,

Micros U1, U2, ADC U3
readings. and/or U3.
on pump CPU/controller
board - SMT.
FAIL 1 FAIL 1 displayed Switch the system

EPROM test fail. power OFF and ON.
If the message
repeats, replace the
CPU/control board.
Page 315
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
RAM test fail. power OFF and PM.
If the message
CPU/control board.
FAIL 3 FAIL 3 displayed This test should

PAL test. always pass on a
roller pump. If it
fails, replace the
CPU/control board.

EEPROM test fail. power OFF and ON;
if a new display
board has been
installed, this will
reset the error. If
the message
display board.
FAIL 5 FAIL 5 displayed Ensure there are no

STOP test fail. active alarm
conditions on the
system. This test
will fail if an active
alarm condition is
present at boot.
Switch the system
power off and on. If
the message
CPU/control board.
FAIL 6 FAIL 6 displayed This test should

MOTOR test fail. always pass on a
roller pump. If it
fails, replace the
CPU/control board
or the drive/power
supply board.
Page 316
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
No flow or There is no flow and no If all voltages are
for the following
message message is displayed. present, replace the
voltages:
pump display board.
+24 VDC on P1 across
pins 1 and 2 for the
pump drive/power
supply board.
-12 VDC on J2 across
pins 2 and 3
+5.0 VDC on J8 across
pins 2 and 3.
FWD Pump will go into FWD Replace U4, Q5,

Forward drive circuit,
but will not run. Q1, Q4, U7, Q8,
Speed fault circuit on
and/or U10.
driver/power board -
Replace the
SMT.
drive/power board.
Page 317
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
FWD/REV Pump will not switch
that the pump safety
into forward or reverse.
cover is closed and the
magnet is in the cover.
the stop switch for a

collapsed membrane
switch,
cover interlock switch. Short together pins

2 and 3 on J9 on
the pump
CPU/control board.
Try to start the
pump; if the pump
runs, replace the
cover interlock
switch.
Replace the pump
membrane panel.
Replace the pump
drive/power supply
board.
FWD/REV Pump latches in either Make sure the

the connection at J3 on
forward or reverse with connection is clean
the CPU/control board.
no pumphead and seated properly
movement when the Replace the
control knob is in a CPU/control board.
clockwise position
FWD/REV Pump will not run while Replace U26, U18,

VREF5, PWM signal at
in forward or reverse speed pot, U16,
TP27 and TP30, signal
mode with demand pot U17, U15, and/or
level at TP28 and TP29
in clockwise position. U14, or replace the
on pump CPU/controller
CPU/controller
board - SMT.
board.
FWD/REV Pump will not go into Replace U10 and/or

Connections on J3, and
forward, but will go into J3.
PAL U10 on pump
reverse.
CPU/controller board -
SMT.
FWD/REV Pump will not go into Replace U10 and/or

Connections on J3, and
reverse, but will go into J3.
PAL U10 on pump
forward.
SMT.
Page 318
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
LATCH Pump will not latch into Replace U19, U16,
safety conditions on
forward or reverse and/or U10, or
pump CPU/controller
(LEDs activate) replace the
board - SMT.
CPU/controller
board.
Motor Motor continues to run Replace U3, Q9,

Speed fault circuit on
while safety stop is Q10, and/or RLY1.
activated.
SMT.
Motor Motor runs out of Replace U15, U16,

analog tach circuit,
control when in forward U17, and/or U26, or
demand circuit, PWM
or reverse. replace the
U15 on pump
CPU/controller
board.
SMT.
OVERSPEED OVERSPEED Replace the

displayed. CPU/control board.
OVERSPEED Pump will not go into Replace U2, U1,

overspeed circuit,
OVERSPEED after and/or U9, or
voltage reference (2.0 V)
exceeding the range. replace the
on driver/power board -
drive/power board.
SMT.
OVERSPEED Pump will go into Replace U16, U17,

analog and opto-tach,
OVERSPEED when U15, U26, and/or
PWM U15, drivers U26
forward or reverse is U10, or replace the
and U10 on pump
engaged. CPU/controller
board.
SMT.
Power Intermittent power Replace connector

Connector J2.
J2.
Pump Creep Pump Creep (motor Replace demand

Speed potentiometer,
turning with speed pot pot, U17, U15,
demand circuit, PWM
fully counterclockwise and/or U26, or
U15 on pump
and pump in either replace the
forward or reverse CPU/controller
SMT.
modes). board.
Page 319
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
PUMP JAM PUMP JAM displayed Make sure the
that the pump is not
pump head is not
over occluded,
over occluded.
for any foreign objects Remove the tubing.
obstructing pump head Check for foreign
movement, objects obstructing
pump head
movement.
ease of pump head Remove power.
movement. Use a hand crank to
turn the pump head.
If it is easy to turn,
the pump
drive/power supply
board or the motor
is the likely
problem. If it is
difficult to turn,
remove the pump
drive belt and turn
the pump head with
the hand crank. If
the pump head
turns easily, replace
the motor. If it is
difficult to turn,
replace the casting
assembly.
PUMPJAM Pump will not go into Replace U2, U1,

overcurrent circuit,
PUMPJAM after stalling and/or U8, or
voltage reference (2.0 V)
the motor. replace the
on driver/power board -
drive/power board.
SMT.
PUMPJAM Pump will go into Replace U10, or

PAL U10 on pump
PUMPJAM when replace the
forward or reverse is CPU/controller
SMT.
engaged. board.
Page 320
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
PUMP WILL Pump will not power up.
that the pump circuit
NOT POWER
breaker is ON,
UP
for 24 VDC - 36 VDC If the voltage is
across pins 1 and 9 on present, continue. If
connector J1 of the the voltage is not
pump drive/power present, replace the
supply board, pump drive/power
supply board
for 24 VDC - 36 VDC If the voltage is

across pins 1 and 2 of present, continue. If
P1 connecting to the the voltage is not
pump drive/power present, check the
board, pump cable.
for the following If all voltages are

voltages: present, replace the
+24 VDC on P1 across pump display board.
pins 1 and 2 for the
pump drive/power
supply board
-12 VDC on J2 across
pins 2 and 3
+5.0 VDC on the
CPU/control board
across pins 2 and 3 on
J8.
RESET RESET is displayed Switch the system

the main connector or
continually. power OFF and ON.
cable assembly.
If the message
CPU/control board.
RESET On power-up, pump will Replace U1, U2,

Micros U1, U2,
stay in reset mode. U7, U9, Y1, C3, C4,
watchdog U7, reset U9,
and/or U24, or
crystal Y1 on pump
replace the
CPU/controller
SMT.
board.
REV Pump will go into REV, Replace U5, Q6,

Reverse drive circuit,
but will not run. Q2, Q3, Q7, U10,
speed fault circuit on
and/or U6, or
replace the
SMT
drive/power board.
Page 321
Troubleshooting
Roller Pump - SMT
Keyword
RS-485 Pump will not Replace U6 and/or
cable assembly and
communicate through cable assembly.
transceiver U6 on pump
the RS-485.
SMT.
Switch No response from Replace U10, J9,

Connections on J9,
membrane switches. and/or cover switch.
cover switch, and PAL
U10 on pump
SMT.
Switch LED will not light when Replace Q2-Q6,

Transistors Q2-Q6 and
switches are and/or U10, and/or
PAL U10 on pump
depressed. cover switch.
SMT.
Page 322
Troubleshooting
Centrifugal System
Centrifugal Pump
FAIL 1 Displayed (EPROM Test Fail)
2. If the message repeats, check the connections to the local processor
board.
4. Perform a Centrifugal System inspection.
FAIL 2 Displayed (RAM Test Fail)

2. If the message repeats, check the connections to the local processor
board.
FAIL 3 Displayed (PAL Test Fail)

This test should always pass in a centrifugal pump. If not, replace the local processor
board.
FAIL 4 Displayed (EEROM Test Fail)

Note: This message will appear once when new local processor software is installed.
2. If the message repeats, replace the pump display board.
FAIL 5 Displayed
board.
FAIL 6 Displayed
board.
Page 323
Troubleshooting
Centrifugal System
Motor Will Not Run
1. Check that the motor is securely connected.
2. Try a different motor if available.
3. Hold the motor in your hand. Press the Start switches and turn the
speed pot fully clockwise (maximum speed).
4. Twist the motor quickly in your hand.
• If the motor begins to turn at maximum RPM, replace the motor
control board.
• If no movement of the magnets is seen, repair or replace the motor.
5. Connect the negative lead of a digital voltmeter to TP1 or L1 on the
motor control board. Connect the positive lead to pin 3 of U19. Press
the Stop switches. The voltage reading should drop to 0 VDC while the
switches are depressed and return to +4.5 VDC or greater when the
switches are released.
6. Leave the negative lead on TP1 or L1 and connect the positive lead to
pin 2 of U19. Press the Start switches. The voltage reading should drop
to 0 VDC while the switches are depressed and return to +4.5 VDC or
greater when the switches are released. If not, replace the pump
membrane switch panel.
7. Connect the positive lead of the digital voltmeter to TP23 on the motor
control board. Leave the negative lead on TP1.
8. Press the Start switches and turn the speed pot fully clockwise with no
load on the motor.
9. Adjust R5 on the motor control board until a reading of 5.00 VDC
± 0.01 VDC is obtained.
• If the reading was already at 5.00 VDC ± 0.01 VDC, replace the
motor control board.
• If a reading of 0 VDC is obtained, proceed to step 10.
10. Move the positive lead to pin 2 of J2 on the motor control board.
• If a reading of 5.00 VDC ± 0.01 is obtained, replace the motor
control board.
• If a reading of 0 VDC is obtained, proceed to step 11.
11. Move the positive lead to pin 1 of J2 on the motor control board.
• If a reading of 5.00 VDC ± 0.01 VDC is obtained, replace the speed
pot.
• If a reading of 0 VDC is obtained, replace the motor control board.
Page 324
Troubleshooting
Centrifugal System
Motor Noisy
1. Run the motor at a high RPM (2400 or greater) with no pump attached.
2. Hold your finger just off the surface of the plastic window that covers
the magnets. Feel for tiny pieces of metal that may have been attracted
by the magnets.
• If metal pieces are found, use a piece of tape to remove them.
• If no metal pieces are found, replace the motor bearings.
page 11.
Cannot Reach Maximum Speed Under Load

Note: This troubleshooting procedure relates to the centrifugal pump inspection
(Checking maximum speed with load) in the periodic maintenance. For more
information on the centrifugal, see page 37, step 11.
1. Check all connections to the motor control board.
2. Calibrate the motor control board. For more information, see page 265.
If it is already calibrated to specification, or cannot be adjusted to
specification, replace the motor control board.
11.
Pulse Mode Does Not Function

1. If the pulse mode LED does not illuminate, check the membrane panel
or the motor control board. Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter
to TP1 or L1 and the positive lead of the voltmeter to pin 5 of U19. With
the Pulse switches pressed, check for a ground level (0 VDC).
• If the voltage reading is not 0 VDC, replace the membrane panel.
• If the voltage reading is 0 VDC, replace the motor control board.
2. If the pulse mode LED illuminates, replace the local processor board.
Motor Alert Displayed

1. Verify the drive motor cable is secured to the control module.
2. Try another drive motor.
3. Replace the motor control board and check the motor cable from the
housing to this board.
Page 325
Troubleshooting
Centrifugal System
Overcurrent Alert Displayed
1. Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter to TP15 and the positive
lead of the voltmeter to C67 positive end on the motor control board.
• If the voltage reading is 0.5 VDC or larger, replace the drive motor.
• If the voltage reading is less than 0.5 VDC, replace the motor
control board.
2. Check the motor cable from the housing to the motor control board.
3. Replace the local processor board if none of the above steps resolve
the problem.
Underspeed Alert Displayed

1. If the displayed RPM matches the speed knob setting, replace the local
processor board.
2. Set the speed knob to 2400 RPM. If the display shows less than 1680
RPM, press STOP, remove the disposable pump from the drive motor,
and press START.
• If the message disappears, try a different disposable pump.
• If the message continues, try another drive motor.
3. Check the motor control board calibration. For more information, see
page 265.
4. Measure the voltage between TP1 or L1 (GND) and TP23 (DEMAND)
on the motor control board.
• If the voltage reading is not 3.3 VDC, replace the speed pot
assembly.
• If the voltage reading is correct, replace the motor control board.
Overspeed Alert Displayed

1. Try another drive motor.
2. Replace the motor control board.
RESET Displayed Continually

1. Turn the system OFF and then ON.
2. If the message repeats, switch the pump to a different position. Turn the
system off and then on.
• If the message repeats again, check for loose connections to the
Page 326
Troubleshooting
Centrifugal System
local processor board. If none are found, replace the local
processor board.
Note: With a new local processor board, the start-up sequence may
stop on FAIL 4. To clear the fail message, turn the pump power OFF,
wait 10 seconds, and then turn the pump power ON.
• If the RESET message does not repeat, check the RS-422 line
connection to the pump connector that caused the problem, and
check the appropriate pump connection at the motherboard (J21 -
J25).
Select Switch Does Not Function

1. Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter to TP1 or L1 and the
positive lead of the voltmeter to U19 pin 8 on the motor control board.
With the SELECT switch depressed, check the voltage.
• If the reading is not 0 VDC, replace the membrane switch panel.
• If the reading is 0 VDC, proceed to the next step.
With the SELECT switch depressed, check the voltage.
• If the reading is 0 VDC, replace the local processor board.
• If the reading remains +5 VDC, replace the entire motor control
board or try replacing just the PAL in location U19.
Up Arrow Switch Does Not Function

With the UP arrow switch depressed, check the voltage.
With the UP arrow switch depressed, check the voltage.
Down Arrow Switch Does Not Function

1. Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter to TP1 and the positive lead
of the voltmeter to U19 pin 7 on the motor control board. With the
DOWN arrow switch depressed, check the voltage.
Page 327
Troubleshooting
Centrifugal System
With the DOWN arrow switch depressed, check the voltage.
Flow Reading Always 0.00 L/min

1. Try another flow sensor.
2. Check the signal strength. If less than 20, replace the flow sensor.
3. If the flow sensor is not the problem, replace the flowmeter board.
- - - L/Min Message
1. Check the power cable to the flowmeter board.
2. Check the ribbon cable between the flowmeter board and the motor
control board.
3. Check the connection between the local processor board and the motor
control board.
4. Replace the flowmeter board; it is not communicating with the local
processor board.
5. If the flowmeter board does not resolve the problem, replace the local
processor board.
Flow Alert Does Not Operate (MIN FLOW)

Note: With a new local processor board, the start-up sequence may stop
on FAIL 4. To clear the fail message, turn the pump power OFF, wait
10 seconds, and then turn the pump power ON.
Backflow Alarm Does Not Operate

1. Replace the flowmeter board.
Page 328
Troubleshooting
Centrifugal System
Note: With a new local processor board, the start-up sequence may stop
on FAIL 4. To clear the fail message, turn the pump power OFF, wait
10 seconds, and then turn the pump power ON.
Page 329
Troubleshooting
Bubble Detector
Bubble Detector
Will Not Reset
Note: The membrane switches on the left and right fixed panels must be held down
for at least 1 second before activation will occur.
1. Ensure that the air sensor cable is properly connected and not
damaged. Replace the cable if damaged.
2. Press the air detection RESET switch on the right fixed panel. The red
LED should go out. If not, check the continuity of the cable.
3. Inspect the air sensor as described in the system inspection. For more
information, see page 11. Repair/replace the air sensor.
4. Replace the air detection module.
5. Check the cable connection from the motherboard (J1 and J2) to the
I/O card. Replace the I/O card. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
False Alarm
1. Press the air detection RESET switch on the right fixed panel. The red
LED should go out.
2. Inspect the air sensor as described in the system inspection. For more
information, see page 11. Repair/replace the air sensor.
3. Wiggle the air sensor cable. If it alarms, check/replace the cable and/or
the air sensor connection.
Note: EMI interference from another piece of equipment can cause false
alarms. Monitor the operating room setting for these causes.
4. If not able to duplicate the false alarm, replace the air detection module.
page 11.
Page 330
Troubleshooting
Level Detector
Level Detector
False Alarm/Alert
1. Check level detection as described in Periodic Maintenance. For more

information, see page 23. Be certain that the reservoir meets the
following specifications.
• Clear plastic with a wall thickness of 0.07 in - 0.15 in (1,78 mm -
3,81 mm).
• Do not place sensors over labels, painted markings, or surface
irregularities.
• No internal structure can be within 0.39 in (9,91 mm) of the sensor.
• Use Terumo Level Sensor II gel.
2. If false alarms/alerts occur and are repeatable, switch the position of
the sensors. If the false condition follows one sensor, replace it.
4. Check the cable connection from the motherboard (J1 and J2) to the
I/O card. Replace the I/O card. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
Page 331
Troubleshooting
Level Detector
Will Not Reset
1. The level in the reservoir must be above the alarm sensor before
pressing RESET.
2. Try switching the level detector OFF and back ON. If it cannot be turned
OFF, switch the system power OFF and back ON.
Warning: Do not use the level detection feature until the level detection module
has been replaced.

2. Replace the right fixed membrane panel. For "old style" membrane
panel that is glued down, see page 151. For "new style" membrane
panel held by keps nuts, see page 152.
page 11.
Page 332
Troubleshooting
Occluder System
Occluder System
Occluder Display Blanking
1. Install tubing and close the occluder cover. Press the CLOSE switch
twice to calibrate the occluder. Verify that 0 is displayed.
2. If the display shows a number, but blanks as the occluder opens, return
the occluder and the occluder module assembly (P/N 144485) to an
authorized Terumo Service Center for repair.
3. If the display blanks after the CLOSE switch is pressed, replace the left
fixed panel printed circuit board.
page 11.
Manual Dial Will Not Move Plunger

1. Check the cable connection to J3 on the left fixed panel printed circuit
board.
2. Replace the control pot. Perform a complete system inspection. For
3. If replacing the control pot does not solve the problem, return the
occluder assembly to an authorized Terumo Service Center.
Open or Close Switch Does Not Function

1. If the manual dial does not move the plunger, see the above procedure,
Manual Dial Will Not Move Plunger.
2. Check the cable connections to J1 and J2 on the left fixed panel printed
circuit board. Check the cable connection to J28 on the motherboard.
3. Replace the left fixed panel membrane switch. For more information on
the "old style" membrane panel, see page 148. For more information on
the "new style" membrane panel, see page 150.
page 11.
Page 333
Troubleshooting
Gas System
Gas System
Gas System Verification
1. Verify that the input O2 line is 100% oxygen at 50 psi ± 10 psi. Verify
that the input air line is 21% oxygen at 50 psi ± 10 psi. The O2 and air
input pressures must be within 10 psi of each other.
2. Set the system to diagnostic mode.
slot #11.
display.
3. Connect the gas inputs.

4. Turn the flowrate knob fully clockwise to turn the gas flow off.
5. Allow the machine to stabilize for 10 minutes.
6. Turn the FiO2 control knob fully counterclockwise.
7. With stable input gas conditions, the air flow count displayed for Air/X2
should not vary more than 15 counts over any 30 second period. If it
does, replace the air flow sensor. For more information, see page 126.
8. Turn the FiO2 control knob fully clockwise.
9. With stable input gas conditions, the O2 flow count displayed for O2/X1
should not vary more than 8 counts over any 30 second period. If it
does, replace the O2 flow sensor. For more information, see page 126.
10. With stable input gas conditions, the total flow count displayed for
Total/X3 should not vary more than 10 counts over any 30 second
period. If it does, replace the total flow sensor. For more information,
see page 126.
Page 334
Troubleshooting
Gas System
11. If all three flow counts are not remaining stable as noted above, replace
the blender.
page 11.
Displayed FiO2 Not Accurate

1. Make sure the flow sensors are calibrated (see page 120), and verify
the gas system operation. For more information, see page 334.
2. Connect the gas inputs.
3. Set the total flow rate to 6 L/min and turn the FiO2 control knob for an
expected 0.60 FiO2.
4. Verify the FiO2 reading on the central display is ± 3% of the actual FiO2
as measured with an oxygen analyzer.
5. Set the total flow rate to 0.4 L/min. Repeat step 4.
6. Set the total flow rate to 10 L/min. Repeat step 4.
7. Check the accuracy of the total flow by connecting a ball flowmeter to
the output. If the total flow display is high and the FiO2 readings are
inaccurate, check to make sure the flow sensors are isolated per NFC
#9K-113090. If the flow sensors are isolated, replace the A/D converter
card. For more information, see page 142.
8. If the output flow (as measured with a ball flowmeter) is less than the
display flow and the flow sensors passed calibration, check for leaks in
the system.
page 11.
Note: If the actual FiO2 output as measured with an external oxygen analyzer is
always higher than the displayed FiO2, the most likely problem is the O2 flow
sensor.
Note: If the actual FiO2 output as measured with an external oxygen analyzer is
always lower than the displayed FiO2, the most likely problem is the air flow sensor.
Actual FiO2 Output Not Accurate

1. Verify the input O2 line is 100% oxygen at 50 psi ± 10 psi. Verify the
input air line is 21% oxygen at 50 psi ± 10 psi. The O2 and air input
pressures must be within 10 psi of each other.
2. Set the flow rate to approximately 6 L/min.
3. Turn the FiO2 control knob fully counterclockwise. The central display
should read 0.21 and the O2 analyzer should read 0.21 ± 3 %. If not,
Page 335
Troubleshooting
Gas System
proceed to step 6.
4. Turn the FiO2 control knob fully clockwise. The central display should
read 1.00 and the O2 analyzer should read 1.00 ± 3%. If not, proceed
to step 6.
5. Turn the FiO2 control knob to mid-range. The central display should
read 0.60 and the O2 analyzer should read 0.60 ± 3%. If not, proceed
to step 6.
6. Calibrate the flow sensors. For more information, see page 120.
Replace any flow sensor as needed.
7. If the flow sensors are accurate, replace the blender. For more
information, see page 128. Return the old blender to an authorized
Terumo Service Center for repair.
page 11.
Page 336
Troubleshooting
Gas System
Displayed Gas Flowrate Not Accurate
1. Verify the input O2 and air are at 50 psi ± 10 psi and within 10 psi of
each other.
2. Check for leaks in the system.
3. Calibrate the flow sensors. For more information, see page 120.
• If the offset value displayed during calibration is higher than 13,
replace the output flow sensor. For more information, see
page 126.
• If the offset value displayed during calibration is 13 or lower,
replace the A/D converter card. For more information, see
page 142.
page 11.
Gas Flow Will Not Stop

1. Remove the silver gas flow control knob using a 5/64 Allen wrench.
2. Use pliers to turn the center stem fully clockwise (valve fully closed).
3. If gas still flows with the valve fully closed, replace the gas flow needle
valve. For more information, see page 131.
Note: Before reinstalling the control knob, ensure the valve is fully closed (fully
clockwise).
CO2 Flush Will not Start
1. Verify no gas is flowing. Disconnect the input gases and press the
START switch. If the solenoid clicks and the LED lights, perform the
procedure Gas Flow Will Not Stop on page 337. Otherwise, proceed to
step 2.
2. Remove the left air filter assembly.
3. Check the cable connections on the left fixed panel printed circuit
board.
4. Check the cable connection at J28 on the motherboard.
5. Replace the digital interface module.
Page 337
Troubleshooting
Gas System
6. Replace the left fixed membrane panel (For more information on the
"old style" membrane panel, see page 148, and for more information on
the "new style" membrane panel, see page 150.) and/or the right fixed
membrane panel (For more information on the "old style" membrane
panel, see page 151, and for more information on the "new style"
membrane panel, see page 152.).
page 11.
Page 338
Troubleshooting
Gas System
Output Flow Unstable
1. The gas supply pressures may be fluctuating. Monitor the input gas
supplies.
any cabling.
3. Connect the negative lead of a digital voltmeter to the DC/DC converter

ground test point on the power control board. Connect the positive lead
to any metal point on the chassis. The digital voltmeter reading must be
250 megohm or greater (with power OFF, the reading should be stable;
with power ON, the reading will fluctuate); if not, refer to
Troubleshooting on page 275.
4. If gas supplies are stable, perform the procedure Gas System
Verification on page 334.
Page 339
Troubleshooting
Gas System
Output Flow Unstable When Changing the FiO2
1. Check for a grossly inadequate oxygen or air supply.
2. Replace the blender. For more information see page 128.
FiO2 Reading Unstable

1. The gas supply pressures may be fluctuating beyond the blender's
ability to control them. Monitor the input gas supplies.
any cabling.
3. Connect the negative lead of a digital voltmeter to the DC/DC converter

ground test point on the power control board. Connect the positive lead
to any metal point on the chassis. The digital voltmeter reading must be
250 megohm or greater (with power OFF, the reading should be stable;
with power ON, the reading will fluctuate); if not, refer to
Troubleshooting on page 275.
Page 340
Troubleshooting
Gas System
4. If the gas supplies are stable, perform the procedure Gas System
Verification on page 334.
5. The blender may be erratic. Replace the blender. For more information,
see page 128.
FiO2 Reading Unstable When Changing the Total Flow

1. The gas supplies to the blender may be insufficient. Verify the input gas
supply pressures are high enough. Check for kinked lines.
Check/replace the filters and check valves.
2. Replace the blender. For more information, see page 128.
FiO2 Will Not Reach 0.21 or 1.00

1. Calibrate the flow sensors. For more information, see page 120. Note
the new offset values.
2. Use an oxygen analyzer to verify the source O2 supply is 100% oxygen
and the source air supply is 21% oxygen.
3. Recheck to see if 0.21 and 1.00 can be reached. If not, replace the
blender. For more information, see page 128.
Gas System Problem Check Action

Keyword
CO2 LED illuminates and Turn circuit breaker
circuit breaker for
goes out after 15 for occluder to ON
occluder.
minutes, but solenoid position; this circuit
does not actuate and breaker provides
allow gas to flow. the +24 V for the
solenoid.
CO2 Flush button must be Clean the contacts

membrane panel ribbon
held > 10 seconds to where the
cable contacts.
latch and begin flush. membrane panel
ribbon cable
connects to the
power control
board.
Page 341
Troubleshooting
Gas System
Gas System Problem Check Action
Keyword
FiO2 While on bypass, FiO2 Tighten any loose
Total flowmeter ribbon
data drops off the connections.
cables and other cables
screen. Remove the A/D
to the motherboard.
board, clean the
contacts, and
reinstall.
Tighten the ribbon
cable from the
motherboard to the
A/D board.
FiO2 Display While flowing with Replace flowmeter.

calibration of O2
100% FiO2, display
flowmeter.
blanks intermittently.
FiO2 Low alert alarms Replace flowmeter.

calibration of O2
Alert/Alarm intermittently while
flowmeter.
flowing with 100% FiO2
Page 342
Troubleshooting
Pressure System
Pressure System
Inaccurate Pressure Display
1. Calibrate the pressure board. For more information, see page 156.
2. Check the accuracy of the displayed gas flowrate and FiO2.
• If these displays are accurate, replace the pressure module.
• If these displays are inaccurate, check the cable connection
between the A/D converter card and J5 on the motherboard. If this
connection is good, replace the A/D converter card. For more
page 11.
Pressure Will Not Zero
1. Try to zero the channel without a probe.

• If the display now reads - - -, replace the probe.
• If you are reading a pressure value without a probe, try to zero the
trim pot.
2. Replace the pressure module.
page 11.
Page 343
Troubleshooting
Water System
Water System
General Troubleshooting Tips
1. If a slight ether smell is detected when disassembling a control valve,
install a new motor kit.
2. The system may not function properly if the hot water supply is at the
lower end of its specified temperature range and the cold water supply
is anywhere within its specified temperature range. Have the hospital
raise its hot water temperature. For more information, see the Periodic
Maintenance procedure on page 11.
3. If the customer is having trouble with the system, but it works fine when
you check it out, try to determine what else may be happening at the
hospital at the time the customer has trouble (i.e., laundry, dishwashing,
numerous patient showers).
4. Verify that the water system outputs are properly connected.
Cannot Set Maximum Output Temperature to 39°C - 42°C

1. Review the procedure General Troubleshooting Tips on page 344.
2. Verify the source water supplies are within specification. The cold water
supply must be 2°C - 6°C at 40 psi to 80 psi; the hot water supply must
be 44°C - 65°C at 40 psi to 80 psi.
3. Install a new motor kit and valve/seat kit in the valve(s) that cannot be
adjusted to specification.
4. Set the output temperature. For more information see page 158.
page 11.
Output Temperature Hard To Control

2. Verify the source water supplies are within specification. The cold water
supply must be 2°C - 6°C at 40 psi to 80 psi; the hot water supply must
be 44°C - 65°C at 40 psi to 80 psi.
3. Install a new motor kit in the valve that is hard to control.
page 11.
Page 344
Troubleshooting
Water System
Hot Water Continues To Flow After Cold Water Is Shut Off
Note: This safety feature will only work if the hot water supply is ≥ 60°C.
2. Disconnect the cold water source.
3. Turn one of the control knobs fully counterclockwise. If the output flow
does not cease and/or the temperature rises above 50°C, install a new
motor kit. For more information, see page 158.
4. Repeat step 3 for the other control knob.
page 11.
Adjustment of One Knob Affects the Other Output by More Than 2°C
2. Check that each individual control knob functions properly as described
in Periodic Maintenance. For more information, see page 11.
3. Check the hot and cold water sources. If both source supplies are
within specified temperature and pressure ranges, install a new motor
kit and valve/seat kit in both valves. For more information, see page
158.
4. Set the output temperature. For more information, see page 158.
page 11.
Page 345
Troubleshooting
System Clock
System Clock
System Clock Resets
1. Record the options installed (i.e., Pulse, Blood Chemistry).
2. Check to see that the computer card is seated securely.
3. If the system clock does not hold its value, replace the battery on the
CPU board. For more information, see page 136.
4. Replace the computer card. This step requires knowing the machine ID
number. For more information, see page 142.
page 11.
System Clock Cannot Be Set

1. Ensure that all timers are stopped. The AUX, Pump, Clamp, and CPG
timers can all be stopped by pressing STOP or shutting the system
OFF and ON.
2. If the system clock still cannot be set, calibrate the touch screen. For
Page 346
Troubleshooting
Audible Alerts/Alarms
Audible Alerts/Alarms
Alert/Alarm Problem Check Action
Keyword
Alert/Alarm Intermittent loss of
connection from J43 on
audible alerts/alarms
the motherboard to the
Sona alert device,
Digital interface board, Replace board if

defective.
Replace board if
I/O board and cables, defective.
connection from
motherboard to power
control 2 board,
Ground reference at Replace board if

TP4 on the power defective.
control 2 board.
Page 347
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Central Display Color Test

1. Set the system to Diagnostics Mode.
• Using static precaution, remove the digital interface board from slot
#11.
startup routine, the service diagnostics screen appears on the
central display.
2. After the start-up routine is finished, press the Screen Test button and
verify that the five colors (red, green, blue, white, and black) are each
displayed for 10 seconds. Troubleshoot any problems.
3. Return the system to Normal Operating Mode.
Page 348
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Central Display Color-1 and Color-TUV

Color-1, Color- Problem Check Action
TUV
Keyword
Blank Display blank, no Replace power
Isolated +12 VDC on
cursor. control board.
power control board,
For +12 VDC at the

front tray screen
connector, pins J and K,
use L or M for ground,
For +12 VDC inside

screen, connector CB
J4, pins 1 and 2; pins 4
and 5.
Blank Display blank with Secure all

Connectors at J9 and
cursor. connectors.
J11 on the power control
board, Replace power
control board.
Isolated -12 VDC on Reseat the serial
power control board. communication
board.
Reseat the console
CPU board.
Replace the boards
in the above order,
checking operation
between each
replacement.
Return screen to
Terumo Service
Center.
Color Intermittently displays Replace color

Internal connectors in
colors incorrectly or select board (Color-
screen.
colors missing on title TUV only).
(pass/fail) screen or any Return screen to
of the main (on case) Terumo Service
screen. Center.
Page 349
Troubleshooting
Central Display
TUV
Keyword
Loop Display continually Reseat jumper J3.
Jumper J3 on front
recycles boot Reseat serial
edge of console (front
messages. Title screen communication,
tray) CPU board,
never appears. memory, and CPU
Screen internal boards in console.
connectors. Replace jumper J3
on console CPU.
Replace the boards
in the above order,
checking operation
between each
replacement.
Return screen to
Terumo Service
Center.
Loop Display recycles, then Secure all

Screen internal
locks up. connections.
connectors.
Replace DOS
board in screen,
(color only).
Return screen to
Terumo Service
Center.
Resolution Half of display blank or Replace backlight

backlight connectors,
dim. tubes.
Backlight tube for Replace power
discoloration. board in screen
(TUV screen only).
Return screen to
Terumo Service
Center.
Page 350
Troubleshooting
Central Display
TUV
Keyword
Resolution Immediately displays For Color-TUV only: For Color-TUV only:
one of the following at Replace power
power-up: That power board in
board in screen if lot
screen is lot #96 180
1. Broken white lines # earlier than 96
006 or date later than 96
followed by a title 180 006.
180 (R/D assembly),
(pass/fail) screen For all Color-1,
that randomly For all Color-1, Color-TUV,
Color-TUV and
jumps around. and Color-3:
Color-3:
2. Abnormal color Replace computer
OEM rev level of
pattern. board in screen if
computer board in
3. All one color. screen, sticker on board rev level
4. No boot messages. square Yamaha chip earlier than J.
should read J or later; Return screen to
5. Totally blank. OEM rev level is Terumo Service
Symptoms will be different from Terumo Center.
intermittent and rev level,
correctable by re-
powering system. Screen responds to
touch.
Slow Image Blank display, then Reseat the serial

Connectors at serial
image or pieces of communication
communication board.
image slowly return. board.
Replace the serial
communication
board.
Replace DOS
board in screen,
(color only).
Return screen to
Terumo Service
Center.
Page 351
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Central Display Color-TUV

Color TUV Problem Check Action
Keyword
Black LCD panel is black with Replace backlight
60 VAC between pins 1
faint text display bulbs if 60 VAC is
or 3 and 5 or 7 on
reaching LCD
display backlight
panel.
connector.
Black LCD panel is blank

display video data cable
(black screen). Secure cable
connections at DOS
connections.
board and display,
Place and remove
jumpers on DOS
board as necessary.
DOS board SF-5 Troubleshoot
jumpers only on SW2, interconnect board.
SW3, and SW8, +5 V
power on data cable.
Black Lines Display has black lines Replace cables if

All cable connections.
on power-up. necessary.
Black Lines Display has black lines Replace shorted

Color selection board
on power-up but cables connectors.
connectors for shorts.
are properly connected.
Circuit Breaker Display causes front Secure cable

Cable connections.
tray display circuit connections.
breaker pop. Troubleshoot
interconnect board.
Replace display.
Return display to
authorized Terumo
Service Center.
Color Incorrect colors on Replace PAL.

screen, but cables are
properly connected.
Color Incorrect Incorrect colors on the Replace cables if

display. voltages are not
present at both
ends.
Replace the PAL on
the interconnect
board.
Page 352
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Keyword
Contrast Display shows contrast Replace cable if
All display video data
gradient (in 1/8 screen necessary.
connections.
size sections). Replace LCD panel
if necessary.
Dim Display appears dim or Replace backlight

half of LCD panel bulbs if 60 VAC is
or 3 and 5 or 7 on
dimmer than the other reaching LCD
display backlight
panel.
connector.
Troubleshoot
interconnect board.
Flickers Display flickers. Replace the cable if

VDD2 voltage at the
voltage is not at
display video data
both ends.
connector,
If voltage is
VCC voltage at the present,
display video data troubleshoot
connector, interconnect board.
Place and remove
DOS board SF-5 jumpers on DOS
jumpers only on SW2, board as necessary.
SW3, and SW8.
Replace the LCD
panel if flickering
persists.
Flickers Display flickers Replace the LCD

L1 and L2 are not
panel if L1 and L2
swapped on the color
are correct.
selection board.
Flickers Display flickers. Troubleshoot power

J1 pin 20 is 12 V on
board if J1 pin 20 is
color selection board,
low.
J2 pin 1 for 5.0 V to Replace DOS card
4.75 V on color selection if J2 pin 1 is not 5 V.
board. Replace the LCD
panel if flickering
persists.
Page 353
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Keyword
Missing Titles Display shows updated Reset DC/DC converter,
values but screen title
text missing. 12 V supply to the Replace the 12 V
screen, DC/DC converter.
P9 connection on power
control board.
Return screen to an
authorized Terumo
Service Center.
Missing Values Display shows screen Replace cable if

All cable connections,
title text, but no data necessary.
values. Replace display
For repeatability of the
problem by restarting software ROMS.
the system, Replace DOS
board.
Voltage output from
DC/DC converter (5 V Replace
± 1%). interconnect board.
No No communication with Replace cable if

All communication cable
Communication console. necessary.
connections.
Replace the 4-
channel serial
board.
No Response Touchscreen does not Replace cable if

Voltage at touch
respond. necessary.
controller board power
input and output, Replace touch
controller board or
All communication touchscreen if
cabling connections, power is correct.
Place and remove
On touch controller jumpers where
board for jumper W4 necessary.
pins 3 and 4 and no
jumper between pins 1
and 2,
On touch controller
board W3 for no
jumpers.
Page 354
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Keyword
No Screen System does not boot. Replace the 12 V
12 V DC/DC converter.
Function DC/DC converter.
Return screen to an
authorized Terumo
Service Center.
No Title Screen Screen boots up but If light goes out, the

watchdog light on digital
there is no title screen. problem is in the
interface board.
screen. Return the
screen to an
authorized Terumo
Service Center.
If the light stays on,
check the ± 12 V
from the power
board and the 5V
from the power
board.
Resolution Many display pixels are Replace LCD

out. panel.
Slow Touchscreen is slow to Replace

respond. touchscreen.
Replace touch
controller board.
White Display only white on Replace the cable if

Display video data
power-up. voltage is not at
cable connections at
both ends.
DOS board and display,
If voltage is
DOS board power and present,
data valid signal, troubleshoot
interconnect board.
Power and data at Place and remove
display video data jumpers on DOS
connector. board as necessary.
Replace the LCD
panel if flickering
persists.
Page 355
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Keyword
White Display all white on Troubleshoot the
J1 pin 20 is 12 V on
power-up, but cables power board if J1
color selection board,
are okay. pin 20 is low.
J2 pin 5 for 5.0 V to Replace DOS card
4.75 V on color selection if J2 pin 5 is not 5 V.
board, Replace color
selection board if J1
J1 pin 15 for 5.0 V to pin 15 is not 5 V.
4.75 V on color selection
board.
Page 356
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Central Display Color-3

Color 3 Problem Check Action
Keyword
Black LCD panel is black with Replace backlight
faint text display bulbs if 60 VAC is
or 3 and 5 or 7 on
reaching LCD
display backlight
panel.
connector.
Black LCD panel is blank

display video data cable
(black screen). Secure cable
connections at DOS
connections.
board and display,
Place and remove
jumpers on DOS
board as necessary.
DOS board SF-5 Troubleshoot
jumpers only on SW2, interconnect board.
SW3, and SW8, +5 V
power on data cable.
Black Lines Display has black lines Replace cables if

on power-up. necessary.
Return screen to an
authorized Terumo
Service Center.
Blank LCD panel is blank Secure cable

500 VAC between pins
(black screen) or half connections.
1 and 4 or 2 and 4 on
dim. Adjust the pot on
display backlight
connector. The voltage the backlight
level is dependent on inverter power
backlight lamp supply to increase
impedance which can brightness.
vary significantly. Replace backlight
bulb if 500 VAC is
reaching the LCD
panel.
Blue/Gray Blue/gray background The first time you

Background and random horizontal power up a Color 3
and vertical screen after
multicolored lines when upgrading from a
initially power up a Color TUV screen,
Color 3 screen after you may see
upgrade. random lines. This
is considered
normal and is not a
problem.
Page 357
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Keyword
Circuit Breaker Display causes front Secure cable
cable connections.
tray display circuit connections.
breaker pop. Troubleshoot power
board.
Color Incorrect colors on the Replace cables if

display. voltages are not
present at both
ends.
Return the screen
to an authorized
Terumo Service
Center.
Display Display has black lines Replace power

power connect board
on power up, but cables connect board
connectors for shorts.
are properly connected assembly
Flicker Display flickers. Replace the cable if

+5 V at the display
voltage is not
video data connector,
present at both
ends.
VCC voltage at the
display video data If voltage is
connector. present,
troubleshoot the
power board.
Replace the LCD
panel if flickering
persists.
Missing Titles Display shows updated Reset DC/DC converter,

values but screen title
text missing. 12 V supply to the Replace the 12 V
screen, DC/DC converter.
P9 connection on power
control board.
Return screen to an
authorized Terumo
Service Center.
Page 358
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Keyword
Missing Values Display shows screen Replace cable if
All cable connections,
title text, but no data necessary.
values. Replace display
For repeatability of the
problem by restarting software ROMS.
the system, Replace DOS
board.
Voltage output from
DC/DC converter (5 V Replace
± 1%). interconnect board.
No No communication with Replace cable if

All communication cable
Communication console. necessary.
connections.
Replace the power
control board.
Replace the CPU
board.
Replace the screen.
No Response Touchscreen does not Replace cable if

Voltage at touch
respond. necessary.
controller board power
input and output, Replace touch
controller board or
All communication touchscreen if
cabling connections, power is correct.
Place and remove
Touch controller board jumpers where
for jumper W4 pins 3 necessary.
and 4 and no jumper
between pins 1 and 2,
Touch controller board

for no jumpers on W3.
No Title Screen System boots but there Replace jumper.

For no jumper on SF-13
is no Title Screen . Replace software.
on 386 computer board.
Replace 386
computer board.
Page 359
Troubleshooting
Central Display
Keyword
Reboot Loop Screen loops at startup Replace any
resistor packs on the
or reboot; watchdog suspicious or listed
CPU board:
circuit light remains resistor packs.
illuminated. 9424 for packs 1BG,
5BB, 5BD2 7BG, 7AE,
4AB
9513 for packs 1BG, Verify the jumper
5BD2, 4AB was installed on the
chassis CPU board
If the CPU board was connector J3. See
recently replaced. the jumper diagram
on page 413. See
the CPU board
diagram on page
415.
Resolution Many display pixels are Replace LCD

out. panel.
Resolution Display shows contrast Replace cable if

All display video data
gradient (in 1/8 screen necessary.
connections.
size sections). Replace LCD panel
if necessary.
Slow Response Touchscreen is slow to Replace

respond. touchscreen.
Replace touch
controller board.
White Display only white on Return screen to an

power-up. authorized Terumo
Service Center.
Page 360
Troubleshooting
Chassis
Chassis
Chassis Problem Check Action
Keyword
Voltage No ± 12 V on STD or Replace PC board.
voltages, connections,
motherboard bus.
and fuses on power
control 2 board.
Display Panel LED signals on right Replace PC board.

voltages, connections,
LED fixed display panel
and fuses on power
malfunction.
control 2 board.
Page 361
Troubleshooting
Lamp Assemby Board
Lamp Assembly Board

Lamp Board Problem Check Action
Keyword
Voltage No output voltage. Replace PC board.
Input voltage,
terminal block
connections.
Page 362
System Diagrams
System Diagrams
Circuit Breaker Board - P/N 146886 - Front Tray
78-8066-7529-0_F
Page 363
System Diagrams
Page 364
System Diagrams
A/D Conversion Card - P/N 140716 - Front Tray
Page 365
System Diagrams
Page 366
System Diagrams
Digital Interface D2 Board - P/N 149526 - Front Tray
78-8067-6550-5
Page 367
System Diagrams
Page 368
System Diagrams
Air Detect Interface D2 Board - P/N 149518 - Front Tray
Page 369
System Diagrams
Page 370
System Diagrams
Temperature Interface Board - P/N 135247 - Front Tray
78-8067-8355-7_B
Page 371
System Diagrams
Page 372
System Diagrams
Level Detector II Assembly - P/N 195258 - Front Tray
Page 373
System Diagrams
Page 374
System Diagrams
Pressure Interface Board - P/N 140960 - Front Tray
78-8066-6747-9_E
Page 375
System Diagrams
Page 376
System Diagrams
Communications Adaptor Board - P/N 805901 - Front Tray
Page 377
System Diagrams
This page intentionally left blank
Page 378
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Heat Sink Chassis - P/N 806253 - Front Tray
78-8067-0901-6_K
Page 379
System Diagrams
Page 380
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Power Distribution - P/N 806257 - Front Tray
78-8067-0910-7_H
Page 381
System Diagrams
Page 382
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Battery - P/N 806264 - Front Tray
78-8067-0920-6_E
Page 383
System Diagrams
Page 384
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Circuit Breaker - P/N 806193 - Front Tray
78-8067-0234-2_D
Page 385
System Diagrams
Page 386
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Power Motherboard/Bus - P/N 806194 - Front Tray
78-8067-0236-7_H
Page 387
System Diagrams
Page 388
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Pump Connector - P/N 212206 - Front Tray
Page 389
System Diagrams
Page 390
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Miscellaneous - P/N 147951 - Front Tray
78-8067-0238-3_K
Page 391
System Diagrams
Page 392
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Programmable I/O 40 Pin - P/N 806196 - Front Tray
78-8067-0263-1_C
Page 393
System Diagrams
Page 394
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly A/D 50 Pin - P/N 806198 - Front Tray
78-8067-0267-2_C
Page 395
System Diagrams
Page 396
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Display Front Tray - P/N 148152 - Front Tray
78-8067-0903-2_B
Page 397
System Diagrams
Page 398
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Power Control/Distribution - P/N 806201 - Front Tray
Page 399
System Diagrams
Page 400
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly RS-422 Communication - P/N 805892 - Front Tray
78-8066-6379-1_A
Page 401
System Diagrams
Page 402
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly 9K Communication Port to Opto Isolator - P/N 194749
Page 403
System Diagrams
Page 404
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Ribbon RS-422/CDI V50 - P/N 805902 - Front Tray
78-8066-6501-0_B
Page 405
System Diagrams
Page 406
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly RS-232 Display V50 - P/N 805893 - Front Tray
78-8066-6380-9_A
Page 407
System Diagrams
Page 408
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly RS-232/CDI V50 - P/N 805895 - Front Tray
78-8066-6382-5_C
Page 409
System Diagrams
Page 410
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly RS-232-CCPro V50 - P/N 805894 - Front Tray
78-8066-6381-7_C
Page 411
System Diagrams
Page 412
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly CPU Jumper V50 - P/N 152653 - Front Tray
Page 413
System Diagrams
Page 414
System Diagrams
CPU/Memory Board Set V50 - Front Tray - 1 of 3
Page 415
System Diagrams
Page 416
System Diagrams
Page 417
System Diagrams
Page 418
System Diagrams
Page 419
System Diagrams
Page 420
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Battery PD to PC - P/N 149964 - Front Tray
78-8067-7448-1_A
Page 421
System Diagrams
Page 422
System Diagrams
Schematics - Communication Adaptor V50
78-8066-6503-6
Page 423
System Diagrams
Page 424
System Diagrams
Capacitor Board - P/N 806268 - Rear Tray
Page 425
System Diagrams
Page 426
System Diagrams
Block Diagram Central Display (Color 3)
Page 427
System Diagrams
Page 428
System Diagrams
Main Color Cable - P/N 806759 - Central Display (Color 3) - 1 of 2
Page 429
System Diagrams
Page 430
System Diagrams
Main Color Cable - P/N 806759 - Central Display (Color 3) - 2 of 2
Page 431
System Diagrams
Page 432
System Diagrams
Power Connect Board Central Display (Color 3) - P/N 806622 - Central Display
Page 433
System Diagrams
Page 434
System Diagrams
Block Diagram - Central Display (Color 1/Color TUV)
Page 435
System Diagrams
Page 436
System Diagrams
Color Selection Board - Central Display
Page 437
System Diagrams
Page 438
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Fan - P/N 806761 - Central Display
Page 439
System Diagrams
Page 440
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly RS-232 Power - P/N 806762 - Central Display
Page 441
System Diagrams
Page 442
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Inverter Display Color 3 - P/N 806642 - Central Display
Page 443
System Diagrams
Page 444
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Intern Ribbon Color 3 - P/N 806758 - Central Display
Page 445
System Diagrams
Page 446
System Diagrams
Controller Board - P/N 234270 - Central Display (Color 3)
Page 447
System Diagrams
Page 448
System Diagrams
DOS Board - Central Display (Color 1/Color TUV) - P/N 78-8072-4302-3
Page 449
System Diagrams
Page 450
System Diagrams
Touch Controller - Central Display (Color 1/Color TUV) - P/N 134164
Page 451
System Diagrams
Page 452
System Diagrams
Central Display Monochrome Block Diagram
Page 453
System Diagrams
Page 454
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Occluder Pot - P/N 150578 - Chassis
Page 455
System Diagrams
Page 456
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Fans/Miscellaneous - P/N 806261 - Chassis
Page 457
System Diagrams
Page 458
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Main Power Chassis - P/N 806259 - Chassis
Page 459
System Diagrams
Page 460
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Gas Flush LED - P/N 806208 - Chassis
Page 461
System Diagrams
Page 462
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Gas Flow - P/N 147133 - Chassis
Page 463
System Diagrams
Page 464
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Left Side Display - P/N 806262 - Chassis
Page 465
System Diagrams
Page 466
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Right Side Display - P/N 806260 - Chassis
Page 467
System Diagrams
Page 468
System Diagrams
SMT Pump Drive/Power Board - P/N 149690 - Roller Pump - 1 of 2
Page 469
System Diagrams
Page 470
System Diagrams
SMT Pump Drive/Power Board - P/N 149690 - Roller Pump - 2 of 2
Page 471
System Diagrams
Page 472
System Diagrams
Dual Tach Board - P/N 140695 - Roller Pump
Page 473
System Diagrams
Page 474
System Diagrams
Pump CPU/Control Board - P/N 145947 - Roller Pump - 1 of 2
Page 475
System Diagrams
Page 476
System Diagrams
Pump CPU/Control Board - P/N 145947 - Roller Pump - 2 of 2
Page 477
System Diagrams
Page 478
System Diagrams
Pump Display Board - P/N 149681 - Roller Pump - 1 of 2
Page 479
System Diagrams
Page 480
System Diagrams
Pump Display Board - P/N 149681 - Roller Pump - 2 of 2
Page 481
System Diagrams
Page 482
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Pot/Tach/Switch - P/N 203238 - Roller Pump
Page 483
System Diagrams
Page 484
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Pump - P/N 204484 - Roller Pump
Page 485
System Diagrams
Page 486
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Adaptor 9000 Pump to TUV Tray - P/N 146413 - Roller Pump
Page 487
System Diagrams
Page 488
System Diagrams
Non-SMT Roller Pump Wiring Diagram
Page 489
System Diagrams
Page 490
System Diagrams
SMT Roller Pump Wiring Diagram
Page 491
System Diagrams
Page 492
System Diagrams
Schematics - SMT Pump Display Board
Page 493
System Diagrams
Page 494
System Diagrams
Schematics - SMT Pump Driver/Power Board
Page 495
System Diagrams
Page 496
System Diagrams
Schematics - SMT Pump CPU/Controller Board - 1 of 2
Page 497
System Diagrams
Page 498
System Diagrams
Schematics - SMT Pump CPU/Controller Board - 2 of 2
Page 499
System Diagrams
Page 500
System Diagrams
Power Supply Board Delphin - Centrifugal Pump
Page 501
System Diagrams
Page 502
System Diagrams
Pump Display Board - Centrifugal Pump
Page 503
System Diagrams
Page 504
System Diagrams
Flow Board Delphin 2 Time of Flight - Centrifugal Pump
Page 505
System Diagrams
Page 506
System Diagrams
Local Processor ROMless Board - P/N 148380 - Centrifugal
Page 507
System Diagrams
Page 508
System Diagrams
Motor Control Board EMC - P/N 211676 - Centrifugal
Page 509
System Diagrams
Page 510
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Cooling Fan - P/N 806230 - Centrifugal Pump
Page 511
System Diagrams
Page 512
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Motor to Motor Connection Delphin 2 - P/N 806297 - Centrifugal Pump
Page 513
System Diagrams
Page 514
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Motor Control/Flow Time of Flight - Centrifugal Pump
Page 515
System Diagrams
Page 516
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly EMC - P/N 149631 - Centrifugal Pump
Page 517
System Diagrams
Page 518
System Diagrams
Cable Assemblies Time of Flight - P/N 150201 - Centrifugal Pump
Page 519
System Diagrams
Page 520
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Drive Motor Delphin - Centrifugal Pump Drive Motor
Page 521
System Diagrams
Page 522
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Speed Pot Centrifugal
Page 523
System Diagrams
Page 524
System Diagrams
Occluder Drive Board
Page 525
System Diagrams
Page 526
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly D/MTA 12C Occluder
Page 527
System Diagrams
Page 528
System Diagrams
Lamp Assembly Board
78-8067-6076-1
Page 529
System Diagrams
Page 530
System Diagrams
Cable Assembly Power - Water Module
Page 531
System Diagrams
Page 532
System Diagrams
Functional Schematics - Older System - 1 of 4
Page 533
System Diagrams
Page 534
System Diagrams
Functional Schematics - Older System - 2 of 4
Page 535
System Diagrams
Page 536
System Diagrams
Functional Schematics - Older System - Monochrome Screen - 3 of 4
Page 537
System Diagrams
Page 538
System Diagrams
Functional Schematics - Older System - Non-SMT Roller Pump - 4 of 4
Page 539
System Diagrams
Page 540
System Diagrams
Chassis Wiring Diagram
Page 541
System Diagrams
Page 542
System Diagrams
Front Tray Wiring
Page 543
System Diagrams
Page 544
System Diagrams
Rear Tray Wiring
Page 545
System Diagrams
Page 546
System Diagrams
Left Side Fixed Panel Board
78-8066-6729-7_E
Page 547
System Diagrams
Page 548
System Diagrams
Schematics - Fixed Left Panel Display
78-8067-0006-4_C
Page 549
System Diagrams
Page 550
System Diagrams
Fixed Right Panel Board
78-8066-6727-1_C
Page 551
System Diagrams
Page 552
System Diagrams
Schematics - Fixed Right Panel Display - 1 of 2
78-8067-0007-2_B
Page 553
System Diagrams
Page 554
System Diagrams
Schematics - Fixed Right Panel Display - 2 of 2
78-8067-0007-2_B
Page 555
System Diagrams
Page 556
System Diagrams
Motherboard
78-8072-1463-6_E
Page 557
System Diagrams
Page 558
System Diagrams
Left Membrane Switch
Page 559
System Diagrams
Page 560
System Diagrams
Right Membrane Switch
Page 561
System Diagrams
Page 562
System Diagrams
Schematics - Power Control 2 Board - 1 of 2
Page 563
System Diagrams
Page 564
System Diagrams
Schematics - Power Control 2 Board - 2 of 2
Page 565
System Diagrams
Page 566
System Diagrams
Page 567
System Diagrams
Page 568
System Diagrams
Schematics - Power Distribution Board
78-8067-0107-0_L
Page 569
System Diagrams
Page 570
System Diagrams
78-8066-6281-9_N
Page 571
System Diagrams
Page 572
System Diagrams
Gas Flow Diagram
Page 573
System Diagrams
Page 574
System Diagrams
Centrifugal System Diagram - 1 of 2
Page 575
System Diagrams
Page 576
System Diagrams
Centrifugal System Diagram - 2 of 2
Page 577
System Diagrams
Page 578
System Diagrams
Water Module Wiring Diagram
Page 579
System Diagrams
Page 580
Drawings and Parts List
Main Machine Assembly 100 Volt (P/N 164280) and 115 Volt (P/N 164300) - 1 of 5
Page 581
Page 582
Page 583
Page 584
Page 585
Page 586
Page 587
Page 588
Page 589
Page 590
Main Machine Assembly Parts List 100 Volt (P/N 164280) and 115 Volt (P/N
164300)
100 V - 164280 115 V - 164300
Item No. Qty. P/N P/N Main Machine Assembly Parts Description
1 1 806232 806232 CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
5 1 807917 807917 16433101 BLOOD CHEMISTRY
15 1 806609 806609 TERMINAL BLOCK 3 POSITION UL
16 2 200985 200985 4-40X.38 BUT HD TORX ZINC PLT
19 0 134826 134826 POWER CORD EXPLOSION PROOF 15A FELLER

458-H169
20 1 806835 806835 PANEL END MOLDED FOAM RT
21 3 807106 807106 SHOULDER SCREW SOCKT HD 1/4-20
22 1 132708 132708 CIRCUIT BREAKER AIRPAX-IEL 16A
23 1 132687 132687 RFI LINEFILTER 16A@250 VAC
24 0 134800 134800 POWER CORD MOLDED 15 AMPS FELLER 458-

H168
25 1 132652 132652 STRAIN RELIEF .250-.375 DIA HUBBELL SHC-

1022-CR
26 1 131852 131852 STRN REL LOCKNUT 1/2" NPT
27 0.1 26-1008-1633-4 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
28 0.1 805401 805401 LOCQUIC PRIMER N
30 2 805104 805104 10-32 KEPS NUT ZINC PLATE
31 2 805079 805079 #10 EXT TOOTH LOCK WASHER
32 4 805438 805438 #10 FLAT WASHER ZINC PLT
33 1 219635 219635 STRN REL MTL CLAD SEARLING
35 1 807149 807149 CABLE CLAMP NYLON 3/8 ID LOOP CLAMP

HEYCO 3326
36 1 805440 805440 WASHER .190 ID X .445 OD X .06 SS
37 5 143036 143036 #12 FLAT WASHER ZINC PLT
38 2 26-1008-8047-0 26-1008-8047-0 8-32X.38 BUT HD TORX ZINC PLT
Page 591
100 V - 164280 115 V - 164300
39 5 805572 805572 1/4-20X.62 BUTHD TORX ZINC PLT
40 2 805344 805344 #14 WIRE 600V BLUE
41 2 807181 807181 #14 WIRE 600V BROWN
42 0.25 807182 807182 #14 WIRE 600V GREEN/YELLOW
43 1 806239 806239 COVER CIRC BRKR/FILTER EMI
44 1 806211 806211 REAR PNL INNER EMI CONSOLE
45 1 806830 806830 REAR PANEL CONSOLE
46 6 805282 805282 SCREW ASSEMBLY #12 CAPT QDISC
47 6 806918 806918 WASHER/SCREW RETAINING SS
48 6 807122 807122 CLIP RECEPT SCREW ASSEMBLY#12
49 2 146974 146974 PLUG FOAM CABLE TROUGH
53 2 807073 807073 TERM FASTAB 16/14GA RCP.25
54 5 807735 807735 TERMINAL RING #10 16-14 AWG MOLEX BB-837-

10T DOUBLE CRIMP
58 2 805088 805088 8-32 KEPS NUT STL ZINC PLATE
59 6 200897 200897 #8 EXT TOOTH LOCK WASHER
62 1 806207 806207 MOUNTING PLATE EMI FILTER
64 4 805059 805059 6-32 X 5/8 FLAT HD SS
65 5 805437 805437 6 FLAT WASH CAD PLT
66 5 805091 805091 6-32 KEPS NUT STL ZINC PLATE
67 1 807226 807226 CLAMP CABLE SHIELD GROUND
70 1 806171 806171 TRAY PUMP SECTION
80 3 807358 807358 S 50 HL 1/4 ID 3/8 OD
81 3 807346 807346 TYTON # T4OR
90 1 195215 195215 ULTRASONIC LEVEL II 195215 YEL
91 1 195274 195274 ULTRASONIC LEVEL II 195274 RED
92 0 195240 195240 LEVEL SENSOR II PADS 60 PK
Page 592
100 V - 164280 115 V - 164300
100 1 801415 801415 INSERT BATTERY DISPOSAL
103 16 805061 805061 1/4-20 X 1/2 TRUSS HD SS
601 1 144194 144194 HOSE KIT US O2 AIR CO2 25F
602 0 144207 144207 NCG HOSE ADAPTER SET
603 0 144215 144215 DISS HOSE ADAPTER SET SYSTEM
604 0 164595 164595 GAS HOSE FOR 95% O2 5% CO2
605 0 144223 144223 OHIO DIAMOND HOSE ADAPTER SET
607 0 806573 806573 VALVE ASSEMBLY CO2 DISS 1080-A

MALE/FEMALE SERVICE USE ONLY
802 0 805964 805964 BRKT STD POLE MNT MACH
810 2 141330 141330 NON-REVERSE CRANK DELUXE
815 1 806212 806212 HOLDER CRANK HANDLE
819 0.01 805855 805855 TAPE CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE 1/32 THK X
1 WIDE DOUBLE SIDED
820 4 807121 807121 O-VB ADJUSTABLE CLIP
832 0 164278 164278 FLOW SENSOR GEL, 6 OZ
877 0 16433301 16433301 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
878 0 16505801 16505801 SHORT ARM - 5/8 POLE
879 0 16505901 16505901 LONG ARM - 5/8 POLE
880 0 131115 131115 3' POLE
881 0 16395 16395 ROLLER PUMP
882 0 16434101 16434101 INSTRUMENT TRAY
883 0 164560 164560 VENOUS LINE OCCLUDER
884 0 22300030 22300030 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER HOLDER
887 0 16553001 16553001 REAR POLE BRACKET KIT
888 0 16553101 16553101 SIDE EXT BRACKET KIT
889 0 16553201 16553201 CORNER POLE BRACKET KIT
890 0 16553301 16553301 2' POLE
Page 593
100 V - 164280 115 V - 164300
891 0 4406 4406 STORAGE DRAWER
892 0 4404 4404 POLE MOUNTING WRITING SURFACE
893 0 4403 4403 PUSH BAR
894 0 4405 4405 4405 UTILITY TRAY
896 0 149121 149121 SAMPLES COLOR OCC KNOB CAPS
995 1 806495 806495 INSTALLATION KIT V2
Page 594
Main Machine Assembly 220/240 Volt (P/N 164290) - 1 of 6
Page 595
Page 596
Page 597
Page 598
Page 599
Page 600
Page 601
Page 602
Page 603
Page 604
Main Machine Assembly 220/240 Volt (P/N 164290) - 6 of 6 (Machine Configuration in France)
Page 605
Page 606
Main Machine Assembly Parts List 220/240 Volt (P/N 164290)
Item No. Qty. P/N Main Machine Assembly Parts Description
1 1 806232 CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
5 1 807917 16433101 BLOOD CHEMISTRY
15 1 806609 TERMINAL BLOCK 3 POSITION UL
16 2 200985 4-40X.38 BUT HD TORX ZINC PLT
20 1 806835 PANEL END MOLDED FOAM RT
21 3 807106 SHOULDER SCREW SOCKT HD 1/4-20
22 1 807208 CIR BRKR 8AIEL SERIES-INTL
23 1 132687 RFI LINEFILTER 16A@250 VAC
24 1 134359 POWER CORD MOLDED 250V/16AMPS FELLER 199-83
25 1 807626 STRAIN RELIEF 3X1,55MM CORD TUCKER 398756
26 0.002 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
30 2 805104 10-32 KEPS NUT ZINC PLATE
31 2 805079 #10 EXT TOOTH LOCK WASHER
32 4 805438 #10 FLAT WASHER ZINC PLT
34 0.25 807182 #14 WIRE 600V GREEN/YELLOW
35 1 807741 CABLE CLAMP NYLON 5/16 ID LOOP CLAMP HEYCO 3325
36 1 805440 WASHER .190 IDX .455 ODX .06 SS
38 3 26-1008-8047-0 8-32X.38 BUT HD TORX ZINC PLT
39 5 805572 1/4-20X.62 BUTHD TORX ZINC PLT
40 5 805344 #14 WIRE 600V BLUE
41 5.5 807181 #14 WIRE 600V BROWN
42 1 806239 COVER CIRC BRKR/FILTER EM
44 1 806211 REAR PNL INNER EMI CONSOLE
45 1 806830 REAR PANEL CONSOLE
46 6 805282 SCREW ASSEMBLY #12 CAPT QDISC
Page 607
47 6 806918 WASHER/SCREW RETAINING SS
48 6 807122 CLIP RECEPT SCREW ASSEMBLY#12
49 2 146974 PLUG FOAM CABLE TROUGH
53 10 807073 TERM FASTAB 16/14GA RCP.25
54 5 807735 TERMINAL RING #10 16-14 AWG MOLEX BB-837-10T DOUBLE

CRIMP
58 3 805088 8-32 KEPS NUT STL ZINC PLATE
62 1 806207 MOUNTING PLATE EMI FILTER
64 4 805059 6-32 X 5/8 FLAT HD SS
65 5 805437 6 FLAT WASH CAD PLT
67 1 807226 CLAMP CABLE SHIELD GROUND
70 1 806171 TRAY PUMP SECTION
80 3 807358 S 50 HL 1/4 ID 3/8 OD
81 3 807346 TYTON # T4OR
87 1 195215 ULTRASONIC LEVEL II 195215 YEL
88 1 195274 ULTRASONIC LEVEL II 195274 RED
89 0 195240 LEVEL SENSOR II PADS 60 PK
90 1 153154 CURRENT LIMITER INRUSH 16A
91 2 805877 6-32 X 1 PAN HD SS
100 1 801415 INSERT BATTERY DISPOSAL
101 3 805535 FUSE 4A 250V SLO-BLO
102 1 135052 FUSE 1.25AMP SLO-BLO GLASS
103 16 805061 1/4-20 X 1/2 TRUSS HD SS
601 1 144186 HOSE KIT OUS O2 AIR CO2 25FT
602 0 144207 NCG HOSE ADAPTER SET
603 0 144215 DISS HOSE ADAPTER SET
Page 608
604 0 164595 GAS HOSE FOR 95% O2 5% CO2
605 0 144223 OHIO DIAMOND HOSE ADAPTER SET
607 0 806573 VALVE ASSEMBLY CO2 DISS 1080-A MALE/FEMALE SERVICE

USE ONLY
802 0 805964 BRKT STD POLE MNT MACH
810 2 141330 NON-REVERSE CRANK DELUXE
815 1 806212 HOLDER CRANK HANDLE
819 0.01 805855 TAPE CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE 1/32 THK X 1 WIDE
DOUBLE SIDED
820 4 807121 O-VB ADJUSTABLE CLIP
832 0 164278 FLOW SENSOR GEL, 6 OZ
877 0 16433301 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
878 0 16505801 SHORT ARM - 5/8 POLE
879 0 16505901 LONG ARM - 5/8 POLE
880 0 131115 3' POLE
881 0 16395 ROLLER PUMP
882 0 16434101 INSTRUMENT TRAY
883 0 164560 VENOUS LINE OCCLUDER
884 0 22300030 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER HOLDER
887 0 16553001 REAR POLE BRACKET KIT
888 0 16553101 SIDE EXT BRACKET KIT
889 0 16553201 CORNER POLE BRACKET KIT
890 0 16553301 2' POLE
891 0 4406 STORAGE DRAWER
892 0 4404 POLE MOUNTING WRITING SURFACE
893 0 4403 PUSH BAR
894 0 4405 4405 UTILITY TRAY
896 0 149121 SAMPLES COLOR OCC KNOB CAPS
995 1 806495 INSTALLATION KIT V2
Page 609
Page 610
Chassis Assembly - P/N 806232 - 1 of 7
Page 611
Page 612
Page 613
Page 614
Page 615
Page 616
Page 617
Page 618
Page 619
Page 620
Page 621
Page 622
Page 623
Page 624
Chassis Assembly Parts List - P/N 806232
Item No. Qty. P/N Chassis Assembly Parts Description
2 1 805896 BASE BOLTED CONSOLE
3 28 805082 1/4-20 KEPS NUT CAD PLT
4 22 805439 1/4 FLAT WASHER ZINC PLATE
5 2 133743 CASTER STEER & WHEEL LOCK
6 6 806220 CABLE CLIP SS SPRING WIRE
7 2 131908 PLUG POTENTIAL COMPENSATNG
8 2 201101 M6 HEX NUT BRASSNICKEL PLT
9 2 201128 M6 SERRATED LOCK WASHER
10 1 806606 PANEL CONSOLE LEFT SIDE
11 2 133751 CASTER STEER LOCK 6" DIA
12 1 806245 SHIELD COMPONENT DRAWER
13 0 144565 SPACER CASTER
13 4 806316 SPACER CASTER .19 THICK
14 0 133794 CASTER WHEEL 6" POLYURETHANE
15 1 152354 ASSEMBLY CENTRAL DISPLAY V3
19 1 806604 SLIDE MOUNT CHASSIS
20 1 806248 PANEL RT SIDE CONSOLE
21 2 805099 1/4-20 X 5/8 TRUSS HD SS
22 6 807118 WASHER SHOULDER NYLON #10
24 1 805911 PLATE ISOLATON LEFT GAS FLO
27 3 805287 NUT CLIP 8-32 .060-.125PNL
28 12 805072 8-32 X 3/8 PAN HD CAD PLATE
29 4 805010 1/4 SPLIT WASHER ZINC PLATE
30 1 806841 CHANNEL FRONT CROSS
32 35 805440 WASHER .190ID X .445OD X .06 SS
Page 625
34 47 805172 WASHER .265ID X .562OD ZINC
35 1 806166 SUPPORT TUBE CENTER
36 51 805572 1/4-20X.62 BUTHD TORX ZINC PLT
38 12 805042 1/4 EXT TOOTH LOCK WASHER
39 10 805436 3/16 FLAT WASHER NYLON
40 1 806831 CHANNEL REAR CROSS
47 1 806134 GUARD FAN
48 1 806921 GUARD FAN 6.25 DIA
50 1 806829 DOOR ACCESS FRONT
51 2 142738 LATCH T-HANDLE HALF-TURN
53 2 805967 RETAINER SCREEN AIR FILTER
54 2 140644 FILTER MEDIA AIR
56 2 806172 ACCESS PNL VACUUM FORMED
63 4 18-9813-0675-8 #6 FLAT WASHER STAINLESS STEEL
64 1 805198 APM SEAL N-9030-1/4 SHAFT
66 2 148161 STOP FRONT TRAY
67 2 806206 COVER FAN HOLE
71 3.5 807409 GROMMET STRIP FLEX TO .062
72 8.7 807119 VINYL TRIM STRIP BLACK
100 1 806250 ASSEMBLY REAR TRAY 115V
110 1 806165 FOAM TOP MOLDED
111 5 801239 MOLDED GASKET SINGLE PUMP REST
Page 626
112 1 144400 MEMBRANE SWITCH LEFT VER 2
113 1 144418 MEMBRANE SWITCH RIGHT VER 2
114 0.001 135036 SILASTIC SEAL CLEAR UL
115 1 153091 KNOB OCCLUDER CONTROL
120 1 140901 PC ASSEMBLY FIXED PNL RT SIDE
125 1 144451 PC ASSEMBLY FXD L-PANEL OCCLUDR
126 1 151061 OPTICAL ENCODER PANEL MOUNT
127 1 150578 CABLE ASSEMBLY OCCLUDER POT
150 1 806834 PANEL END MOLDED FOAM LEFT
151 3 807106 SHOULDER SCREW SOCKT HD 1/4-20
178 3 809275 TUBING HEAT SHRINK 3/16 BLACK
179 2 805240 GUARD FAN 3.25 MOUNTING
180 2 134607 FAN BRUSHLSS 45CFM 8-28VDC
182 2 806204 FAN MOUNT BRACKET
184 1 805897 FAN HOUSING
185 1 142535 FAN BRUSHLESS 24-56VDC
190 2 807166 GASKET EMI SHIELD RIVET MT
196 2 807180 GROUND STRAP EMI 18X1
197 32 807081 MOUNTING BUTTON NYLON.406D
198 1 807739 DRAWER SLIDES 14 INCH TRAVEL 1 PAIR OF SLIDES

13.78 IN LONG
199 1 806229 GASKET EMI SHIELDING
201 0.1 802592 LOCTITE 454 ADHESIVE
203 18.25 807664 GASKET SILICONE STRIP .5 X .03 WITH SILICONE

POLYMER ADHESIVE
400 1 806254 ELECTRONIC TRAY FRONT TUV
401 3 806883 STRN REL 90 DEG .30-.33DIA
Page 627
403 2 806867 STRN REL 90 DEG .36-.43DIA
425 2 132804 CLIP WIRE 1" DIA PUSHMOUNT
450 1 805250 SNAP BUSHING 1.0DIA X.75ID
451 1 805427 FAN PLUG-CORD 428001
520 1 806261 CABLE ASSEMBLY MISC
521 1 806259 CABLE ASSEMBLY MAIN PWR CHA
523 1 806208 CABLE ASSEMBLY GAS FLUSH LED
DOUBLE SIDED
601 1 147133 CABLE ASSEMBLY GAS FLOW TUV
602 1 806262 CABLE ASSEMBLY LF SIDE DISP
603 1 806260 CABLE ASSEMBLY RT SIDE DISP
604 1 806263 CABLE ASSEMBLY EMI GROUND
605 3 807329 CLAMP ADHESIVE RIBBON 2.0IN
606 0 806853 MALE 1/8MNPT-3/8OD TUBE SS
610 10 135183 CABLE MOUNT ADHESIVE SMALL
611 0 807279 NIPPLE O2 DISS FEM 1/8MNPT
612 0 805318 NUT O2 DISS FEM
613 0 807333 ADPTR 1/8MNPT-3/8OD TUBESS
614 1 132935 FILTER AIR INLET .1MICRON
615 0 805320 CONN AIR DISS MALE 1/8MNPT
616 0 805319 CONN CO2 DISS MALE 1/4MNPT
617 0 807278 ADAPTOR 1/4FNPT-1/8MNPT
618 0 805391 ADAPTOR 1/8NPT-1/4 HOSE
619 1 132943 GAS FILTER 7M1CRON STNS.S
620 1 132880 CHECK VALVE GAS 1 PSI
621 1 133145 GAS FILTER 7 MICRON SS
622 1 132898 FLOWMETR O2 PORTER 112FSVCAF
Page 628
623 1 132901 FLOWMETR AIR-112-AFASVCAH
624 1 132919 FLOWMETR O2 111AFASVCAF
625 0 807274 UNION T 1/4OD TUBING BRASS
626 0 132644 MALE 1/8MNPT-1/4OD BRASS
627 0 132636 ELBOW 1/8MNPT-1/4OD BRASS
628 1 806175 HOLDER GAS FILTER SIDE PNL
629 2 805094 1/4-20 X 3/8 HEX HD ZINC PLATE
630 16 807725 TUBING .25 OD .171 ID PTFE

POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE RESIN
631 0 805317 BULKHEAD 1/8F-FNPT CHRPLT
632 0 807408 HOSE CPLG 7/16-20X1/4 BARB
633 0.125 133250 TEFLON TAPE 1/2 X 600 INCHES
635 1 806217 MTG BRKT AIR/O2 BLENDER
636 1 140943 AIR/O2 BLENDER MOD SECHRIST
637 1 142640 FLEX SHAFT REMOTE CTRL 5"
638 2 805118 8-32X1/4 FLAT HEAD SS
639 2 133153 CHECK VALVE GAS 1 PSI SS
640 1 132388 KNOB .75 DIA FOR .25 SHAFT
641 2 132871 VALVE GAS PNL MT CHRM PLT
642 1 134789 SOLNOID VALVE 2WAY NORM CLOSED SNAP-TITE

V2W3X-217
643 2 135095 AMP SOCK #350536-1 STRIP
644 1 806898 CONN MATE&LOCK PLUG 2 POS
645 2 805066 6-32 X 3/16 SET SCREW BLACK
646 3 150893 CONN MATE&LOCK CAP 2 POS
647 6 806894 AMP PIN MATE/LOCK 24/18 GA
648 0.02 807433 OXY SERVICE GREASE
649 5 807346 TYTON # T4OR
650 9 133305 TYTON #T18R TIE-WRAP
651 1 806578 GAS FLOW KIT
Page 629
656 5 805253 CABLE TIE MOUNT W/#8 HOLE
660 1 805117 HEX NUT 3/8-32 ID 1.5 OD NI PT
661 1 806888 PLUG .562DIA HEYCO2653 BLK
662 1 807109 DOWEL PIN 3/16DIA X5/8L SS
663 1 807358 TUBING TYGON S-50-HL 1/4 ID X 3/8 OD
664 0.01 807083 LOCTITE RC 609 50ML 60931
665 0.01 805399 LOCTITE SUPERBOND 495
667 0 807621 ELBOW 45 1/8MNPT X1/4 OD BRASS
Page 630
Front Tray Assembly - P/N 806254 - 1 of 4
78-8067-0904-0_N
Page 631
Page 632
78-8067-0904-0_N
Page 633
Page 634
78-8067-0904-0_N
Page 635
Page 636
78-8067-0904-0_N
Page 637
Page 638
Front Tray Assembly Parts List - P/N 806254
Item No. Qty. P/N Front Tray Assembly Parts Description
2 1 806602 DRAWER COMPONENT
12 2 805968 STRAP BATTERY RETAINING
13 1 806832 DOOR BLANK FRONT TRAY
14 1 806833 SHELF POWER CONTROL
15 6 150818 FILLER PANEL
22 1 152987 PC ASSBLY POWER CONTROL 2
23 1 146886 PC ASSEMBLY CIRC BRKR BOARD
24 1 140687 PC ASSEMBLY POWER DISTRIBUTION
27 1 806534 ASSEMBLY CARDCAGE STD BLKPLN
28 1 132759 COMPUTER SINGLE BD 8817 V50
29 1 132767 MEMORY BOARD ZT8825 V50
31 1 140716 ASSEMBLY A/D CONV CARD
35 1 132741 SERIAL BOARD 4CH ZT8841 V50
37 1 807231 CARD CAGE 24 SLOT
38 1 150834 PC ASSEMBLY MOTHERBOARD
39 4 807124 STANDOFF F 1.25 NYL440 HEX
40 0.05 805135 THERMALCOTE COMPOUND #251
42 1 149526 PC ASSEMBLY DIGITAL INTERFACE D2
43 2 806251 SHIELD BATTERY TERMINAL TUV
44 2 145955 BATTERY 12V 28A/H LEAD ACID
45 1 132839 DC/DC CONV 24VIN 12V@5A
46 1 132847 DC/DC/CONV 24VIN 5V@10AMPS
47 2 807127 RCPT 2 PIN TRW S-302-FP
49 1 149518 PC ASSEMBLY AIR DETECT INTRFC D2
51 1 807388 FUSEBLOCK 1 POLE 35-60 AMP
52 1 132290 FUSE 60AMP BUSS SC-60
55 1 195258 ASSEMBLY LEVEL DETECTOR II
Page 639
60 2 135247 PC ASSEMBLY TEMP INTF UL2601
62 1 140960 PC ASSEMBLY PRESSURE INTF
67 1 134519 TIME METER QUARTZ +12-+24 VDC
91 33 26-1003-4052-5 NUT, KEPS, 4-40
95 5 201056 #4 FLAT WASHER ZINC PLATE
97 2 807139 SCREW LOCK KIT
98 8 805440 WASHER .190ID X .445OD X .06 SS
110 1 806253 CBL ASSEMBLY HTSINK CHAS
111 1 806257 CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER DIST
112 1 806264 CABLE ASSEMBLY BATTERY
113 1 806193 CABLE ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BREAKER
115 1 806194 CABLE ASSEMBLY POWER MOTHER/BUS
116 1 212206 CABLE ASSEMBLY PUMP CONNECTOR
117 1 147951 CABLE ASSEMBLY MISC
118 1 806196 CABLE ASSEMBLY PROG I/O 40 PIN
122 1 806198 CABLE ASSEMBLY A/D 50 PIN
123 1 148152 CABLE ASSEMBLY DSPLY F TRAY
125 1 806201 CABLE ASSEMBLY PWR CNTL/DIST 26
Page 640
126 1 805892 CABLE ASSEMBLY RS422 COMM V50
127 1 805902 CABLE ASSEMBLY RIB 422/CDI V50
128 1 805893 CABLE ASSEMBLY RS232-DISPLY V50
129 1 805895 CABLE ASSEMBLY RS232-CDI V50
130 1 805894 CABLE ASSEMBLY RS232-STAR V50
132 1 149340 PROG ROMSET CONSOLE V4.0M
133 1 152653 CABLE ASSEMBLY CPU JUMPER V50
134 1 149366 PROGRAMMED ROMSET MS DOS 3.3
150 1 805901 PC ASSEMBLY COMMUN ADAPT V50
155 3 78-8072-3045-9 STANDOFF 4-40M/F 7/16X3/16 HEX
156 1 149964 CABLE ASSEMBLY UPS PD TO PC
Page 641
Page 642
Card Cage Drawing - P/N 806534 - 1 of 2
78-8067-7087-7
Page 643
Page 644
Card Cage Drawing - P/N 806534 - 2 of 2
78-8067-7087-7
Page 645
Page 646
Card Cage Parts List - P/N 806534
Item No. Qty. P/N Card Cage Parts Description
1 1 807370 CARD CAGE STD 8 SLOT BLPL
2 3 807872 #18 WIRE 600V RED
3 1.5 807873 #18 WIRE 600V ORANGE
4 1.5 807874 #18 WIRE 600V YELLOW
5 3 78-8072-6020-9 #18 WIRE 600V BLACK
6 1.5 805322 #18 WIRE 600V WHT/BLK
7 3 135095 AMP SOCK #350536-1 STRIP
11 1.1 805367 #22 WIRE 300V BLUE
12 1.1 805369 #22 WIRE 300V GRAY
16 6 807862 TERM #6 RING 22-18 GA
18 4 807176 FERRITE BEAD .25ID X 1.1LG
19 4 805253 CABLE TIE MOUNT W/#8 HOLE
21 9 807660 EMI FLTR LOW PASS L SEC W/LUG MURATA ERIE 9053-
100-0001
22 1 806526 FILTER PANEL CARD CAGE
23 9 807379 WASH NYL .140X.312X.031 THK
Page 647
This page intentionally left blank
Page 648
Gas Flowmeter - P/N 147361
Page 649
Page 650
Gas Flowmeter Parts List - P/N 147361
Item No. Qty. P/N Gas Flowmeter Parts Description
1 1 133161 FLOWMETER 1.0-10 LPM
2 2 807337 BARB 1/8MNPT TO 1/4ID HOSE
3 0.001 133250 TEFLON TAPE 1/2 X 600 INCHES
4 1 147352 CLAMP GAS FLOWMETER
5 2 805018 10-32 X 1/4 PAN HD SS
6 2 805862 #10 SPLIT WASHER SS
Page 651
Page 652
Blender Bracket Kit
Page 653
Page 654
Rear Tray Assembly - P/N 806250 - 1 of 2
Page 655
Page 656
Rear Tray Assembly - P/N 806250 - 2 of 2
Page 657
Page 658
Rear Tray Assembly Parts List - P/N 806250
Item No. Qty. P/N Rear Tray Assembly Parts Description
1 1 806246 BASE PWR SUPPLY MTG
2 3 805163 XFMR POW 100/115/230 46VCT
3 16 805082 1/4-20 KEPS NUT CAD PLT
4 9 807538 TERM #10 RING 12-10 GA AMP
5 1 807735 TERMINAL RING #10 16-14 AWG MOLEX BB-837-10T

DOUBLE CRIMP
6 3 807682 DIODE RECTIFIER IRKC91-06
9 1 805164 XFMR POWER 100/115/230 60VCT
10 5 807073 TERM FASTAB 16/14GA RCP.25
12 1 806268 PC ASSEMBLY CAPACITOR BOARD
16 1 806493 TERMINAL BLOCK 23 POSITION
18 3 132302 FUSE 8AMP SLO-BLO CERAMIC
19 1 132311 FUSE 2.5AMP SLO-BLO GLASS
21 3 805378 #12 WIRE 600V RED
25 4.5 807181 #14 WIRE 600V BROWN
26 2.75 805344 #14 WIRE 600V BLUE
27 6 805121 TERMINAL P8142 T
31 6 805440 WASHER .190ID X .445OD X.06 SS
33 2 807182 #14 WIRE 600V GREEN/YELLOW
34 2 805073 8 SPLIT WASH CAD PLT
Page 659
Item No. Qty. P/N Rear Tray Assembly Parts Description
35 2 805440 WASHER .190 ID X .445 OD X .06 SS
Page 660
System Options Drawing
Page 661
Page 662
System Options Parts List
Item No. P/N System Options Parts Description
1 16434101 Instrument Tray and Long Mounting Arm
2 16505901 Long Mounting Arm with 5/8 in Pole
3 16066100 Pressure Transducer Monitoring Kit

4 16433301 Pressure Transducer, Wide Range
5 22300030 Holder, Pressure Transducer
6 16505801 Short Mounting Arm with 5/8 in Pole

7 144207 Hose Adapter Set, NCG
8 200686 Level Sensor II Kit
9 195240 Level Sensor II Pads (60 pk)
10 134800 Wall Plug, Three Prong
11 134826 Wall Plug, Twist Lock
12 144223 Hose Adapter Set, OH Diamond
13 144215 Hose Adapter Set, D.I.S.S. Hand Tight
14 5791 Air Sensor 1/4 x 3/32

15 5773 Air Sensor, 3/8 x 3/32
16 5785 Air Sensor, 1/4 x 1/16
17 144493 Lamp
18 144194 Hose Kit, US, 3 hoses (also order 7,12 or 13)
19 144186 Hose Kit, OUS, 3 hoses
20 16553401 Pole, 4 ft x 1.3 O.D.
21 131115 Pole, 3 ft
22 16553301 Pole, 2 ft x 1.3 O.D.
23 16431701 Telescoping Pole, 5 to 7 ft, with Solution Rack

24 16553101 Extended Pole Bracket Kit, Console Side
25 16553001 Standard Pole Bracket Kit, Console Rear
26 16553201 Corner Pole Bracket Kit, Console Corner
27 164595 Gas Hose, 95% Oxygen, 5% Carbon Dioxide
28 164575 Water Module Assembly
Page 663
Item No. P/N System Options Parts Description
29 146835 Tube Clamp Assembly
Page 664
Central Display Assembly - P/N 152354 (Color 3) - 1 of 2
Page 665
Page 666
Central Display Assembly - P/N 152354 (Color 3) - 2 of 2
Page 667
Page 668
Central Display Assembly - P/N 152354 (Color 3) - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Central Display Assembly (Color 3) Parts Description
1 1 806413 HOUSING DISPLAY REAR V2
2 1 806530 BRKT UPPER REAR HOUSING V2
3 1 806759 CABLE ASSEMBLY MAIN COLOR V3
3 46 806464 FOAM TAPE 1/8THK X 3/8W X ROLL
4 1 806622 PC ASSEMBLY POWER CONNECT BOARD COLOR DISPLAY V3
5 8 805631 BUMPER POLY .50 SQ X .12 HIGH 3M SJ-5008SP (BLACK)
6 0 807755 INVERTER DC TO AC VOLTAGE UNIDIM-H-V-16-STD DIM
7 1 806642 CABLE ASSEMBLY INVERTER DISPLAY V3
8 1 806666 BRACKET LOW REAR HOUSING V3
9 7 807319 WASHER .141 ID NYLON
10 0.25 807723 GASKET SHIELD CLIP ON EMI 97-605 SERIES
11 2 807227 CLAMP CBL SHLD GND .312DIA
13 1 806761 CABLE ASSEMBLY FAN V3
20 0 234270 CONTROLLER BOARD DOS SXE 9K V3
21 1 806678 PROG ROMSET COLOR DISP 4.1S 9K COMPATIBLE

W/CONSOLE V4.0M
23 0.3 807409 GROMMET STRIP FLEX TO .062
25 1 806758 CABLE ASSEMBLY INTERN RIBBON V3
26 0 806765 CABLE COMPUTER DYNAMICS 2CABL-0A00-0976
27 1 134164 CONTROLLER RS-232 8200-3223-01
28 1 806626 ASSEMBLY SHIELD BOX W/POWER CABLE V3
31 1 806762 CABLE ASSEMBLY RS232 POWER V3
40 1 808102 SUPPORT FRAME/SHLD LCD/THIN-TOUCH PNL V3
41 0 806629 LCD SHARP LQ10D421

DOUBLE SIDED
Page 669
43 1 804965 TOUCH FRAME-THIN W/INTERNAL GSKT FOR COLOR LCD V3
44 1 806424 GASKET TOUCH PANEL HOUSING V2
45 1 806412 HOUSING DISPLAY FRONT V2
48 1 807765 FILTER EMI SUPPRESSION 25 MATL FERRITE ASSEMBLED

WITH CLAMP
49 1 805554 CLIP SOCKET RETAINER
50 1 806760 FILTER EMI SUPRESSION SPLIT CORE WITH CLAMP
51 8 805007 LOCK WASHER #6
52 4 200766 4-40 X .25 BUTTON HD, TORX, ZINC PLT
62 2 805017 4-40 X 5/8 PAN HD SS
63 4 805026 4-40 X 3/4 PAN HD STN STEEL
65 4 26-1003-4052-5 NUT, KEPS, 4-40
66 3 807651 STANDOFF FEMALE 4-40X.56LG NYL .187 HEX RAF 2058-440-N
67 4 802798 SPACER ROUND NYLON #4X3/16ODX1/4L
68 2 805035 4-40 X 5/16 FLAT HD SS
78 4 805089 6-32 X 1-1/4 PAN HD SS
80 1 805028 10-32 X 1/2 PAN HD SS
81 2 805626 10-32X.50 FLAT HD TORX ZINC PL
82 6 805625 10-32X1.5 SOC HD TORX ZN PL
90 0.001 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
Page 670
92 0.01 78-8125-5679-9 HOT MELT GLUE CDI 500
100 1 203246 CDI CONT/SHARP LCD ASSEMBLY SXE
Page 671
Page 672
Central Display Assembly - P/N 78-8067-6615-6 (Color TUV) - 1 of 4
Page 673
Page 674
Page 675
Page 676
Page 677
Page 678
Page 679
Page 680
Ultrasonic Air Sensor
Page 681
Page 682
Ultrasonic Air Sensor Parts List
P/N 5773 Air Sensor 3/8 x 3/32 - Red

Item No. Qty. P/N Air Sensor 3/8 x 3/32 Parts Description
1 1 149673 UAS SUB ASSEMBLY 3/8ID X 3/32W RED
1 149892 CABLE ASSEMBLY LEMO/LEMO 90% UAS
3 1 134480 LATCH
0 806544 HOLDER SENSOR 1.6 DIA POLE UAS
P/N 5785 Air Sensor 1/4 x 1/16 - Black

1 1 806525 UAS SUB ASSEMBLY 1/4ID X 1/16W BLACK
3 1 134480 LATCH
P/N 5791 Air Sensor 1/4 x 3/32 - Gold

1 1 201380 UAS SUB ASSEMBLY 1/4ID X 3/32W GOLD
3 1 134480 LATCH
Page 683
Page 684
SMT Roller Pump Assembly - P/N 16395 - 1 of 2
Page 685
Page 686
SMT Roller Pump Assembly - P/N 16395 - 2 of 2
Page 687
Page 688
SMT Roller Pump Assembly - P/N 16395 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N SMT Roller Pump Parts Description
1 1 146739 GUTS ASSEMBLY PUMP
2 1 805958 PUMPHEAD MACHINED
4 1 810090 BALL BEARING 2 ROW ANGULAR CONTACT 1.2ID X
2.8OD
6 1 803767 BEARING SEAL ASSEMBLY, ROLLER PUMP
7 4 805858 6-32 X 5/16 FLAT HD SS SCREW
8 2 140636 DOVETAIL SLIDE TUBE CLAMP
9 0.002 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
14 0.04 135036 SILASTIC SEAL CLEAR UL
15 1 144397 MEMBRANE SWITCH PUMP VER2
16 4 806214 SLOTTED PANEL NUT 4-40
18 4 807384 SHOULDER WASHER.192 ID NYL
19 1 805198 APM SEAL N-9030-1/4 SHAFT
20 1 142068 1.25 DIA BLK KNOB
21 0 805067 6-32X3/16 SETSCREW CUP POINT STAINLESS HEX
SOCKET DRIVE
28 16 805080 #6 SPLIT WASHER S/STEEL
30 1 149690 PC ASSEMBLY PUMP DRV/PWR SMT
46 2 807430 CONN MTA HSG 156 2P 18GA L
47 1 807709 POWER INDUCTOR 270UH 11AMPS RENCO RLS-1256-4-
270
49 1 805440 WASHER .190ID X .445OD X .06 SS
57 1 203238 CABLE ASSEMBLY POT/TACH/SW SMT
58 2 805864 10-32 X 3/8 PAN HD SS
59 2 805028 10-32 X 1/2 PAN HD SS
Page 689
60 1 806567 ENCLOSURE PUMP MOTOR
63 9 805441 #10 FLAT WASHER ST STEEL
66 1 806568 TENSION BRACKET PUMP SMT
67 0 142471 MOTOR/TACH U12M4T HVY DUTY
67 1 150447 MOTOR MODEL 00D12A07100-2
75 1 805071 1/4-20 X 1/4 SET SCREW BLK
76 1 805905 SMALL PULLEY MACHINED
77 1 806828 MOTOR MOUNT BRKT PUMP
80 6 805434 WASHER .75 OD X.38 ID X.075 SS
81 4 807058 SPRING WASHER .75ODX .39ID
82 4 805435 WASHER .378X.720X.105
83 4 807733 WASHER NYLON .75 X .413 X .010
84 4 26-1010-0006-0 WASHER .375 X.750 X.062 THK NYLON
85 4 807809 037 SNAP RING EXTERNAL
86 1 807738 CONN NYLON CLOSED END 14-22AWG
90 1 805907 PULLEY LARGE FLAT MACHINED
91 1 805435 WASHER .378X.720X.105
93 2 807356 3/8-16 EL STOP NUT 90566D
94 1 150551 BELT POLYFLEX
95 1 805484 SPRING COMP .61ODX.75LX.091W
100 1 147918 ENCODER WHEEL PUMP
105 1 806133 MOUNTING BRKT ENCODER BD
107 1 140695 PC ASSEMBLY DUAL TACH BD
113 3 200766 4-40 X .25 BUTTON HD, TORX, ZINC PLT
115 3 807437 5710-15-30 ST STL WASHER
118 1 807710 CONNECTOR HOUSING 2 PIN JST H-2P-SHF-AA
Page 690
119 1 807711 CONNECTOR HOUSING 3 PIN JST H-3P-SHF-AA
120 2 807093 CONTACT PIN 22-28 AWG JST SHF-001T-0.8BS
140 1 145947 PC ASSEMBLY PUMP CPU/CONT SMT
141 2 806880 STANDOFF 6-32X1/2 ALUM HEX
143 4 807123 STANDOFF 6-32X9/16ALUM HEX
144 2 806601 STANDOFF MALE-FEMALE 6-32 THREAD 1/2 IN LONG
145 4 806599 STANDOFF HEX 6-32X5/8 MACHINED
146 1 149681 PC ASSEMBLY PUMP DISPLAY SMT
160 1 204484 CABLE ASSEMBLY PUMP SMT
161 0.33 807723 GASKET SHIELD CLIP ON EMI 97-605 SERIES
162 0.54 807726 TAPE COPPER SHIELDING .5 INCH CHOMERICS CCH-
36-101-0050
172 1 150851 TONGUE SUPPORT PUMP WALL
173 1 140521 DRAG INSERT BUNA-N DLY HD
174 4 805055 8-32 X 1/2 FLAT HD SS
175 1 147838 TONGUE MOLDED PUMP
176 0.05 133567 DISTRIBUTOR CAM LUBRICANT
177 2 805558 8-32X1 PHLPS OVAL HD ZINC PLT
178 2 146835 16462401 TUBE CLAMP ASSEMBLY
179 4 806618 TUBING INSERT 11/16 MOLDED
180 4 805035 4-40 X 5/16 FLAT HD SS
181 1 139686 COVER ASSEMBLY PUMP
187 2 132521 LATCH 1/4TRN .182-.271GRIP
196 1 806612 BRACKET PROTECTOR PUMP SMT
201 2 133583 S 50 HL 1 2 ID 11 16 OD
701 0 146413 CABLE ADPT 9K PUMP TO TUV TRAY
Page 691
Page 692
Non-SMT Roller Pump Assembly (Old Style)
Page 693
Page 694
Non-SMT Roller Pump Assembly (Old Style) Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Non-SMT Roller Pump Parts Description
1 1 140132 Display Panel Assembly
3 2 132521 Latch, 1/4 Turn, 0.182 - 0.271 Grp
4 148355 Casting Bearing Assembly
4-1 1 805958 Pumphead, Machined
4-2 1 810090 Ball Bearing 2 Row Angular Contact 1.2ID X 2.8OD
4-3 1 147002 Cap Bearing, Machined
4-4 1 143095 Shaft Seal, Teflon
5 1 146739 Guts Assembly
6 2 140628 Cover Hinge
7 1 139686 Cover Assembly
8 2 146835 Tube Clamp Assembly
9 4 6080 Tubing Insert, 11/16
10 4 805035 Screw, Flat Head, 4-40 x 5/16
11 4 805858 Screw, Flat Head, 6-32 x 5/16
13 2 140636 Dovetail Slide
14 4 805055 Screw, Flat Head, 8-32 x 1/2
15 1 140521 Drag Insert, Buna N
16 2 805558 Screw, Phillips Oval Head, 8-32 x 1
17 1 147838 Tongue, Molded
18 1 133786 Sensor, Magnetic Proximity
19 1 150851 Tongue, Wall Support
20 1 140951 Cable Assembly, MTAS
21 1 140695 Dual Tachometer Board
22 1 806133 Encoder Board Mounting Bracket
23 1 78-8067-0869-5 Bracket, Back
24 3 78-8072-3808-0 Washer
25 7 805086 Split Washer, #4
Page 695
26 9 200766 Screw, Button Head Torx, 4-40 x 0.25
30 1 78-8067-0259-9 Cable Assembly, Trans Socket
31 1 805466 Connector, MTA Housing, 3 Pin, 18 Gage
34 1 140951 Cable Assembly
35 1 78-8067-0261-5 Ribbon Cable Assembly
37 18 805078 Lock Washer, External, #6
38 1 140661 Pump Drive Board
39 4 806601 Standoff, 6-32 x 0.5, M/F
40 1 140652 Pump Control Board
41 1 140610 Local Processor Board
42 1 140679 Pump Safety Board
43 4 26-1006-9292-5 Standoff, Hexagonal, Nylon, 6-32 x 3/4
44 17 805080 Split Washer, #6 SS
45 17 18-9813-0675-8 Flat Washer, #6 SS
46 2 18-9832-0875-4 Split Washer, #8
47 4 26-1008-8047-0 Screw, Button Head Torx, 8-32 x 0.38
48 1 805291 Resistor, 0.1 Ohm, 25 Watt, 1%
50 3 805088 Keps Nut, 8-32
51 3 805440 WASHER .190ID X .445OD X .06 SS
52 2 18-9851-0803-6 Lock Washer, External Tooth, #8
53 1 805228 Rectifier, Diode, MR240F
56 9 805862 Split Washer, #10
57 9 805441 Flat Washer, #10
58 1 78-8067-0884-4 Enclosure Bracket Bottom
Page 696
62 1 26-1008-1041-0 Resistor, 50 Ohm, 25 Watt, 1%
63 1 26-1008-1097-2 Power Transistor, PNP, 8 Amp, 50 Watt
65 1 142471 Motor/Tachometer
67 4 26-1008-2419-7 Shoulder Screw, 5/16 Thread x 0.375
68 6 805434 Washer, 0.75 OD x 0.38 ID x 0.075
69 4 78-8072-2044-3 Spring
70 4 26-1008-1892-6 Washer, .378 ID x 0.720 ID x 0.105
72 6 26-1008-1895-9 Washer, 0.12 T x 0.315 ID
73 1 805905 Small Pulley, Machined
74 1 805071 Set Screw 1/4-20 x 1/4
75 1 806828 Motor Mount
76 2 807356 Stop Nut, 3/8 - 16
77 1 150551 Belt, Polyflex Joined
78 1 805907 Large Pulley, Machined
79 1 147918 Encoder Wheel
81 2 26-1003-4052-5 Keps Nut, 4-40
82 4 78-8005-5342-8 Screw, Truss Head, 6-32 x 3/8
84 1 78-8067-0868-7 Bracket, Front
85 1 805484 Compression Spring, 0.61 OD x 0.75 L x 0.091
86 1 78-8072-1426-3 Spring Bracket
87 1 805245 Insulator, Mica
88 1 142543 Power Transistor, NPN
89 1 807709 Choke, 270 Microhenry, 11 Amp
90 1 78-8067-0761-4 Bracket, Top Enclosure
91 4 806214 Panel Nut, Slotted, 4-40
92 4 26-1008-1896-7 Shoulder Washer, Nylon
93 1 140708 Pump Supply Board
Page 697
94 4 26-1002-5367-8 Screw, Hex Head, 6-32 x 3/8
95 1 18-9832-2403-3 Flat Washer, 3/8
96 1 12-7991-1798-5 Split Washer, 3/8
Page 698
SMT Roller Pump Membrane Panel and Boards - Exploded View
Page 699
Page 700
SMT Roller Pump Membrane Panel and Boards - Exploded View Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N SMT Roller Pump Membrane Panel and Board Parts
Description
1 1 142068 BLACK KNOB
2 1 144397 MEMBRANE SWITCH PANEL 9K V2 SMT
3 4 807123 STANDOFF 6-32 X 9/16 ALUMINUM HEX
4 2 806880 STANDOFF 6-32 X 1/2 ALUMINUM HEX
5 1 203238 POT CABLE ASBY/TACH/SW SMT
6 1 149681 PUMP DISPLAY PC ASBY SMT
7 2 806599 STANDOFF 6-32 X .5 ALUMINUM HEX
8 1 145947 PUMP CPU/CONTROL PC ASBY SMT
9 4 806601 STANDOFF M/F HEX 6-32 X .62
10 1 149690 PUMP DRIVE/POWER PC ASBY SMT
Page 701
Page 702
Roller Pump Guts Assembly - P/N 146739 - 1 of 2
Page 703
Page 704
Roller Pump Guts Assembly - P/N 146739 - 2 of 2
Page 705
Page 706
Roller Pump Guts Assembly - P/N 146739 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Roller Pump Guts Parts Description
2 2 148013 ROLLER SLIDE/BUSHING ASSEMBLY
4 2 805493 SHAFT .374 DIA X 5.68 SS
5 4 211254 ROLLER GUIDE POST PUMP
6 8 140599 TUBE GUIDE ROLLER PUMP
7 8 140724 SHOULDER SCREW MACH TUBE GD
8 4 806858 3/32 X 5/8 ROLL PIN
9 4 132097 NITRILE O-RING ID.375
10 2 805934 SLIDE DRAG PLATE
11 2 143124 TRUSS HD SCREW 8-32X.38 W/LK
12 4 140433 SHOULDER LINK DELUXE GUTS
13 4 141399 SHOULDER SCREW MACHINED
14 2 133129 5100 18 SNAP RING
15 2 132505 WAVE WASHER .26 X .36
16 2 805047 1/4-20 X 1-1/4 SHCS STAINLESS
17 1 150383 KNOB ADJ 3 START MULTI-V
18 2 132329 BALL BRG DEEP GROOVE .79ID
19 2 134412 SNAP RING BOWED/INT 1.46 HSG TRUARC N5001-145ZD
20 0.01 134771 GREASE ALL PURPOSE APG#2 IMPACT INTERNATIONAL
21 1 134404 SNAP RING EXTERNAL .78 SHAFT
22 2 134391 SNAP RING BOWED/EXT .78 SHAFT TRUARC 5101-78ZD
23 4 805878 2-56 X 1/8 PAN HD SS
24 1 147900 INDICATOR DIAL PUMP
26 2 147580 ROLLER CAP THREADED
27 0.001 806935 LOCTITE SUPERBONDER 420
28 0.001 807645 METAL CLEANER ZYME-FLOW 672
29 1 140601 MOLDED CAP ADJ KNOB PUMP
30 1 807334 RING RETAINING INT 1.25HSG
Page 707
Item No. Qty. P/N Roller Pump Guts Parts Description
101 1 806130 BLOCK GUIDE BAR PUMP
102 2 805981 PIN .188 DIA X .68 LG S STEEL
103 2 807043 1/16 X 1/2 ROLL PIN ZINC PLATE
104 1 150391 SCREW ADJ 3 START MULTI-V
108 1 806131 SHAFT PUMP MAIN
109 1 806887 1/8 X 3/4 ROLL PIN
110 1 806129 SUPPORT COLLAR PUMP
112 1 806865 1/8 X 1.0 ROLL PIN STAINLESS
113 2 134421 WAVE SPRING WASHER .194 X .242 302 STAINLESS
114 2 146721 POST ROLLER ECCENTRIC
115 2 147820 ROLLER GUTS PUMP
116 4 132100 BALL BEARING 17MM ID 35MM OD
Page 708
Tube Clamp Assembly - P/N 146835
Page 709
Page 710
Tube Clamp Assembly - P/N 146835 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Tube Clamp Assembly Parts Description
1 1 806844 TUBE CLAMP DOVETAIL MACHND
2 1 806846 TUBE CLAMP DOOR MACHINED
3 1 806848 COVER TUBE CLAMP MACHINED
4 1 806850 LINK ARM MACHINED
5 3 149884 RIVET 1/8DIA SEMITUBULAR 302SS
6 1 807672 DOWEL PIN .125 DIA X .75 LG, SS
10 2 805936 HOUSING POS STOP DELUXE HD
11 1 805937 PLUNGER POS STOP DELUX HD
12 1 805496 COMPRESSION SPRING .148OD X .021WIRE X .380LG
13 1 805842 BAG POLY 4 IN X 5 IN X 3 MIL
Page 711
Page 712
Centrifugal System Assembly - P/N 6381 - 1 of 3
Page 713
Page 714
Page 715
Page 716
Page 717
Page 718
Centrifugal System Assembly - P/N 6381 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Centrifugal System Assembly Parts Description
2 1 806240 MACH BASE CENTRIF PUMP ENC
3 1 806801 LID CENTRIFUGAL MODULE 9K TOF
4 1 806241 MACH TOP CENTRIF PUMP ENCL
5 1 806298 ENCLOSURE UPPER DELPHIN II
6 1 806299 ENCLOSURE LOWER DELPHIN II
7 1 806572 ASSEMBLY PMP MEM PANEL CENT 9K TOF
8 1 806558 MOUNTING PLATE CONN DELPHIN 2 TOF
9 1 149999 PROG ROMSET DELPHIN 2 TOF D2
10 1 148380 PC ASSEMBLY LOCAL PROC ROMLESS
11 1 144477 PC ASSEMBLY POWER SUPPLY DELPHIN
12 1 211676 PC ASSEMBLY MTR CONT BD EMC
13 1 149981 PC ASSEMBLY FLOW DELPHIN 2 TOF
14 1 806230 ASSEMBLY CABLE COOLING FAN
15 6.2 807101 HINGE SLIP-OVER .12 PANEL
16 2 132521 LATCH 1/4TRN .182-.271GRIP
17 2 807068 HOLE PLUG .75 DIA BLK NYL
19 1 806297 CABLE MTR/MTR CON DELPHIN 2
20 1 806577 CABLE ASSEMBLY MOTOR CONTROL/FLOW CENT TOF
21 1 149631 CABLE ASSEMBLY EMC
22 1 150201 CABLE ASSEMBLIES CENTRIF TOF
23 2 805087 4-40 X 5/16 PAN HD SS
24 1 805040 4-40 X 3/16 TRUSS HD SS
30 1 806197 PUMP MOUNT CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
31 1 806199 SPOOL CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
32 1 806200 CONNECTOR ROOF CENT PUMP
33 1 806242 MOUNT MOTOR INTERN CENTPUMP
Page 719
44 0.01 805400 LOCTITE SUPER BOND 430
45 0.2 133284 SILASTIC SEALER CLEAR 684
48 0.001 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
49 2 807115 WASH .150X.478D NEOPRENE
50 2 807082 INSERT CLIP BLACK
51 4 807219 STDF M/F HEX 6-32 X .75 SS
52 6 807220 STDF F/F HEX 6-32 X .62 SS
53 10 807221 STDF M/F HEX 6-32 X .25 SS
55 4 805860 4-40 X 1/4 PAN HD SS
56 4 806214 SLOTTED PANEL NUT 4-40
57 4 805084 4-40 X 1/2 PAN HD SS
59 4 807384 SHOULDER WASHER.192 ID NYL
60 11 805081 MACHINE SCREW 6/32 X 1/4 PANHD SLOTTED STAINLESS

STEEL
61 6 805015 6-32 X 1/2 PAN HD SS
62 2 805038 6-32 X 1/2 FLAT HD SS
63 2 805103 6-32 X 3/4 PAN HD SS
67 2 805072 8-32 X 3/8 PAN HD CAD PLATE
68 2 805083 8-32 X 3/4 PAN HD SS
69 2 805041 6-32 X 5/16 TRUSS HD SS
70 4 805056 10-32 X 1/2 FLAT HD SS
71 2 805280 BALL PLUNGER NYLON 1/4-20
84 2 805871 6-32 X 3/8 TRUSS HD SS
86 1 805898 BRACKET FRONT
Page 720
116 1 26-1003-4052-5 NUT, KEPS, 4-40
Page 721
Page 722
Centrifugal System Membrane Panel Assembly - P/N 806572
Page 723
Page 724
Centrifugal System Display/Membrane Panel Assembly - P/N 806752 - Parts
List
Item No. Qty. P/N Centrifugal System Display/Membrane Panel Assembly Parts
Description
1 1 156312 PC ASBY PUMP DISPLAY BOARD
100 1 149198 MEMBRANE SWITCH CENT PUMP
105 1 219029 CBL ASBY DISP MEMB DELP
106 1 805198 APM SEAL N-9030-1/4 SHAFT
107 1 807647 KNOB SKIRTED BLACK PLASTIC .25 SHAFT STEEL&NYL

SETSCREWS
Page 725
Page 726
Centrifugal System Drive Motor Assembly - P/N 164267 - 1 of 2
Page 727
Page 728
Centrifugal System Drive Motor Assembly - P/N 164267 - 2 of 2
Page 729
Page 730
Centrifugal System Drive Motor Assembly - P/N 164267 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Centrifugal System Drive Motor Assembly Parts
Description
1 1 147854 REAR HOUSING DRIVE MOTOR
2 1 806160 FRONT HOUSING DRIVE MOTOR
3 1 146780 COVER DRIVE MOTOR HOUSING
4 1 140880 WINDOW PUMP MOTOR
5 1 806775 ROTOR SHAFT DRIVE MOTOR II
6 1 806774 HUB DRIVE MOTOR MAGNET II
7 1 806611 MOTOR INLAND RBE-01801-D16
9 10 147846 MAGNET PUMP MOTOR
10 1 147862 SWIVEL SHAFT DRIVE MOTOR
11 1 146801 SWIVEL WASHER DRIVE MOTOR
12 1 807222 FLEX CONNECTOR HEYCO 3237
13 2 807891 BALL BEARING 8MM ID X 22MM OD
14 0 807411 SPACER .315X.500X.030THK SS
14 0 807412 SPACER .315X.500X.010THK SS
14 0 807413 SPACER .315X.500X.006THK SS
14 0 807414 SPACER .315X.500X.002THK SS
14 0 807415 SPACER .315X.500X.004THK SS
14 0 807416 SPACER .315X.500X.008THK SS
14 0 807417 SPACER .315X.500X.012THK SS
14 0 807418 SPACER .315X.500X.016THK SS
15 2 132492 WAVE WASHER .320ID X .437OD
16 1 142682 5100-31 TRUARC SNAP RING
17 1 132572 O-RING 3.50IDX3.62ODX.06TK
18 2 132564 O-RING 2.38IDX2.50ODX.06TK
19 5 805093 6-32X1-1/4 SKT HD CAP SCREW SS
20 8 805064 6-32 X 1/4 SKT HD CAP SCREW SS
21 5 807895 4-40 X 1/2 ,SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW, SS
Page 731
Item No. Qty. P/N Centrifugal System Drive Motor Assembly Parts
Description
22 1 805860 4-40 X 1/4 PAN HD SS
23 2 805031 6-32 X 5/16 SET SCREW STAINLSS
24 1 143360 4-40 X 1/2 TRUSS HD SS
25 1 146763 RETAINER PMPMTR WINDOW
26 1 140871 LATCH PUMP MTR.WINDOW
27 1 132337 SPRING COMP.250DX.50LX.035W
29 1 805194 FELT PAD 3/8DIA X 3/32THK
30 1 143028 KNOB 3 LOBE BLK 1/4-20 THD
33 1 805397 DOWEL PIN .0625D X .750L SS
34 1 141903 1/4-20 X 1 SOC SET SCREW SS
35 1 806565 CABLE ASSEMBLY DRIVE MOTOR DELPHIN
37 0.01 807871 SHRINK TUBING UL 3/32 BLK
40 2 807808 N5000 87 SNAP RING
41 1 150682 HOUSING PUMP MAGNET ASSEMBLY
42 1 805574 WASH .141IDX.625DX.060TK NYLON
43 1 805564 6-32X1-1/2 SKT HD CAP SCREW SS
45 1 148110 CORD SPOOL DRIVE MTR
46 1 148136 CLIP CORD SPOOL MOTOR
47 0.001 133284 SILASTIC SEALER CLEAR 684
48 0.001 135191 LOCTITE 222 10 ML
49 0.001 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
50 0.001 78-8072-6000-1 LOCTITE 271 50ML
52 1 805866 FOAM TAPE 1/32 THK X 1 WD 4032
53 0.001 78-8072-2225-8 BLACKMAX (1) OZ BOTTLE
54 1 806826 WASHER .625 X .505 X.090 NYLON
Page 732
Venous Line Occluder Assembly - P/N 164560 - 1 of 2
Page 733
Page 734
Venous Line Occluder Assembly - P/N 164560 - 2 of 2
Page 735
Page 736
Venous Line Occluder Assembly - P/N 164560 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Venous Line Occluder Assembly Parts Description
1 1 144178 HOUSING LOWER MACH OCCLUDER
2 1 805970 HOUSING UPPER OCCLUDER MACH
3 1 147141 END COVER LARGE PIN OCCLUDR
4 1 806176 PLUNGER OCCLUDER
5 1 133014 MOTOR STEP LINEAR 5V 1 AMP
6 1 134560 POT LIN 3.4K 2% 1 INCH
7 1 133217 PIN CLEVIS SELF-LOCK 3/16
8 2 154000 .125 DIA PIN DLX CT CLAMP
9 1 141410 CLASP MACHINED DELUXE HD
10 1 146042 FLIPPER MOLDED DELUXE HEAD
11 1 153998 TORSION SPRING TUBE CLAMP 1670
12 1 806180 MTG PLATE OCCLUDER MOTOR
13 1 806055 BRACKET ARM OCCLUDER
14 1 805050 8-32 X 3/8 PAN HD SS
15 1 140927 PC ASSEMBLY OCCLUDER DRIVE
16 0.12 805150 SHRINK TUBING 1/4 BLACK UL
17 4 805557 #79-NTM-02 ESNA NUT 10-32
19 4 807079 GROMMET .18IDX.44D .31HOLE
20 4 805092 10-32 X 7/8 PAN HD SLOTTED SS
21 4 805676 8-32X1-1/4 FLAT HEAD STAINLESS SLOTTED DRIVE

MACHINE SCREW
22 1 805195 BEARING LIN .500IDX.875OD
23 0.05 132679 CAULKING EMI 4OZ TUBE
24 1 805036 8-32X1.25 SOCKET HD CAP SCR SS
25 4 807117 SPACER 3/8D X #10 X 1/8THK
26 1 805618 6-32 X 3/8 SET SCREW BLK OX
27 1 133057 BALL MT& HANDLE ASSEMBLY 50ST
Page 737
29 4 805859 8-32 X 3/8 FLAT HD SS
30 0.001 807083 LOCTITE RC 609 50ML 60931
31 1 806561 BODY BRACKET OCCLUDER MTG
32 1 806545 CLAMP BRACKET UAS
33 1 132530 HANDLE THD 1/4-20X.78
35 1 806538 NUT PIVOT POLE CLAMP
36 2 805555 2-56 X 1/2 PAN HD BLK OX
38 2 26-1003-4052-5 NUT, KEPS, 4-40
39 1 805440 WASHER .190ID X .445OD X.06 SS
40 4 805119 2-56 HEX NUT STEEL ZINC PLATE
41 1 805074 #8 SPLIT WASHER S/STEEL
42 4 805039 8-32 X 1/4 PAN HD STAINLESS ST
44 2 807187 RES POW 10 OHM 10W 1% WW
45 4 805177 SPACER .09 ID X.125 OD X .31
46 1 807545 HANDLE THD 5/16-18 X 1.57
47 1 807603 PIN CLEVIS SELF LOCKING 3/16D
48 1 805442 WASHER 1/4 SS
49 1 806562 ARM OCCLUDER MTG 5/8 ROD
50 1 148005 CABLE ASSEMBLY D/MTA 12C OCCLUD
52 1 140521 DRAG INSERT BUNA-N DLY HD
54 2 806917 CONN MTA HSG 100 3P 22GA L
56 1 807154 CONN HSG MTA 100 6P 22GA L
57 0.42 805363 #22 WIRE 300V RED
58 0.5 805365 #22 WIRE 300V YELLOW
Page 738
59 0.42 805367 #22 WIRE 300V BLUE
60 0.42 805364 #22 WIRE 300V ORANGE
61 0.25 805361 #22 WIRE 300V BLACK
62 0.25 805368 #22 WIRE 300V VIOLET
63 0.001 807754 LOCQUIC 7471 PRIMER T LOCTITE #22477
65 1 805440 WASHER .190ID X .445OD X .06 SS
66 4 807861 TO-220 INSULAT MTG KIT
67 0.001 806735 CHAIN AND OPEN GEAR LUBE
70 0.001 805400 LOCTITE SUPER BOND 430
72 0.002 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
100 1 144485 ASSEMBLY OCCLUDER MODULE TUV
200 0 147707 END COVER ASSEMBLY OCCLUDER
Page 739
Page 740
Occluder Module Assembly - P/N 144485
Page 741
Page 742
Occluder Module Assembly - P/N 144485 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Occluder Module Assembly Parts Description
1 1 806169 MODULE PANEL OCCLUDER
2 1 805979 PC ASBY OCCLUDER INTF TUV
3 1 806183 LABEL OCCLD 12 ELECT MOD
4 4 807217 STANDOFF 6-32X.62 M/F BRAS
6 1 140610 PC ASBY LOCAL PROCESSOR BD
8 1 806843 MODULE COVER
9 0.1 807179 TAPE COPPER SHIELDING 2 IN
10 4 805436 3/16 FLAT WASHER NYLON
11 0.01 26-1008-1633-4 LOCTITE 242 50ML
Page 743
Page 744
Lamp Assembly - P/N 144493
Page 745
Page 746
Lamp Assembly - P/N 144493 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Lamp Assembly Parts Description
1 1 150607 LAMP 15 INCH FLEXIBLE ARM
2 1 149956 BASE MACHINED LAMP MOUNT
3 1 805899 COVER ACCESSORY LAMP BASE
4 3 805037 4-40 X 1/4 FLAT HD SS
6 1 805124 1/4-20X 3/4 SC HD CAP ZINC PLT
7 1 807343 DP-437 WHITE HOLE PLG
8 8 806886 CABLE 2 COND BELDEN 8461
9 1 807092 PLUG 2 PIN TRW P-302-CCE
10 0.002 78-8072-6000-1 LOCTITE 271 50ML
12 1 132476 ROCKER SWITCH SPST PNL MTG
13 1 807779 STRAIN REL HEYCO SR-5P-4
14 1 806496 PC ASSEMBLY LAMP
15 1 807861 TO-220 INSULAT MTG KIT
19 0.25 805370 #22 WIRE 300V WHITE
21 1 805860 4-40 X 1/4 PAN HD SS
22 1 806861 ROLL PIN .188DIA X .750LG SS
23 2 805260 TERM .250 RECPT INSUL 22/18
28 2 805040 4-40 X 3/16 TRUSS HD SS
30 0 134893 LENS INFRARED REFLECTING DAZOR MFG #C-6000-4E
31 0 134931 REFLECTOR LAMP DAZOR MFG #6000-3-AZ
32 0 134957 RING LENS RETAINER DAZOR MFG #6000-5
33 0 134949 SHADE LAMP BLACK DAZOR MFG #6000-7
34 0 134906 WASHER ARM SWIVEL DAZOR MFG #D-568-1
35 0 134914 ARM SWIVEL RIGHT DAZOR MFG #F-7100-8R
36 0 134922 ARM SWIVEL LEFT DAZOR MFG #F-7100-8L
Page 747
Page 748
Water Module Assembly
Page 749
Page 750
Water Module Assembly Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Water Module Assembly Parts Description
1 1 806598 WATER MIXER SUBASSEMBLY
2 2 806607 ADAPTER NO. 1 WATER MIXER
3 2 806608 ADAPTER NO. 2 WATER MIXER
4 2 805978 RISER RIGHT WATER MODULE
5 4 805977 BRACKET CORNER WATER MODULE
6 48 805082 1/4-20 KEPS NUT CAD PLT
7 16 805095 1/4-20 X 1/2 HEX CAP HD ZINC
8 0 219694 COUPLING 1/2 X 1-1/2
9 0 807729 PIPE PLUG HEX SOCKET 1/2NPT BRASS
10 0 806628 NIPPLE ASSEMBLY PARKER BH4-61/ 1/2 MPT NIPPLE
11 0 806627 COUPLER ASSEMBLY PARKER BH4-60/ 1/2 MPT NIPPLE
12 12 805488 1/4-20X1/2 SEMS
13 16 805865 1/4-20 X 3/4 HEXHDCAP CAD
15 16 805439 1/4 FLAT WASHER ZINC PLATE
16 0.1 807441 THREAD SEALANT W/TFLN PTEX 14D
30 0 197579 VALVE H20 MIXER HYDROGUARD
48 1 806624 HOSE ASSEMBLY COLD SUPPLY
49 1 150543 HOSE ASSEMBLY HOT SUPPLY
52 0 807300 SOLENOID VALV NO 1/2FPT 24V
54 1 806585 POWER CABLE ASSEMBLY WATER MOD
60 2 805692 INSERT WATER MODULE
Page 751
Page 752
Water Mixer Subassembly - P/N 806598
Page 753
Page 754
Water Mixer Subassembly - P/N 806598 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Water Mixer Subassembly Parts Description
2 1 806596 FRAME WATER MIXER
3 1 806595 PANEL FRONT WATER MIXER
4 1 806597 SUPPORT WATER MIXER VALVES
6 2 807280 GAUGE PRES 0-100PSI WIKA
8 2 219694 COUPLING 1/2 X 1-1/2
9 2 807273 CONNECTOR FEM 1/2 POLYTITE
12 1 807346 TYTON # T4OR
13 4 807761 REGULATOR PRESSURE H2O 1/2NPT WATTS 1/2 263AC
14 2 807223 GROMMET RUBBER 27/32 ID
15 2 807409 GROMMET STRIP FLEX TO .062
16 2 807277 ELBOW STREET 90 1/2 BRASS
17 0.01 807338 WELDWD CONT CMT 3 OZ
20 2 31006123 31006123 TEMPERATURE PROBE 416
22 1 133997 COUPLER FEMALE THREAD 3/8 DIA
23 1 134009 NIPPLE FEMALE THREAD 3/8 DIA
24 2 142375 NIPPLE 1/2MPT,3/8MPT BRASS
25 3 807272 TUBING 1/4OD POLYETHYLENE
26 6 807507 49FF 1/2 FLARE X 1/2MPT L
28 4 805489 1/4-20X3/4 SEMS
30 2 197579 VALVE H20 MIXER HYDROGUARD
32 6 805073 8 SPLIT WASH CAD PLT
39 0.1 26-1008-0172-4 LOCTITE SEAL 592 50ML
40 2 132636 ELBOW 1/8MNPT-1/4OD BRASS
41 2 806890 BUSH REDUCER 1/4MPTX1/8FPT
Page 755
Item No. Qty. P/N Water Mixer Subassembly Parts Description
47 3 805190 HEX NIPPLE 1/2MPT BRASS
51 4 805316 FLARE TEE 44F 1/2" BRASS
52 2 807300 SOLENOID VALV NO 1/2FPT 24V
53 0.2 807844 TUBING HEAT SHRINK 1/8 BLACK
60 2 806587 HOSE ASBY WATER 4.00 +/- .12" LONG 1500PSI WORKING
PRESS MIN
PRESS MIN
PRESS MIN
PRESS MIN
PRESS MIN
71 2 807759 TEE 1/2MNPT ALL 3 ENDS BRASS PARKER 1/2RRS-B
72 1 807736 ELBOW 45DEG 1/2NPT MALE X SAE 45DEG FLARE MALE

FOR 1/2 TUBE
73 2 806643 PIPE CAP/TEMP PROBE MOUNT
74 2 806586 SWITCH ASBY WATER MODULE
75 1 807758 ELBOW 90 1/2MNPT-1/2MNPT BRASS PARKER 1/2CR-B
76 2 806856 PLUG PIPE 1/4MNPT HEX HD BRASS PARKER 218P-4
77 1 807445 CONN 1/2 X 1/2 MPT 48FF
78 0.5 807705 TUBING HEAT SHRINK 1.0 BLACK
79 1 806877 CONN MATE&LOCK CAP 4 POS
80 4 806878 AMP SCKT MATE/LOCK 24/18GA
81 1.2 805627 SP 1/4 CP NATRL SPIROBAND
82 0.9 805628 SPIROBAND SW3 3/8
87 1 806627 COUPLER ASBY PARKER BH4-60/ 1/2 MPT NIPPLE
88 1 806628 NIPPLE ASBY PARKER BH4-61/ 1/2 MPT NIPPLE
89 2 807729 PIPE PLUG HEX SOCKET 1/2NPT BRASS
90 4 219694 COUPLING 1/2 X 1-1/2
Page 756
Air Sensor Bracket - P/N 5793
Page 757
Page 758
Air Sensor Bracket - P/N 5793 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Air Sensor Bracket Parts Description
1 1 806546 BODY BRACKET UAS
2 1 806545 CLAMP BRACKET UAS
3 1 806547 ROD SUPPORT STRAIGHT UAS
5 1 806548 FITTING SENSOR SUPPORT UAS
6 0.001 78-8072-6000-1 LOCTITE 271 50ML
7 1 806538 NUT PIVOT POLE CLAMP
8 1 807603 PIN CLEVIS SELF LOCKING 3/16D
9 1 807716 THUMBSCREW/KNURLED KNOB 1/4-20 CAPTIVE

STAINLESS STEEL SCREW
11 1 807545 HANDLE THD 5/16-18 X 1.57
12 1 132530 HANDLE THD 1/4-20X.78
13 1 805442 WASHER 1/4 SS
Page 759
Page 760
Non-Reverse Crank - P/N 141330
Page 761
Page 762
Non-Reverse Crank - P/N 141330 - Parts List
Item No. Qty. P/N Non-Reverse Crank Parts Description
1 1 806048 CRANK HANDLE,MACHINED
2 1 805136 TORRINGTON RCB-081214
3 0.001 807083 LOCTITE RC 609 50ML 60931
4 1 806049 FORWARD CRANK SHAFT
5 1 802614 CAP FORWARD HANDLE
6 1 805034 6-32 X 3/8 FLAT HD SS
7 0.001 807754 LOCQUIC 7471 PRIMER T LOCTITE #22477
Page 763
Page 764

Manual de Servicio Sistema de Perfusion 9000

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Manual de Servicio Sistema de Perfusion 9000

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

System 9000 Field Service Handbook

• The toolbar options box opens.

• Click to select the Navigation tools.

Reader™ is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated

Field Service Handbook

SMT and non-SMT Pumps

Standard equipment is shown shaded.

133604 Dial Indicator Kit

141161 Deluxe Bushing Driver

141170 Cap Bearing Driver

141196 Adjustment Nut Puller

141217 Deluxe Roller Post Punch

141225 DX Roller Adjustment Tool

141241 Tachometer Fixture

141250 Custom to Deluxe Adapter

141268 Roller to Roller Mounting Bar

141276 DX Casting Runout Fixture

141292 Occlusion Knob Bearing Insertion Tool

141313 Belt Tension Gauge

144371 Centrifugal Pump Drive Motor Fixture

147301 Pressure Simulator FST 901-1

147521 Roller Bearing Insertion Tool

147686 47°C Temperature Probe

147694 25°C Temperature Probe

149235 Roller Torque Adaptor

149809 Bushing Press Mandrel

150480 Roller to Roller Mounting Bracket, modified

801377 Level Sensor II Test Reservoir Simulator

132265 Lamp Bulb, Halogen

132273 Fuse 4 A 32 V, Central Display

132281 Fuse 3 A 250 V, Battery Charger Rectifier

132290 Fuse, Battery 60 A 300 V

132302 Fuse 8 A 250 V (Use in 100/115 V Models Only)

132311 Fuse 2.5 A 250 V (Use in 100/115 V Models Only)

132468 Caster 3 In Diameter, 5th Wheel

132513 Caster 6 In with Brake

132898 Gas Flowmeter (O2)

132901 Gas Flowmeter (Air)

132919 Gas Flowmeter (Total)

133161 Flowmeter, Ball Type 1-10 LPM

133217 Pin Large, Occluder Hinge (Beginning S/N 1089)

133428 Plug, Power Cord 115 VAC 3 Prong

135052 Fuse 1.25 A 250 V (Use in 220/240 V Models Only)

139686 Cover, Pumphead Assembly (Cover and Hinge)

140610 Local Processor Board

140628 Hinge, Pumphead Cover

140644 Filter Air (Ventilation System)

140652 Pump Control Board

140661 Pump Drive Board

140679 Pump Safety Board

140687 Power Distribution Board

140695 Pump Dual Tach Board

140708 Pump Supply board

140716 A/D Board

140804 Cable Adaptor, TUV Pump (Metal) to Pre-TUV Front Tray

140901 Fixed Panel Board Assembly, Right Side

140927 Occluder Drive Assembly Board

140935 ABD Sensor Cord

140943 Gas Blender (Sechrist) Modified for System 9000

140960 Pressure Interface Module

142113 Power Cord 115 V

143280 Caster 6 in without Brake

144400 Membrane Switch Panel Left V2

144418 Membrane Switch Panel Right V2